UNITED STATES
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F
 

¨ 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
 
OR
   
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
   
 
OR
   
¨ 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
 
For the transition period from ______________             
   
 
OR
   
¨ 
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Date of event requiring this shell company report
 

Commission file number
001-32199
 
Ship Finance International Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Ship Finance International Limited
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)
 
Bermuda
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
Par-la-Ville Place, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Georgina Sousa
Par-la-Ville Place, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda
Tel: +1 (441)295-9500, Fax: +1(441)295-3494
(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act

Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange

Common Shares, $1.00 Par Value
 
New York Stock Exchange

 
 
 

 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act.

None
(Title of Class)


Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

79,125,000 Common Shares, $1.00 Par Value
 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
[ X ] Yes  [  ] No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
[   ] Yes  [ X ] No
 
 
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[ X ] Yes  [   ] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
[   ] Yes  [   ] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  [X ]
Accelerated filer  [  ]
Non-accelerated filer  [   ]
 
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

[ X ]  U.S. GAAP
[   ]  International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board
[   ]  Other



If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial item the registrant has elected to follow:
[    ] Item 17  [   ] Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
[   ] Yes  [ X ] No

 
 

 

 
INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 20-F

PART I
 
PAGE
     
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MA NAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
1
     
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
1
     
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION
 1
     
ITEM 4.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
 23
     
ITEM 4A.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
44
     
ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
44
     
ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
69
     
ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY   TRANSACTIONS
  72
     
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
75
     
ITEM 9.
THE OFFER AND LISTING
77
     
ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
77
     
ITEM 11.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
90
     
ITEM 12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN   EQUITY SECURITIES
91
     
PART II
   
     
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
92
     
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
92
     
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
92
     
ITEM 16A.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
93
     
ITEM 16B.
CODE OF ETHICS
93
     
ITEM 16C.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
93
     
ITEM 16D.
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
94
     
ITEM 16E.
PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
94
     
ITEM 16F.     CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT   94
     
ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
94
     
PART III
   
     
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
96
     
ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
96
     
ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS
97

 
i

 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Matters discussed in this document may constitute forward-looking statements.  The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward-looking statements in order to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their business.  Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are other than statements of historical facts.

Ship Finance International Limited, or the Company, desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation.  This document and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf may include forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance.  The words "believe," "anticipate," "intends," "estimate," "forecast," "project," "plan," "potential," "will," "may," "should," "expect" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. The Company assumes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this annual report on Form 20-F and written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or its representatives after the date of this Form 20-F are qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statement contained in this paragraph and in other reports hereafter filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


The forward-looking statements in this document are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, management's examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties.  Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections.

In addition to these important factors and matters discussed elsewhere herein, important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include:

 
·
the strength of world economies;
 
 
·
fluctuations in currencies and interest rates;
 
 
·
general market conditions including fluctuations in charterhire rates and vessel values;
 
 
·
changes in demand in the markets in which we operate;
 
 
·
changes in demand resulting from changes in the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries', or OPEC's, petroleum production levels and worldwide oil consumption and storage;
 
 
·
developments regarding the technologies relating to oil exploration;
 
 
·
changes in market demand in countries which import commodities and finished goods and changes in the amount and location of the production of those commodities and finished goods;
 
 
·
increased inspection procedures and more restrictive import and export controls;
 
 
·
changes in our operating expenses, including bunker prices, drydocking and insurance costs;
 
 
·
performance of our charterers and other counterparties with whom we deal;
 

 
ii

 

 
·
timely delivery of vessels under construction within the contracted price;
 
 
·
changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;
 
 
·
potential liability from pending or future litigation;
 
 
·
general domestic and international political conditions;
 
 
·
potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events; and
 
 
·
other important factors described from time to time in the reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.
 









































 
iii

 

PART I

ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not Applicable

ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not Applicable

ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION

Throughout this report, the "Company", "Ship Finance", "we", "us" and "our" all refer to Ship Finance International Limited and its subsidiaries. We use the term deadweight ton, or dwt, in describing the size of the vessels. Dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, refers to the maximum weight of cargo and supplies that a vessel can carry. We use the term twenty-foot equivalent units, or TEU, in describing containerships to refer to the number of standard twenty foot containers that the vessel can carry. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "USD," "US$" and "$" in this report are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars.

A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Our selected income statement and cash flow statement data with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and our selected balance sheet data with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements included in Item 18 of this annual report, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which we refer to as US GAAP.

The selected income statement and cash flow statement data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the selected balance sheet data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements not included herein.  The following table should be read in conjunction with Item 5. "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included herein.
 
       
   
Year Ended December 31
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
(in thousands of dollars except common share and per share data)
 
Income Statement Data:
                             
                               
Total operating revenues
    308,060       345,220       457,805       398,003       424,658  
Net operating income
    211,845       209,264       337,402       304,881       293,697  
Net income
    165,712       192,598       181,611       167,707       180,798  
Earnings per share, basic
  $ 2.10     $ 2.59     $ 2.50     $ 2.31     $ 2.48  
Earnings per share, diluted
  $ 2.09     $ 2.59     $ 2.50     $ 2.30     $ 2.48  
Dividends declared
    106,028       90,928       166,584       159,335       149,123  
Dividends declared per share
  $ 1.34     $ 1.20     $ 2.29     $ 2.19     $ 2.05  
                                         

 
1

 


                               
   
Year Ended December 31
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
(in thousands of dollars except common share and per share data)
 
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                             
Cash and cash equivalents
    86,967       84,186       46,075       78,255       64,569  
Vessels and equipment, net including newbuildings
    786,112       627,654       656,216       629,503       246,549  
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases (including current portion)
      1,455,281        1,793,715         2,090,492         2,142,390         2,109,183  
Investment in associated companies, including loans
    489,976       501,203       409,747       1,188       267  
Total assets
    2,882,361       3,059,586       3,352,747       2,950,028       2,553,677  
Short and long term debt  (including current portion)
    1,922,854       2,135,950       2,595,516       2,269,994       1,915,200  
Share capital
    79,125       79,125       72,744       72,744       72,744  
Stockholders' equity
    828,920       749,328       517,350       614,477       600,530  
Common shares outstanding
    79,125,000       79,125,000       72,743,737       72,743,737       72,743,737  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    79,056,183       74,399,127       72,743,737       72,743,737       72,764,287  
Cash Flow Data:
                                       
Cash provided by operating activities
    153,771       125,522       211,386       202,416       210,160  
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    76,977       424,068       (433,945 )     (378,777 )     (127,369 )
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (227,967 )     (511,479 )     190,379       190,047       (51,079 )


 B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

Not Applicable

C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not Applicable

D. RISK FACTORS
 
Our assets are primarily engaged in transporting crude oil and oil products, drybulk and containerized cargos, and in offshore drilling and related activities. The following summarizes some of the risks that may materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.  Unless otherwise indicated in this annual report on Form 20-F, all information concerning our business and our assets is as of March 22, 2011.

 
2

 

Risks Relating to Our Industry

 
Disruptions in world financial markets and the resulting governmental action in the United States and in other parts of the world could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
 
The United States and other parts of the world have experienced and are continuing to experience weakened economic conditions and have been in a recession. For example, the credit markets in the United States have experienced significant contraction, de-leveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal government and state governments have implemented and are considering a broad variety of governmental actions and/or new regulations for the financial markets. Securities markets, futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges may take extraordinary actions, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

The uncertainty surrounding the future of the credit markets in the United States and the rest of the world has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. As of December 31, 2010, we had total outstanding indebtedness of $3.7 billion under our various credit facilities, including our equity-accounted subsidiaries.

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the current adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under our credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, and may cause the price of our common shares to decline.
 
The seaborne transportation industry is cyclical and volatile, and this may lead to reductions in our charter rates, vessel values and results of operations.

The international seaborne transportation industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. The degree of charter rate volatility for vessels has varied widely.  Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products internationally carried at sea. If we enter into a charter when charterhire rates are low, our revenues and earnings will be adversely affected. In addition, a decline in charterhire rates is likely to cause the value of our vessels to decline. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully charter our vessels in the future or renew our existing charters at rates sufficient to allow us to operate our business profitably, meet our obligations or pay dividends to our shareholders. The factors affecting the supply and demand for vessels are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

Factors that influence demand for vessel capacity include:
 
 
·
supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

 
3

 

·
changes in the exploration for and production of energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;
·
the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;
·
the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;
·
the globalization of production and manufacturing;
·
global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts, terrorist activities, embargoes and strikes;
·
developments in international trade;
·
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;
·
environmental and other regulatory developments;
·
currency exchange rates; and
·
weather and natural disasters.

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:
 

 
·
the number of newbuilding deliveries;
 
·
the scrapping rate of older vessels;
 
·
the price of steel and vessel equipment;
 
·
changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful lives of vessels;
 
·
vessel casualties;
 
·
the number of vessels that are out of service; and
 
·
port or canal congestion.

Demand for our vessels and charter rates are dependent upon, among other things, seasonal and regional changes in demand and changes to the capacity of the world fleet. We believe the capacity of the world fleet is likely to increase, and there can be no assurance that global economic growth will be at a rate sufficient to utilize this new capacity. Continued adverse economic, political or social conditions or other developments could further negatively impact charter rates, and therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

An economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Demand for our vessels and charter rates are dependent upon economic conditions in China, India and the rest of the world. China has been one of the world's fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, and has had a significant impact on shipping demand. If economic growth in China and the Asia Pacific region slows down, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects.

Changes in the economic and political environment in China and policies adopted by the government to regulate its economy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 
4

 

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most countries belonging to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development in certain respects, such as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and balance of payments position. Prior to 1978, the Chinese economy was a planned economy. Since 1978, increasing emphasis has been placed on the utilization of market forces in the development of the Chinese economy. Annual and five-year state plans are adopted by the Chinese government in connection with the development of the economy. Although state-owned enterprises still account for a substantial portion of the Chinese industrial output, in general, the Chinese government is reducing the level of direct control that it exercises over the economy through state plans and other measures. There is an increasing level of freedom and autonomy in areas such as allocation of resources, production, pricing and management and a gradual shift in emphasis to a "market economy" and enterprise reform. Limited price reforms have been undertaken with the result that prices for certain commodities are principally determined by market forces. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. If the Chinese government does not continue to pursue a policy of economic reform, the level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition .
 
Loss of our flag state extensions of the deadlines for prohibiting the trading of our non-double hull tankers could adversely affect our operations.
 
The United States, the European Union and the International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, have all imposed limits or prohibitions on the use of non-double hull tankers in specified markets after certain target dates, depending on certain factors such as the size of the vessel and the type of cargo. In the case of our non-double hull tankers, these phase out dates range from 2010 to 2018. The Marine Environmental Protection Committee of the IMO, or MEPC, has amended the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships to accelerate the phase out of certain categories of non-double hull tankers, including the types of vessels in our fleet, from 2015 to 2010 unless the relevant flag states extend the date. Our fleet includes four non-double hull tankers, including one which has been sold with delivery to its new owner expected by the end of March 2011.

Although we have obtained flag state extensions to continue operating our non-double hull tankers until 2015, such flag state extensions may be revoked for any reason prior to such time. Some or all of our non-double hull tankers will be unable to trade in many markets due to the passing of the phase-out date in 2010. In addition, non-double hull tankers are likely to be chartered less frequently and at lower rates. Additional regulations may be adopted in the future that could further adversely affect the useful lives of our non-double hull tankers, as well as our ability to generate income from them.

Safety, environmental and other governmental and other requirements expose us to liability, and compliance with current and future regulations could require significant additional expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties, conventions and standards in force in international waters, the jurisdictions in which our tankers and other vessels operate and the country or countries in which such vessels are registered, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and other contamination, air emissions, and water discharges and ballast water management. These regulations include the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or the OPA, the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 and regulations of the IMO, including the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as the CLC, the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS, and the IMO International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, as from time to time amended.

 
5

 


In addition, vessel classification societies and the requirements set forth in the IMO's International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code, also impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels. In complying with current and future environmental requirements, vessel owners and operators may also incur significant additional costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements, in developing contingency arrangements for potential spills and in obtaining insurance coverage. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain vessels altogether.

Many of these requirements are designed to reduce the risk of oil spills and other pollution, and our compliance with these requirements can be costly. These requirements also can affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require reductions in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in certain ports.

Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, natural resource damages and third-party claims for personal injury or property damages, in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our current or historic operations. We could also incur substantial penalties, fines and other civil or criminal sanctions, including in certain instances seizure or detention of our vessels, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws, regulations and other requirements. For example, OPA affects all vessel owners shipping oil to, from or within the United States.  OPA allows for potentially unlimited liability without regard to fault for owners, operators and bareboat charterers of vessels for oil pollution in U.S. waters. Similarly the CLC, which has been adopted by most countries outside of the United States, imposes liability for oil pollution in international waters. OPA expressly permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to hazardous materials and oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries. Coastal states in the United States have enacted pollution prevention liability and response laws, many providing for unlimited liability. Furthermore, environmental   laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil in U.S. waters, including the 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. Furthermore, the 2010 explosion of the drilling rig Deepwater Horizon , which is unrelated to Ship Finance, and the subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, or other events, may result in further regulation of the shipping and offshore industries and modifications to statutory liability schemes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. An oil spill could also result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our vessels. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and available cash.

 
6

 


Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Beginning in 2008, the frequency of piracy incidents increased significantly and continues at a relatively high level up to the present day, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized by insurers as "war risk" zones, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, or Joint War Committee "war and strikes" listed areas, premiums payable for such insurance coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including those due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. or other governments, which could adversely affect our business.
 
From time to time on charterers' instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the United States government and in countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act ("CISADA"), which expanded the scope of the former Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions to non-U.S. companies, such as our company, and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines or other penalties and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our company. Additionally, some investors may decide to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our company simply because we do business with companies that do business in sanctioned countries. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. Investor perception of the value of our company may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.
 
 
 
7

 

 
In the highly competitive international seaborne transportation industry, we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and as a result we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

We employ our vessels in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented.  Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do.  Competition for seaborne transportation of goods and products is intense and depends on charter rate, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to charterers.  Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources could operate larger fleets than we may operate and thus be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer.  If this were to occur, we may be unable to retain or attract new charterers on attractive terms or at all, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

An over-supply of vessel capacity may lead to further reductions in charter hire rates and profitability.
 
The supply of vessels generally increases with deliveries of new vessels and decreases with the scrapping of older vessels, conversion of vessels to other uses, such as floating production and storage facilities, and loss of tonnage as a result of casualties. Currently, there is significant newbuilding activity with respect to virtually all sizes and classes of vessels. An over-supply of vessel capacity, combined with a decline in the demand for such vessels, may result in a further reduction of charter hire rates.  If such a reduction continues in the future, upon the expiration or termination of our vessels' current charters, we may only be able to re-charter our vessels at reduced or unprofitable rates or we may not be able to charter our vessels at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could increase costs and disrupt our business.
 
International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin, destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the contents of our vessels, delays in loading, offloading, or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

For example, since the events of September 11, 2001, U.S. authorities have significantly increased the levels of inspection for all imported containers. Government investment in non-intrusive container scanning technology has grown, and there is interest in electronic monitoring technology, including so-called "e-seals" and "smart" containers that would enable remote, centralized monitoring of containers during shipment to identify tampering with or opening of the containers, along with potentially measuring other characteristics such as temperature, air pressure, motion, chemicals, biological agents and radiation.

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us.  Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical.  Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The offshore drilling sector depends on the level of activity in the offshore oil and gas industry, which is significantly affected by, among other things, volatile oil and gas prices and may be materially and adversely affected by a decline in the offshore oil and gas industry.
 
The offshore contract drilling industry is cyclical and volatile, and depends on the level of activity in oil and gas exploration and development and production in offshore areas worldwide. The availability of quality drilling prospects, exploration success, relative production costs, the stage of reservoir development and political and regulatory environments affect our customers' drilling campaigns. Oil and gas prices and market expectations of potential changes in these prices also significantly affect this level of activity and demand for drilling units.

 
8

 

 
Any decrease in exploration, development or production expenditures by oil and gas companies could materially and adversely affect the business of the charterers of our drilling units and their ability to perform under their existing charters with us. Also, increased competition for our customers' drilling budgets could come from, among other areas, land-based energy markets in Africa, Russia, other former Soviet Union states, the Middle East and Alaska. Worldwide military, political and economic events have contributed to oil and gas price volatility and are likely to do so in the future. Oil and gas prices are extremely volatile and are affected by numerous factors, including the following:
 
 
 
·
worldwide demand for oil and gas;
 
·
the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and gas;
 
·
expectations regarding future energy prices;
 
·
advances in exploration and development technology;
 
·
the ability of OPEC to set and maintain production levels and pricing;
 
·
the level of production in non-OPEC countries;
 
·
government regulations;
 
·
local and international political, economic and weather conditions;
 
·
domestic and foreign tax policies;
 
·
the development and implementation of policies to increase the use of renewable energy;
 
·
the policies of various governments regarding exploration and development of their oil and gas reserves; and
 
·
the worldwide military and political environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from an escalation or additional outbreak of armed hostilities or other crises in the Middle East or other geographic areas, or further acts of terrorism in the United States or elsewhere.

Declines in oil and gas prices for an extended period could negatively affect the offshore drilling sector. Sustained periods of low oil prices typically result in reduced exploration and drilling because oil and gas companies' capital expenditure budgets are subject to their cash flows and are therefore sensitive to changes in energy prices. These changes in commodity prices can have a dramatic effect on the demand for drilling units, and periods of low demand can cause an excess supply of drilling units and intensify competition in the industry, which often results in drilling units, particularly lower specification drilling units, being idle for long periods of time.  We cannot predict the future level of demand for drilling units or future conditions of the oil and gas industry.

In addition to oil and gas prices, the offshore drilling industry is influenced by additional factors, including:

 
·
the availability of competing offshore drilling units;
 
·
the level of costs for associated offshore oilfield and construction services;
 
·
oil and gas transportation costs;
 
·
the discovery of new oil and gas reserves; and
 
·
the cost of non-conventional hydrocarbons, such as the exploitation of oil sands.
 
 
 
9

 

 
An over-supply of drilling units may lead to a reduction in day-rates and therefore may adversely affect the ability of the Seadrill Charterers and Apexindo to make charterhire payments to us.

We have chartered four of our drilling units to four subsidiaries of Seadrill Limited, or Seadrill, namely Seadrill Prospero Limited, or Seadrill Prospero, Seadrill Deepwater Charterer Ltd., or Seadrill Deepwater, Seadrill Offshore AS, or Seadrill Offshore, and Seadrill Polaris Ltd., or Seadrill Polaris, which we refer to collectively as the "Seadrill Charterers". In addition, we have chartered one drilling unit to Apexindo Offshore Pte. Ltd., or Apexindo. The Seadrill Charterers and Apexindo are collectively referred to as the "Rig Charterers". Following the 2008 peak in the oil price of around $140 per barrel, there was a period of high utilization and high dayrates, which prompted industry participants to increase the supply of drilling units by ordering the construction of new drilling units. According to industry sources, the worldwide fleet of drilling rigs increased from 622 units at the end of 2008 to 703 units at the end of 2010, and significant further deliveries of new units are projected. Although a relatively large number of the drilling units currently under construction have been contracted for future work, the increase in the total fleet may intensify price competition as scheduled delivery dates occur.  The entry into service of these new, upgraded or reactivated drilling units will increase supply and has already led to a reduction in day-rates as drilling units are absorbed into the active fleet.  In addition, the new construction of high-specification rigs, as well as changes in the Rig Charterers' competitors' drilling rig fleets, could cause our drilling units to become less competitive.  Lower utilization and dayrates could adversely affect the Rig Charterers' ability to secure drilling contracts and, therefore, their ability to make charterhire payments to us, and may cause them to terminate or renegotiate their charter agreements to our detriment.

Consolidation of suppliers may limit the ability of the Rig Charterers to obtain supplies and services for their offshore drilling operations at an acceptable cost, on schedule or at all, which may have a material adverse effect on their ability to make charterhire payments to us.

The Rig Charterers may rely on certain third parties to provide supplies and services necessary for their offshore drilling operations, including but not limited to drilling equipment suppliers, catering and machinery suppliers. Recent mergers have reduced the number of available suppliers, resulting in fewer alternatives for sourcing key supplies. The Rig Charterers may not be able to obtain supplies and services at an acceptable cost, at the times they need them or at all. Such consolidation, combined with a high volume of drilling units under construction, may result in a shortage of supplies and services thereby potentially inhibiting the ability of suppliers to deliver on time. These cost increases or delays could have a material adverse affect on the Rig Charterers' results of operations and financial condition, and may adversely affect their ability to make charterhire payments to us.

Governmental laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, may add to the costs of the Rig Charterers or limit their drilling activity, and may adversely affect their ability to make charterhire payments to us.

The Rig Charterers' business in the offshore drilling industry is affected by public policy and laws and regulations relating to the energy industry and the environment in the geographic areas where they operate.

The offshore drilling industry is dependent on demand for services from the oil and gas exploration and production industry, and accordingly the Rig Charterers are directly affected by the adoption of laws and regulations that for economic, environmental or other policy reasons curtail exploration and development drilling for oil and gas. The Rig Charterers may be required to make significant capital expenditures to comply with governmental laws and regulations. It is also possible that these laws and regulations may in the future add significantly to the Rig Charterers' operating costs or significantly limit drilling activity. Governments in some countries are increasingly active in regulating and controlling the ownership of concessions, the exploration for oil and gas, and other aspects of the oil and gas industries. In recent years, increased concern has been raised over protection of the environment. Offshore drilling in certain areas has been opposed by environmental groups, and has in certain cases been restricted.

 
10

 


In certain jurisdictions there are or may be imposed restrictions or limitations on the operation of foreign flag vessels and rigs, and these restrictions may prevent us or our charterers from operating our assets as intended. We can not guarantee that we or our charterers will be able to accommodate such restrictions or limitations nor that we or our charterers can relocate the assets to other jurisdictions where such restrictions or limitations do not apply. A violation of such restrictions, or expropriation in particular, could result in the total loss of our investments and/or financial loss for our charterers, and we can not guarantee that we have sufficient insurance coverage to compensate for such loss. This may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

To the extent that new laws are enacted or other governmental actions are taken that prohibit or restrict offshore drilling or impose additional environmental protection requirements that result in increased costs to the oil and gas industry in general or the offshore drilling industry in particular, the Rig Charterers' business or prospects could be materially adversely affected. The operation of our drilling units will require certain governmental approvals, the number and prerequisites of which cannot be determined until the Rig Charterers identify the jurisdictions in which they will operate upon securing contracts for the drilling units. Depending on the jurisdiction, these governmental approvals may involve public hearings and costly undertakings on the part of the Rig Charterers. The Rig Charterers may not obtain such approvals or such approvals may not be obtained in a timely manner. If the Rig Charterers fail to secure the necessary approvals or permits in a timely manner, their customers may have the right to terminate or seek to renegotiate their drilling services contracts to the Rig Charterers' detriment. The amendment or modification of existing laws and regulations or the adoption of new laws and regulations curtailing or further regulating exploratory or development drilling and production of oil and gas could have a material adverse effect on the Rig Charterers' business, operating results or financial condition. Future earnings of the Rig Charterers may be negatively affected by compliance with any such new legislation or regulations. In addition, the Rig Charterers may become subject to additional laws and regulations as a result of future rig operations or repositioning. These factors may adversely affect the ability of the Rig Charterers to make charterhire payments to us.

Acts of terrorism and political and social unrest could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Political and social unrest and terrorist attacks, such as those in New York on September 11, 2001, and in London on July 7, 2005, and the continuing world-wide response to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world's financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts in North Africa and the Middle East and the presence of United States and other armed forces in Iraq and Afghanistan may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea.  Insurance premiums could increase and coverage may be unavailable in the future.  U.S. government regulations may effectively preclude us from actively engaging in business activities in certain countries.  These regulations could be amended to cover countries where we currently operate or where we may wish to operate in the future.  Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues and costs.

 
11

 

Our business has inherent operational risks, which may not be adequately covered by insurance.
 
Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost, due to events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy, political circumstances and hostilities in foreign countries, labor strikes and boycotts, changes in tax rates or policies, and governmental expropriation of our vessels.  Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. Through the agreements with our vessel managers, we procure insurance for most of the vessels in our fleet employed under time charters against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which include pollution risks and crew insurances, and war risk insurance. Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1.0 billion per vessel per occurrence.

We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks. Our vessel managers may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. For example, the circumstances of a spill, including non-compliance with environmental laws, could result in denial of coverage, protracted litigation and delayed or diminished insurance recoveries or settlements. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Under the terms of our bareboat charters, the charterer is responsible for procuring all insurances for the vessel.

Maritime claimants could arrest one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our customers' or our cash flows.
 
Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt the cash flow of the charterer and/or the Company and require us to pay a significant amount of money to have the arrest lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the "sister ship" theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant's maritime lien and any "associated" vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert "sister ship" liability against vessels in our fleet managed by our vessel managers for claims relating to another vessel managed by that manager.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency without adequate compensation, resulting in a loss of earnings.
 
A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes her owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes her charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment could be materially less than the charterhire that would have been payable otherwise. In addition, we would bear all risk of loss or damage to a vessel under requisition for hire. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues and reduce the amount of dividends paid, if any, to our shareholders.
 
 
 
12

 

 
As our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our operations.
 
In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase as the vessel ages.  Due to improvements in engine technology, older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more recently constructed vessels.  Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers.

Governmental regulations, safety, environmental or other equipment standards related to the age of tankers and other types of vessels may require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels to comply with safety or environmental laws or regulations that may be enacted in the future.  These laws or regulations may also restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage or prohibit their operation in certain geographic regions. We cannot predict what alterations or modifications our vessels may be required to undergo as a result of requirements that may be promulgated in the future, or that as our vessels age market conditions will justify any required expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

There are risks associated with the purchase and operation of second-hand vessels.
 
Our current business strategy includes additional growth through the acquisition of both newbuildings and second-hand vessels.  Although we generally inspect second-hand vessels prior to purchase, this does not normally provide us with the same knowledge about the vessels' condition that we would have had if such vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us.  Therefore, our future operating results could be negatively affected if some of the vessels do not perform as we expect.  Also, we do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders if the vessels we buy are older than one year.
 
Risks relating to our Company

Changes in our dividend policy could adversely affect holders of our common shares.
 
Any dividend that we declare is at the discretion of our Board of Directors. We cannot assure you that our dividend will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Our profitability and corresponding ability to pay dividends is substantially affected by amounts we receive through profit sharing payments from our charterers. Our entitlement to profit sharing payments, if any, is based on the financial performance of our vessels which is outside of our control. If our profit sharing payments decrease substantially, we may not be able to continue to pay dividends at present levels, or at all. We are also subject to contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends pursuant to certain debt agreements, and we may agree to additional limitations in the future. Additional factors that could affect our ability to pay dividends include statutory and contractual limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us, including under current or future debt arrangements.

We depend on our charterers and principally the Frontline Charterers and the Seadrill Charterers for our operating cash flows and for our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.
 
Most of the tanker vessels and oil/bulk/ore carriers, or OBOs, in our fleet are chartered to subsidiaries of Frontline Ltd, or Frontline, namely Frontline Shipping Limited, Frontline Shipping II Limited and Frontline Shipping III Limited, which we refer to collectively as the Frontline Charterers. In addition, we have chartered four of our drilling units to the Seadrill Charterers. Our other vessels that have charters attached to them are chartered to other customers under medium to long-term time and bareboat charters, except two which are on short-term time charters until April 2011 and August 2011, respectively.
 
 

 
 
13

 
The charter hire payments that we receive from our customers constitute substantially all of our operating cash flows. The Frontline Charterers have no business or sources of funds other than those related to the chartering of our tanker fleet to third parties.

Frontline Shipping Limited, or Frontline Shipping, and Frontline Shipping II Limited, or Frontline Shipping II, have, at March 22, 2011, established restricted cash deposits of $52 million and $10 million, respectively, as security for their obligations under the charters. In addition, Frontline guarantees the payment of charterhire with respect to Frontline Shipping and Frontline Shipping II.  The four vessels chartered to Frontline Shipping III Limited, or Frontline Shipping III, are non-double hull vessels on which the charters may be terminated at the option of Frontline Shipping III on giving 30 days notice. There are no equivalent guarantees or restricted cash deposits relating to Frontline Shipping III.

Although there are restrictions on the Frontline Charterers' rights to use their cash to pay dividends or make other distributions, at any given time their available cash may be diminished or exhausted, and they may be unable to make charterhire payments to us without support from Frontline. The performance under the charters with the Seadrill Charterers is guaranteed by Seadrill.  If the Frontline Charterers, the Seadrill Charterers or any of our other charterers are unable to make charterhire payments to us, our results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected and we may not have cash available to pay debt service or for distributions to our shareholders.

The amount of the profit sharing payment we receive under our charters with the Frontline Charterers, if any, and our ability to pay our ordinary quarterly dividend, may depend on prevailing spot market rates, which are volatile.
 
Most of our tanker vessels and our OBOs operate under time charters to the Frontline Charterers.  These charter contracts provide for base charterhire and additional profit sharing payments when the Frontline Charterers' earnings from deploying our vessels exceed certain levels. The exception to this is our non-double hull tanker vessels, which have been excluded from the annual profit sharing payment calculation since the relevant vessels' anniversary dates in 2010.  The majority of our vessels chartered to the Frontline Charterers are sub-chartered by the Frontline Charterers in the spot market, which is subject to greater volatility than the long-term time charter market.  Accordingly, the amount of profit sharing payments that we receive, if any, is primarily dependant on the strength of the spot market. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will receive any profit sharing payments for any periods in the future.  Furthermore, our future quarterly dividend may depend on us receiving profit sharing payments or require that we continue to expand our fleet, so that in either case we receive cash flows in addition to the cash flows we receive from our base charterhire from the Frontline Charterers and charter payments from other customers.  As a result, we cannot assure you that we will continue to pay quarterly dividends.

The market values of our vessels and drilling units may decrease, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow or trigger certain financial covenants under our current or future credit facilities and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels or drilling units following a decline in their market value. This could affect future dividend payments.

During the period a vessel is subject to a charter, we will not be permitted to sell it to take advantage of increases in vessel values without the charterers' agreement. Conversely, if the charterers were to default under the charters due to adverse market conditions, causing a termination of the charters, it is likely that the fair market value of our vessels would also be depressed.
 
 
 
14

 

 
The fair market values of our vessels and drilling units have generally experienced high volatility.  According to shipbrokers, the market prices for secondhand drybulk carriers, for example, have decreased sharply from their recent historically high levels.

The fair market value of our vessels and drilling units may increase and decrease depending on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the prevailing level of charter rates and dayrates, general economic and market conditions affecting the international shipping and offshore drilling industries, types and sizes of vessels and drilling units, supply and demand for vessels and drilling units, availability of or developments in other modes of transportation, cost of newbuildings, governmental or other regulations and technological advances.

In addition, as vessels and drilling units grow older, they generally decline in value. If the fair market value of our vessels and drilling units declines, we may not be in compliance with certain provisions of our credit facilities and we may not be able to refinance our debt, obtain additional financing or make distributions to our shareholders. Additionally, if we sell one or more of our vessels or drilling units at a time when vessel and drilling unit prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our consolidated financial statements, the sale price may be less than the vessel's or drilling unit's carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings. Furthermore, if vessel and drilling unit values fall significantly, we may have to record an impairment adjustment in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our financial results and condition.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

From time to time, we enter into, among other things, charter parties with our customers, newbuilding contracts with shipyards, credit facilities with banks, interest rate swap agreements, currency swap agreements, total return bond swaps, and total return equity swaps. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates and dayrates received for specific types of vessels and drilling units, and various expenses. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel or drilling unit that is currently under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel or drilling unit at a lower rate.  As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter parties and drilling contracts, or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Volatility in the international shipping and offshore markets may cause our customers to be unable to pay charterhire to us.
 
Our customers are subject to volatility in the shipping market that affects their ability to operate the vessels they charter from us at a profit.  Our customers' successful operation of our vessels and rigs in the charter market will depend on, among other things, their ability to obtain profitable charters.  We cannot assure you that future charters will be available to our customers at rates sufficient to enable them to meet their obligations to make charterhire payments to us.  As a result, our revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected.  These factors include:
 
 
 
15

 

 
 
·
global and regional economic and political conditions;
 
·
supply and demand for oil and refined petroleum products, which is affected by, among other things, competition from alternative sources of energy;
 
·
supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;
 
·
developments in international trade;
 
·
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including changes in the distances that cargoes are transported;
 
·
environmental concerns and regulations;
 
·
weather;
 
·
the number of newbuilding deliveries;
 
·
the phase-out of non-double hull tankers from certain markets pursuant to national and international laws and regulations;
 
·
the scrapping rate of older vessels; and
 
·
changes in production of crude oil, particularly by OPEC and other key producers.

Tanker charter rates also tend to be subject to seasonal variations, with demand (and therefore charter rates) normally higher in winter months in the northern hemisphere.

We depend on directors who are associated with affiliated companies which may create conflicts of interest.
 
Our principal shareholders Hemen Holding Ltd. and Farahead Investment Inc., which we refer to jointly as Hemen, are indirectly controlled by trusts established by Mr. John Fredriksen for the benefit of his immediate family. Hemen also has significant shareholdings in Frontline, Seadrill, Golden Ocean Group Limited, or Golden Ocean, and Deep Sea Supply Plc, or Deep Sea, which are all our customers and/or suppliers. Currently, one of our directors, Kate Blankenship, is also a director of Frontline, Golden Ocean and Seadrill and another of our directors, Cecilie A. Fredriksen, the daughter of Mr. John Fredriksen, is also a director of Frontline and Golden Ocean. These two directors owe fiduciary duties to the shareholders of each company and may have conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers. In addition, due to any ownership they may have in common shares of Frontline, Golden Ocean, Deep Sea or Seadrill, they may have conflicts of interest when faced with decisions that could have different implications for Frontline, Golden Ocean, Deep Sea or Seadrill than they do for us. We cannot assure you that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor.

The agreements between us and affiliates of Hemen may be less favorable to us than agreements that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.
 
The charters, management agreements, charter ancillary agreements and the other contractual agreements we have with companies affiliated with Hemen were made in the context of an affiliated relationship. Although every effort was made to ensure that such agreements were made on an arm's-length basis, the negotiation of these agreements may have resulted in prices and other terms that are less favorable to us than terms we might have obtained in arm's-length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties for similar services.

 
16

 

Hemen and its associated companies' business activities may conflict with ours.
 
While Frontline has agreed to cause the Frontline Charterers to use their commercial best efforts to employ our vessels on market terms and not to give preferential treatment in the marketing of any other vessels owned or managed by Frontline or its other affiliates, it is possible that conflicts of interests in this regard will adversely affect us. Under our charter ancillary agreements with the Frontline Charterers and Frontline, we are entitled to receive annual profit sharing payments to the extent that the average time daily charter equivalent, or TCE, rates realized by the Frontline Charterers exceed specified levels. Because Frontline also owns or manages other vessels in addition to our fleet, which are not included in the profit sharing calculation, conflicts of interest may arise between us and Frontline in the allocation of chartering opportunities that could limit our fleet's earnings and reduce the profit sharing payments or charterhire due under our charters.

Our shareholders must rely on us to enforce our rights against our contract counterparties.
 
Holders of our common shares and other securities have no direct right to enforce the obligations of the Frontline Charterers, Frontline Management (Bermuda) Ltd., or Frontline Management, Frontline, Golden Ocean, Deep Sea, the Seadrill Charterers and Seadrill or any of our other customers under the charters, or any of the other agreements to which we are party. Accordingly, if any of those counterparties were to breach their obligations to us under any of these agreements, our shareholders would have to rely on us to pursue our remedies against those counterparties.

There is a risk that U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company," which would have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.
 
A foreign corporation will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income" or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income."  For purposes of these tests, "passive income" includes dividends, interest and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business.  For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute "passive income", but income from bareboat charters does constitute "passive income."

U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

Under these rules, if our income from our time charters is considered to be passive rental income, rather than income from the performance of services, we will be considered to be a PFIC.  We believe that it is more likely than not that our income from time charters will not be treated as passive rental income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. Correspondingly, we believe that the assets that we own and operate in the connection with the production of such income do not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC.  This position is principally based upon the positions that (1) our time charter income will constitute services income, rather than rental income and (2) Frontline Management, which provides services to most of our time-chartered vessels, will be respected as a separate entity from the Frontline Charterers, with which it is affiliated. Nevertheless, for the 2010 taxable year and future taxable years, depending upon the relative amounts of income we derive from our various assets as well as their relative fair market values, we may be treated as a PFIC.   

 
17

 

We note that there is no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our current and proposed method of operation. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a significant risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC.  Furthermore, even if we would not be a PFIC under the foregoing tests, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations were to change.

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders will face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.  For example, U.S. non-corporate shareholders would not be eligible for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends that we pay.

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.
 
Under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States may be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

We believe that we and each of our subsidiaries qualify for this statutory tax exemption and we will take this position for U.S. federal income tax return reporting purposes.  However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. source shipping income.  For example, Hemen owned 43.1% of our common shares at March 22, 2011.   There is therefore a risk that we could no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if other shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our common shares were, in combination with Hemen, to own 50% or more of our outstanding common shares on more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on our tax-exempt status or that of any of our subsidiaries.

If we, or our subsidiaries, are not entitled to exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we, or our subsidiaries, could be subject for those years to an effective 2% U.S. federal income tax on the gross shipping income these companies derive during the year that is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States.  The imposition of this tax would have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

Our Liberian subsidiaries may not be exempt from Liberian taxation, which would materially reduce our Liberian subsidiaries', and consequently our, net income and cash flow by the amount of the applicable tax.
 
The Republic of Liberia enacted an income tax act generally effective as of January 1, 2001, or the New Act, which repealed, in its entirety, the prior income tax law in effect since 1977, pursuant to which our Liberian subsidiaries, as non-resident domestic corporations, were wholly exempt from Liberian tax.

In 2004, the Liberian Ministry of Finance issued regulations, or the New Regulations, pursuant to which a non-resident domestic corporation engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, will not be subject to tax under the New Act retroactive to January 1, 2001. In addition, the Liberian Ministry of Justice issued an opinion that the New Regulations were a valid exercise of the regulatory authority of the Ministry of Finance. Therefore, assuming that the New Regulations are valid, our Liberian subsidiaries will be wholly exempt from tax as under prior law.
 
 
 
18

 

 
In 2009, the Liberian Congress enacted the Economic Stimulus Taxation Act of 2009, which reinstates the treatment on non-resident Liberian corporations, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, under Prior Laws retroactive to January 1, 2001. This legislation will become effective when it is finally published by the Liberian government.

If our Liberian subsidiaries were subject to Liberian income tax under the New Act, our Liberian subsidiaries would be subject to tax at a rate of 35% on their worldwide income. As a result, their, and subsequently our, net income and cash flow would be materially reduced by the amount of the applicable tax. In addition, we, as a shareholder of the Liberian subsidiaries, would be subject to Liberian withholding tax on dividends paid by the Liberian subsidiaries at rates ranging from 15% to 20%.

If our long-term time or bareboat charters or management agreements with respect to our vessels employed on long-term time charters terminate, we could be exposed to increased volatility in our business and financial results, our revenues could significantly decrease and our operating expenses could significantly increase.
 
If any of our charters terminate, we may not be able to re-charter those vessels on a long-term basis with terms similar to the terms of our existing charters, or at all. The terms of our current charters for our tanker vessels to the Frontline Charterers end between 2013 and 2027. Frontline Shipping III has the option to terminate the charters for our non-double hull tanker vessels on giving 30 days notice.

Apart from the containerships SFL Avon and SFL Europa , which are on charters due to expire in April 2011 and August 2011, respectively, the vessels in our fleet that have charters attached to them are generally contracted to expire between two and 16 years from now.  However, we have granted some of our charterers purchase or early termination options that, if exercised, may effectively terminate our charters with these customers at an earlier date.  One or more of the charters with respect to our vessels may also terminate in the event of a requisition for title or a loss of a vessel.

In addition, under our vessel management agreements with Frontline Management, for a fixed management fee, Frontline Management is responsible for all of the technical and operational management of the vessels chartered by the Frontline Charterers, and will indemnify us against certain loss of hire and various other liabilities relating to the operation of these vessels.  We may terminate our management agreements with Frontline Management for any reason at any time on 90 days' notice or an agreement may be terminated if the relevant charter is terminated.

We currently have two containerships and three drybulk carriers which operate under time charters, and have entered into agreements to acquire a further nine drybulk carriers which are scheduled to operate under time charters. The agreements for the technical and operational management of these vessels are not fixed price agreements, and we cannot assure you that any further vessels which we may acquire in the future will be operated under fixed price management agreements.

Therefore, to the extent that we acquire additional vessels, our cash flow could be more volatile in the future and we could be exposed to increases in our vessel operating expenses, each of which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and business.

If the delivery of any of the vessels that we have agreed to acquire is delayed or are delivered with significant defects, our earnings and financial condition could suffer.  
 
As at March 22, 2011, we have entered into agreements to acquire nine additional drybulk carriers. A delay in the delivery of any of these vessels or the failure of the contract counterparty to deliver any of these vessels could cause us to breach our obligations under related charter, financing and sales agreements that we have entered into, and could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. In addition, an acceptance of any of these vessels with substantial defects could have similar consequences.
 
 
19

 

 
Certain of our vessels are subject to purchase options held by the charterer of the vessel, which, if exercised, could reduce the size of our fleet and reduce our future revenues.
 
The market values of our vessels are expected to change from time to time depending on a number of factors including general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry, competition, cost of vessel construction, governmental or other regulations, prevailing levels of charter rates and technological changes. We have granted fixed price purchase options to certain of our customers with respect to the vessels they have chartered from us, and these prices may be less than the respective vessel's market value at the time the option may be exercised. In addition, we may not be able to obtain a replacement vessel for the price at which we sell the vessel. In such a case, we could incur a loss and a reduction in earnings.

We may incur losses when we sell vessels, which may adversely affect our earnings.
 
During the period a vessel is subject to a charter, we will not be permitted to sell it to take advantage of increases in vessel values without the charterers' agreement. On the other hand, if the charterers were to default under the charters due to adverse market conditions, thereby causing a termination of the charters, it is likely that the fair market value of our vessels would also be depressed. If we were to sell a vessel at a time when vessel prices have fallen, we could incur a loss and a reduction in earnings.

A change in interest rates could materially and adversely affect our financial performance.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries had approximately $1.6 billion in floating rate debt outstanding under our credit facilities, and a further $1.7 billion in unconsolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries accounted for under the equity method.  Although we use interest rate swaps to manage our interest rate exposure and have interest rate adjustment clauses in some of our chartering agreements, we are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. For a portion of our floating rate debt, if interest rates rise, interest payments on our floating rate debt that we have not swapped into effectively fixed rates would increase.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have entered into interest rate swaps to fix the interest on $1.0 billion of our outstanding indebtedness, and have also entered into interest rate swaps to fix the interest on $1.1 billion of the outstanding indebtedness of our equity-accounted subsidiaries.

An increase in interest rates could cause us to incur additional costs associated with our debt service, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Our maximum exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding debt at December 31, 2010, was approximately $1.2 billion, including our equity-accounted subsidiaries.  A one percentage change in interest rates would at most increase or decrease interest expense by approximately $12 million per year as of December 31, 2010.  The maximum figure does not take into account that certain of our charter contracts include interest adjustment clauses, whereby the charter rate is adjusted to reflect the actual interest paid on a deemed outstanding debt related to the assets on charter. At December 31, 2010, $1.9 billion of our floating rate debt was subject to such interest adjustment clauses, including our equity-accounted subsidiaries. Of this amount, a total of $1.3 billion was subject to interest rate swaps and the balance of $615 million remained on a floating rate basis.

The interest rate swaps that have been entered into by the Company and its subsidiaries are derivative financial instruments that effectively translate floating rate debt into fixed rate debt. US GAAP requires that these derivatives be valued at current market prices in our financial statements, with increases or decreases in valuations reflected in results of operations or, if the instrument is designated as a hedge, in other comprehensive income. Changes in interest rates give rise to changes in the valuations of interest rate swaps and could adversely affect results of operations and other comprehensive income.
 
 
 
20

 

 
We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.
 
Since our original acquisitions from Frontline, we have expanded and diversified our fleet, and we are performing certain administrative services through our wholly-owned subsidiary Ship Finance Management AS.

The growth in the size and diversity of our fleet will continue to impose additional responsibilities on our management, and may require us to increase the number of our personnel. We may need to increase our customer base in the future as we continue to grow our fleet. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

We are highly leveraged and subject to restrictions in our financing agreements that impose constraints on our operating and financing flexibility.
 
We have significant indebtedness outstanding under our Senior Notes, convertible unsecured senior bonds and senior unsecured bonds. We have also entered into loan facilities that we have used to refinance existing indebtedness and to acquire additional vessels.  We may need to refinance some or all of our indebtedness on maturity of our Senior Notes, bonds or loan facilities and to acquire additional vessels in the future. We cannot assure you we will be able to do so on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we cannot refinance our indebtedness, we will have to dedicate some or all of our cash flows, and we may be required to sell some of our assets, to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness. In such a case, we may not be able to pay dividends to our shareholders and may not be able to grow our fleet as planned.  We may also incur additional debt in the future.

Our loan facilities and the indentures for our Senior Notes and bonds subject us to limitations on our business and future financing activities, including:
 
 
·
    limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, including  issuance of additional guarantees;
 
·
    limitations on incurrence of liens;
 
·
    limitations on our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions; and
 
·
    limitations on our ability to renegotiate or amend our charters, management agreements and other material agreements.

Further, our loan facilities contain financial covenants that require us to, among other things:
 
 
·
    provide additional security under the loan facility or prepay an amount of the loan facility as necessary to maintain the fair market value of our vessels securing the loan facility at not less than specified percentages (ranging from 100% to 140%) of the principal amount outstanding under the loan facility;
 
·
    maintain available cash on a consolidated basis of not less than $25 million;
 
·
    maintain positive working capital on a consolidated basis; and
 
·
    maintain a ratio of total liabilities to adjusted total assets of less than 0.80.
 
Under the terms of our loan facilities, we may not make distributions to our shareholders if we do not satisfy these covenants or receive waivers from the lenders. We cannot assure you that we will be able to satisfy these covenants in the future.
 
 
 
21

 

 
Due to these restrictions, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders' interests may be different from ours and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain our lenders' permission when needed. This may prevent us from taking actions that are in our best interests.

Our debt service obligations require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to required payments on indebtedness and could limit our ability to obtain additional financing, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and carry out other general corporate activities in the future. These obligations may also limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the shipping industry or detract from our ability to successfully withstand a downturn in our business or the economy generally. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage to other less leveraged competitors.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
 

Risks Relating to Our Common Shares
 
We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial and other obligations.
 
We are a holding company, and have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries own all of our vessels and drilling units, and payments under our charter agreements are made to our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make distributions to our shareholders depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party or by the law of their respective jurisdiction of incorporation which regulates the payment of dividends by companies. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we will not be able to pay dividends to our shareholders.

The market price of our common shares may be unpredictable and volatile.
 
The market price of our common shares has been volatile. Since January 1, 2010, the closing market price of our common shares has ranged from a low of $13.81 on February 8, 2010, to a high of $22.84 on December 3, 2010. The market price of our common shares may continue to fluctuate due to factors such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry, any reductions in the payment of our dividends or changes in our dividend policy, mergers and strategic alliances in the shipping industry, market conditions in the shipping industry, changes in government regulation, shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecast by securities analysts, announcements concerning us or our competitors and the general state of the securities market. The shipping industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market for common shares in this industry may be equally volatile. Therefore, we cannot assure you that you will be able to sell any of our common shares you may have purchased at a price greater than or equal to its original purchase price.
 
 
22

 

 
Future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
 
The market price of our common shares could decline due to sales of a large number of our shares in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. This could depress the market price of our common shares and make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate, or at all.

Because we are a foreign corporation, you may not have the same rights as a shareholder in a U.S. corporation has.
 
We are a Bermuda exempted company. Bermuda law may not as clearly establish your rights and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors as do statutes and judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In addition, most of our directors and officers are not resident in the United States and the majority of our assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, investors may have more difficulty in protecting their interests and enforcing judgments in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

Our major shareholder, Hemen, may be able to influence us, including the outcome of shareholder votes with interests that may be different from yours.
 
As of March 22, 2011, Hemen owned approximately 43.1% of our outstanding common shares. As a result of its ownership of our common shares, Hemen may influence our business, including the outcome of any vote of our shareholders. Hemen also currently beneficially owns substantial stakes in Frontline, Golden Ocean, Seadrill and Deep Sea. The interests of Hemen may be different from your interests.


ITEM 4.     INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

  A.   HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

The Company

We are Ship Finance International Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, engaged primarily in the ownership and operation of vessels and offshore related assets.  We are also involved in the charter, purchase and sale of assets.  We were incorporated in Bermuda on October 10, 2003 (Company No. EC-34296). Our registered and principal executive offices are located at Par-la-Ville Place, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda, and our telephone number is +1 (441) 295-9500.

We operate through subsidiaries, partnerships and branches located in Bermuda, Cyprus, Malta, Liberia, Norway, the United States of America, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the Marshall Islands.
 
We are an international ship owning company with one of the largest asset bases across the maritime and offshore industries. As at March 22, 2011, our assets consist of 29 oil tankers, eight OBOs currently configured to carry drybulk cargo, three drybulk carriers, nine container vessels, two jack-up drilling rigs, three ultra-deepwater drilling units, six offshore supply vessels and two chemical tankers. One of the oil tankers has been agreed to be sold, with delivery to its new owner expected by the end of March 2011.
 

 
 
23

 
Additionally we have contracted to purchase/take delivery of the following vessels:

 
·
seven newbuilding Handysize drybulk carriers, with estimated delivery in 2011 and 2012;
 
 
·
two newbuilding Supramax drybulk carriers, with estimated delivery in 2011; and
 
 
·
two 2010-built 13,800 TEU container vessels, with delivery estimated before the end of April 2011.
 
 
 Medium to long-term charters have been secured for all nine of the newbuilding drybulk carriers and the two 13,800 TEU container vessels.
 
Our customers currently include Frontline, Horizon Lines Inc., or Horizon Lines, Seadrill, North China Shipping Holdings Co. Ltd., or NCS, Sinochem Shipping Co. Ltd., or Sinochem, Heung-A Shipping Co. Ltd., or Heung-A, Deep Sea, CMA CGM SA, or CMA CGM, MCC Transport Singapore, Glovis Co. Ltd., Western Bulk, Hong Xiang Shipping and Apexindo.  Existing charters for most of our vessels range from two to 16 years, providing us with significant, stable base cash flows and high asset utilization.  Some of our charters include purchase options on behalf of the charterer, which if exercised would reduce our remaining charter coverage and contracted cash flow.

Our primary objective is to continue to grow our business through accretive acquisitions across a diverse range of marine and offshore asset classes. In doing so, our strategy is to generate stable and increasing cash flows by chartering our assets primarily under medium to long-term bareboat or time charters.
 
History of the Company

We were formed in 2003 as a wholly owned subsidiary of Frontline, which is one of the largest owners and operators of large crude oil tankers in the world. On May 28, 2004, Frontline announced the distribution of 25% of our common shares to its ordinary shareholders in a partial spin off, and our common shares commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the ticker symbol "SFL" on June 17, 2004. Frontline subsequently made six further dividends of our shares to its shareholders and its ownership in our Company is now less than one percent.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into in December 2003, we purchased from Frontline, effective January 2004, a fleet of 47 vessels, comprising 23 Very Large Crude Carriers, or VLCCs, including an option to acquire one VLCC, 16 Suezmax tankers and eight OBOs.
 
Since January 1, 2005, we have diversified our asset base from the initial two asset types - crude oil tankers and OBOs - to eight asset types, now including container vessels, drybulk carriers, chemical tankers, jack-up drilling rigs, ultra-deepwater drilling units and offshore supply vessels.

Since 2006, we have reduced our non-double hull tanker fleet from 18 vessels to four vessels, which are all chartered to Frontline Shipping III. One of the remaining non-double hull tankers has been agreed to be sold, with delivery to its new owner expected by the end of March 2011.
 

 
 
24

 
Most of our oil tankers and OBOs are chartered to the Frontline Charterers under longer term time charters that have remaining terms that range from two to 16 years. The Frontline Charterers, in turn, charter our vessels to third parties. The daily base charter rates payable to us under the charters have been fixed in advance and will decrease as our vessels age. Since their relevant anniversary dates in 2010, Frontline Shipping III has the option to terminate the charters for non-double hull vessels on giving 30 days notice. Frontline Shipping and Frontline Shipping II have established restricted cash deposits, which currently total $62 million, held by them as security against their charter commitments. In addition, Frontline guarantees the payment of charter hire with respect to Frontline Shipping and Frontline Shipping II.

We have entered into charter ancillary agreements with the Frontline Charterers, our vessel-owning subsidiaries and Frontline, which remain in effect until the last long term charter with the relevant Frontline Charterer terminates in accordance with its terms. Frontline has guaranteed the Frontline Charterers' obligations under the charter ancillary agreements. Under the terms of the charter ancillary agreements, the Frontline Charterers have agreed to pay us a profit sharing payment equal to 20% of the charter revenues they realize above specified threshold levels, paid annually and calculated on an average daily TCE basis.  Since the relevant anniversary dates in 2010, all of our non-double hull vessels have been excluded from the annual profit sharing payment calculation, and the time charter rate received from Frontline has been reduced to $7,500 per day, apart from Titan Aries (ex Edinburgh ) for which the rate is $8,500 per day as long as it is employed under its current sub-charter.

We have also entered into agreements with Frontline Management to provide fixed rate operation and maintenance services for the vessels on time charter to the Frontline Charterers and for administrative support services. These agreements enhance the predictability and stability of our cash flows, by substantially fixing all of the operating expenses of our crude oil tankers and OBOs.

There is also a profit sharing agreement relating to the charter of the jack-up drilling rig West Prospero, whereby we will receive a profit share calculated as a percentage of the annual earnings above specified thresholds relating to milestones set under the charter. This profit sharing agreement became effective in 2009.

The charters for the two jack-up drilling rigs, three ultra-deepwater drilling units, seven of the container vessels, six offshore supply vessels, two chemical tankers and two of the Suezmax tankers are all on bareboat terms, under which the respective charterer will bear all operating and maintenance expenses.

Acquisitions and Disposals
 
Acquisitions

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we entered into agreements relating to the acquisition of vessels as follows:

 
·
In February 2010, we agreed to terminate agreements made in June 2007 relating to the acquisition of four newbuilding container vessels for an aggregate cost of approximately $155 million. Concurrently, we agreed to acquire seven newbuilding Handysize drybulk carriers with delivery expected in 2011 and 2012, for an aggregate construction cost of approximately $188 million.

 
·
In March 2010, we took delivery of Everbright , the second newbuilding Suezmax tanker which we had agreed to purchase in November 2006. Immediately upon delivery from the shipyard, the Everbright was sold on hire-purchase terms and commenced a five year bareboat charter with annual purchase options during the charter period and a purchase obligation at the end of the charter in March 2015.
 
 
 
25

 

 
 
·
In October 2010, we took delivery of the newbuilding containership SFL Avon . Immediately upon delivery from the shipyard, the vessel commenced a time charter for an initial period of six months.

 
·
In August 2010, we agreed to purchase three Supramax drybulk carriers, and in the fourth quarter of 2010 we took delivery of the 2009-built SFL Hudson and the newbuilding SFL Yukon .  Immediately upon delivery from the shipyard, the vessels commenced time charters with terms of ten and eight years, respectively. The remaining vessel, SFL Sara , was delivered from the shipyard in the first quarter of 2011 and immediately commenced an eight year time charter.

 
·
In November 2010, we agreed to acquire two further newbuilding Supramax drybulk carriers for an aggregate construction cost of approximately $61 million. The vessels are expected to be delivered in the third quarter of 2011 and will commence 10 year time charters upon delivery.
 
Since January 1, 2011, we have entered into agreements relating to the acquisition or charter-in of vessels as follows:

 
·
In January 2011, we announced the acquisition of the 2007-built jack-up drilling rig Soehanah for an agreed purchase price of approximately $152 million. The rig was delivered in February 2011, and commenced a seven year bareboat charter back to the seller.

 
·
In March 2011, we announced that we have entered into an agreement, together with CMA CGM, the constructing shipyard and a financial institution, to acquire and charter-in two 2010-built 13,800 TEU container vessels in combination with 15-year time charters back to CMA CGM. Our investment is limited to $25 million per vessel, secured by junior mortgages.
 
Disposals

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we sold the following vessels:

 
·
In February 2010, we sold the VLCC Front Vista to a subsidiary of Frontline for total sales proceeds of approximately $59 million. A gain of $1.8 million was recorded on disposal.
 
 
·
In April 2010, we sold the single-hull VLCC Golden River to an unrelated third party for total sales proceeds of approximately $13 million. A loss of $0.1 million was recorded on disposal.
 
 
·
In September 2010, the single-hull VLCC Front Sabang was sold when its charterer exercised an option to purchase the vessel before the end of the charter. A gain of $0.4 million was recorded on disposal.

 
·
In December 2010, the charter on the drybulk carrier Golden Shadow was terminated and the vessel sold for approximately $21.5 million. A loss of $0.1 million was recorded on disposal, which is included in "Equity in earnings of associated companies".
 
 
 
26

 

 
Since January 1, 2011, we have entered into the following agreements relating to the disposal of vessels:

 
·
In February 2011, we agreed to sell the two single-hull VLCCs Front Ace and Ticen Sun (ex Front Highness ) to unrelated parties for a combined gross sales price of $31.4 million. Ticen Sun was delivered to its new owner in February 2011, and Front Ace is expected to be delivered to its new owner by the end of March 2011.  A total gain on disposal of approximately $0.3 million is expected to be recorded.
 
B.  BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Our Business Strategies
 
Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and increase long-term distributable cash flow per share by pursuing the following strategies:

 
(1)
Expand our asset base.   We have increased, and intend to further increase, the size of our asset base through timely and selective acquisitions of additional assets that we believe will be accretive to long-term distributable cash flow per share.  We will seek to expand our asset base through placing newbuilding orders, acquiring new and modern second-hand vessels and entering into medium or long-term charter arrangements. From time to time we may also acquire vessels with no or limited initial charter coverage. We believe that by entering into newbuilding contracts or acquiring modern second-hand vessels or rigs we can provide for long-term growth of our assets and continue to decrease the average age of our fleet.
 
 
(2)
Diversify our asset base.   Since January 1, 2005, we have diversified our asset base from two asset types, crude oil tankers and OBO carriers, to eight asset types including container vessels, drybulk carriers, chemical tankers, jack-up drilling rigs, ultra-deepwater drilling units and offshore supply vessels.  We believe that there are other attractive markets that could provide us with the opportunity to further diversify our asset base.  These markets include vessels and other assets that are of long-term strategic importance to certain operators in the shipping and offshore industries. We believe that the expertise and relationships of our management, together with our relationship and affiliation with Mr. John Fredriksen, could provide us with incremental opportunities to expand our asset base.
 
 
(3)
Expand and diversify our customer relationships.   Since January 1, 2005, we have increased our customer base from one to 13 customers. Of these 13 customers, Frontline, Deep Sea and Seadrill are directly or indirectly controlled by trusts established by Mr. John Fredriksen for the benefit of his immediate family.  We intend to continue to expand our relationships with our existing customers and also to add new customers, as companies servicing the international shipping and offshore oil exploration markets continue to expand their use of chartered-in assets to add capacity.
 

 
27

 

 
 
(4)
Pursue medium to long-term fixed-rate charters.   We intend to continue to pursue medium to long-term fixed rate charters, which provide us with stable future cash flows.  Our customers typically employ long-term charters for strategic expansion as most of their assets are typically of strategic importance to certain operating pools, established trade routes or dedicated oil-field installations.  We believe that we will be well positioned to participate in their growth.  In addition, we will also seek to enter into charter agreements that are shorter and provide for profit sharing, so that we can generate incremental revenue and share in the upside during strong markets.

Customers
 
The Frontline Charterers have been our principal customers since we were spun-off from Frontline in 2004. However, in 2007 and 2008 we made substantial investments in offshore drilling units which are chartered to the Seadrill Charterers, and the percentage of our business attributable to the Frontline Charterers has decreased following the delivery and commencement of the charters of the drilling units. We anticipate that the percentage of our business attributable to both the Frontline Charterers and the Seadrill Charterers will decrease as we continue to expand our business and our customer base.
 
Competition
 
We currently operate or will operate in several sectors of the shipping and offshore industry, including oil transportation, drybulk shipments, chemical transportation, container transportation, drilling rigs and offshore supply vessels.

The markets for international seaborne oil transportation services, drybulk transportation services and container transportation services are highly fragmented and competitive. Seaborne oil transportation services are generally provided by two main types of operators: major oil companies or captive fleets (both private and state-owned) and independent shipowner fleets.

In addition, several owners and operators pool their vessels together on an ongoing basis, and such pools are available to customers to the same extent as independently owned and operated fleets. Many major oil companies and other commodity carriers also operate their own vessels and use such vessels not only to transport their own cargoes but also to transport cargoes for third parties, in direct competition with independent owners and operators.

Container vessels are generally operated by container logistics companies, where the vessels are used as an integral part of their services. Therefore, container vessels are typically chartered more on a period basis and single voyage chartering is less common. As the market has grown significantly over recent decades, we expect in the future to see more vessels chartered by container logistics companies on a shorter term basis, particularly in the smaller segments.

Our jack-up drilling rigs, ultra-deepwater drilling units and offshore supply vessels are chartered out on long-term charters to contractors, and we are therefore not directly exposed to the short term fluctuation in these markets. Jack-up drilling rigs, ultra-deepwater drilling units and offshore supply vessels are normally chartered by oil companies on a shorter-term basis linked to area-specific well drilling or oil exploration activities, but there have also been longer period charters available when oil companies want to cover their longer term requirements for such vessels. Offshore supply vessels, ultra-deepwater drillships and semi-submersible drilling rigs are self-propelled, and can therefore easily move between geographic areas. Jack-up drilling rigs are not self-propelled, but it is common to move these assets over long distances on heavy-lift vessels. Therefore, the markets and competition for these rigs are effectively world-wide.

 
28

 

 

Competition for charters in all the above sectors is intense and is based upon price, location, size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel/rig and its manager. Competition is also affected by the availability of other size vessels/rigs to compete in the trades in which we engage. Most of our existing vessels are chartered at fixed rates on a long-term basis and are thus not directly affected by competition in the short-term. However, the tankers and OBOs chartered to the Frontline Charterers and one of our jack-up drilling rigs are subject to profit sharing agreements, which will be affected by competition experienced by the charterers.
 
Risk of Loss and Insurance
 
Our business is affected by a number of risks, including mechanical failure, collisions, property loss to the vessels, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, the operation of any ocean-going vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of catastrophic marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

Except for vessels whose charter specifies otherwise, Frontline Management and our bareboat charterers are responsible for arranging for the insurance of our vessels in line with standard industry practice. In accordance with that practice, we maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which include the risk of actual or constructive total loss, and protection and indemnity insurance with mutual assurance associations. From time to time we carry insurance covering the loss of hire resulting from marine casualties in respect of some of our vessels. Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is up to $1 billion per tanker per occurrence. Protection and indemnity associations are mutual marine indemnity associations formed by shipowners to provide protection from large financial loss to one member by contribution towards that loss by all members.

We believe that our current insurance coverage is adequate to protect us against the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and that we maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage, consistent with standard industry practice. However, there is no assurance that all risks are adequately insured against, that any particular claims will be paid, or that we will be able to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future.

Environmental Regulation and Other Regulations
 
Government regulations and laws significantly affect the ownership and operation of our crude oil tankers, OBOs, drybulk carriers, chemical tankers, drilling units, container vessels and offshore supply vessels.  We are subject to various international conventions, laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels and drilling units may operate or are registered. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel and drilling unit modification and implementation of certain operating procedures.
 
A variety of governmental, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our assets to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections.  These organizations include the local port authorities, national authorities, harbor masters or equivalent, classification societies, flag state and charterers, particularly terminal operators, oil companies and drybulk and commodity owners.  Some of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of our assets.  Our failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of the assets in our fleet.
 
 
 
29

 

 
We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry, particularly older tankers.  Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to the stricter environmental standards.  We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels emphasizing operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations.  We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations; however, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels.  The international ballast water convention will, when ratified, require investment in new equipment on board our vessels, but it is not possible to quantify the costs of such modifications at this time. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.

The laws and regulations discussed below may not constitute a comprehensive list of all such laws and regulations that are applicable to the operation of our vessels and drilling units.
 
Flag State
 
The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for the implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations for all ships granted the right to fly its flag. The "Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance" evaluates flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification of international maritime treaties, implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations, supervision of surveys, casualty investigations and participation at meetings of the IMO. Our vessels are flagged in Liberia, Singapore, the Bahamas, Cyprus, Malta, the Marshall Islands, France, the United States, Panama, Hong Kong and the Isle of Man.
 
International Maritime Organization
 
The IMO (the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships), has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, which has been updated through various amendments, or the MARPOL Convention. The MARPOL Convention implements environmental standards including oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, as well as the handling and disposal of noxious liquids, harmful substances in packaged forms, sewage and air emissions. These regulations, which have been implemented in many jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, provide, in part, that:
 
 
·
    25-year old tankers must be of double-hull construction or of a mid-deck design with double-sided construction, unless:
 
(1)    they have wing tanks or double-bottom spaces not used for the carriage of oil which cover at least 30% of the length of the cargo tank section of the hull or bottom; or
 
(2)   they are capable of hydrostatically balanced loading (loading less cargo into a tanker so that in the event of a breach of the hull, water flows into the tanker, displacing oil upwards instead of into the sea);
 
 
·
    30-year old tankers must be of double-hull construction or mid-deck design with double-sided construction; and
 
 
·
    all tankers will be subject to enhanced inspections.
 
 
 
30

 
 
Also, under IMO regulations, a newbuild tanker of 5,000 dwt and above must be of double-hull construction or a mid-deck design with double-sided construction or be of another approved design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution if the tanker:
 
 
·
    is the subject of a contract for a major conversion or original construction on or after July 6, 1993;
 
·
    commences a major conversion or has its keel laid on or after January 6, 1994; or
 
·
    completes a major conversion or is a newbuilding delivered on or after July 6, 1996.
 
Our vessels are subject to regulatory requirements imposed by the IMO, including the phase-out of single-hull tankers. Effective September 2002, the IMO accelerated its existing timetable for the phase-out of single-hull oil tankers. At that time, these regulations required the phase-out of most single-hull oil tankers by 2015 or earlier, depending on the age of the tanker and whether it has segregated ballast tanks.

Under the regulations, as described above, the flag state may allow for some newer single-hull ships registered in its country that conform to certain technical specifications to continue operating until the 25th anniversary of their delivery. Any port state, however, may deny entry of those single hull tankers that are allowed to operate until their 25th anniversary to ports or offshore terminals. These regulations have been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our tankers operate.

In December 2003, the MEPC adopted an amendment to the MARPOL Convention, which became effective in April 2005. The amendment revised an existing regulation 13G accelerating the phase-out of single hull oil tankers and adopted a new regulation 13H on the prevention of oil pollution from oil tankers when carrying heavy grade oil. Under the revised regulation, single hull oil tankers were required to be phased out no later than April 5, 2005, or the anniversary of the date of delivery of the ship on the date or in the year specified in the following table:
 
 
Category of Single Hull Oil Tankers
 
Date or Year for Phase Out
 
Category 1:   oil tankers of 20,000 dwt and above carrying crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or lubricating oil as cargo, and of 30,000 dwt and above carrying other oils, which do not comply with the requirements for protectively located segregated ballast tanks
 
April 5, 2005 for ships delivered on April 5, 1982 or earlier;
2005 for ships delivered after April 5, 1982
 
Category 2:   oil tankers of 20,000 dwt and above carrying crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or lubricating oil as cargo, and of 30,000 dwt and above carrying other oils, which do comply with the requirements for protectively located segregated ballast tanks
and
Category 3:   oil tankers of 5,000 dwt and above but less than the tonnage specified for Category 1 and 2 tankers.
 
April 5, 2005 for ships delivered on April 5, 1977 or earlier;
2005 for ships delivered after April 5, 1977 but before January 1, 1978;
2006 for ships delivered in 1978 and 1979
2007 for ships delivered in 1980 and 1981
2008 for ships delivered in 1982
2009 for ships delivered in 1983
2010 for ships delivered in 1984 or later

 
 
31

 
Under the revised regulations, a flag state may permit continued operation of certain Category 2 or 3 tankers beyond their phase-out date in accordance with the above schedule.  Under regulation 13G, the flag state may allow for some newer single hull oil tankers registered in its country that conform to certain technical specifications to continue operating until the earlier of the anniversary of the date of delivery of the vessel in 2015 or the 25th anniversary of their delivery.  Under regulations 13G and 13H, as described below, certain Category 2 and 3 tankers fitted only with double bottoms or double sides may be allowed by the flag state to continue operations until their 25th anniversary of delivery.  Any port state, however, may deny entry of those single hull oil tankers that are allowed to operate under any of the flag state exemptions.

The following table summarizes the impact of such regulations on the Company's single hull and double sided tankers:


 
Vessel Name
 
Vessel type
Vessel Category
 
Year Built
 
IMO phase out
Flag state exemption
Titan Aries
VLCC
Double sided
1993
2018
2018
Front Ace *
VLCC
Single hull
1993
2010
2015
Titan Orion
VLCC
Single hull
1992
2010
2015
Ticen Ocean
VLCC
Single hull
1991
2010
2015
 
* Front Ace has been sold, with delivery to its new owner expected by the end of March 2011 .

In October 2004, the MEPC adopted a unified interpretation of regulation 13G that clarified the delivery date for converted tankers. Under the interpretation, where an oil tanker has undergone a major conversion that has resulted in the replacement of the fore-body, including the entire cargo carrying section, the major conversion completion date shall be deemed to be the date of delivery of the ship, provided that:

 
·
the oil tanker conversion was completed before July 6, 1996;
 
·
the conversion included the replacement of the entire cargo section and fore-body and  the tanker complies with all the relevant provisions of MARPOL Convention applicable at the date of completion of the major conversion; and
 
·
the original delivery date of the oil tanker will apply when considering the 15 years of age threshold relating to the first technical specifications survey to be completed in accordance with MARPOL Convention. 
 
In December 2003, the MEPC adopted a new regulation 13H on the prevention of oil pollution from oil tankers when carrying heavy grade oil, or HGO, which includes most of the grades of marine fuel. The new regulation bans the carriage of HGO in single hull oil tankers of 5,000 dwt and above after April 5, 2005, and in single hull oil tankers of 600 dwt and above but less than 5,000 dwt upon the anniversary of their delivery in 2008.
 
Under regulation 13H, HGO means any of the following:
 
 
·
   crude oils having a density at 15ºC higher than 900 kg/m 3 ;
 
·
   fuel oils having either a density at 15ºC higher than 900 kg/ m 3 or a kinematic viscosity at 50ºC higher than 180 mm2/s; or
 
·
   bitumen , tar and their emulsions.

Under regulation 13H, the flag state may allow continued operation of oil tankers of 5,000 dwt and above carrying crude oil with a density at 15ºC higher than 900 kg/m 3 but lower than 945 kg/m 3 , that conform to certain technical specifications and if, in the opinion of the flag state, the ship is fit to continue such operation, having regard to the size, age, operational area and structural conditions of the ship and provided that the continued operation shall not go beyond the date on which the ship reaches 25 years after the date of its delivery.  The flag state may also allow continued operation of a single-hull oil tanker of 600 dwt and above but less than 5,000 dwt carrying HGO as cargo if, in the opinion of the flag state, the ship is fit to continue such operation, having regard to the size, age, operational area and structural conditions of the ship, provided that the operation shall not go beyond the date on which the ship reaches 25 years after the date of its delivery.
 
 
 
32

 

 
The flag state may also exempt an oil tanker of 600 dwt and above carrying HGO as cargo if the ship is either engaged in voyages exclusively within an area under its jurisdiction, or is engaged in voyages exclusively within an area under the jurisdiction of another party, provided the party within whose jurisdiction the ship will be operating agrees. The same applies to vessels operating as floating storage units of HGO.

Any port state, however, can deny entry of single hull tankers carrying HGO, which have been allowed to continue operation under the exemptions mentioned above, into the port or offshore terminals under its jurisdiction or deny ship-to-ship transfer of HGO in areas under its jurisdiction, except when this is necessary for the purpose of securing the safety of a ship or saving life at sea.

Revised Annex 1 to the MARPOL Convention entered into force in January 2007. Revised Annex 1 incorporates various amendments adopted since the MARPOL Convention entered into force in 1983, including the amendments to regulation 13G (regulation 20 in the revised Annex) and regulation 13H (regulation 21 in the revised Annex). Revised Annex 1 also imposes construction requirements for oil tankers delivered on or after January 1, 2010. A further amendment to revised Annex 1 includes an amendment to the definition of HGO that will broaden the scope of regulation 21. On August 1, 2007 regulation 12A (an amendment to Annex I) came into force requiring fuel oil tanks to be located inside the double hull in all ships with an aggregate oil fuel capacity of 600m 3 and above which are delivered on or after August 1, 2010, including ships for which the building contract is entered into on or after August 1, 2007 or, in the absence of a contract, for which the keel is laid on or after February 1, 2008.

Non-compliance with the ISM Code or with other IMO regulations may subject a shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in denial of access to, or detention in, some ports including United States and European Union ports.

Air Emissions
 
In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from ships.  Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile organic compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances.  Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions.  Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

In October 2008, the MEPC adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter, and ozone-depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010.  The amended Annex VI reduces air pollution from vessels by, among other things, (i) implementing a progressive reduction of sulfur oxide emissions from ships, by reducing the global sulfur fuel cap initially to 3.50% (from the current cap of 4.50%), effective from January 1, 2012, then progressively to 0.50%, effective from January 1, 2020, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018; and (ii) establishing new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The United States ratified the Annex VI amendments in October 2008, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, promulgated equivalent emissions standards in late 2009.
 
 
 
33

 
 
The MEPC has designated the area extending 200 miles from the territorial sea baseline adjacent to the Atlantic/Gulf and Pacific coasts and the eight main Hawaiian Islands as an Emission Control Area, or ECA, under the MARPOL Annex VI amendments. The new ECA will enter into force in August 2012, whereupon fuel used by all vessels operating in the ECA cannot exceed 1.0% sulfur, dropping to 0.1% sulfur in 2015. Additionally, from 2016 NOx after-treatment requirements will also apply. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO, or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from maritime diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the EPA or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditure or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.  

With effect from January 1, 2010, the Directive 2005/33/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 6, 2005 amending Directive 1999/32/EC came into force. The objective of the directive is to reduce emission of sulfur dioxide from the combustion of petroleum derived fuels. This shall be achieved by imposing limits on the sulfur content of such fuels as a condition for their use within a Member State territory. The maximum sulfur content in fuels to be used by merchant ships whilst alongside a berth or wharf in EU countries after January 1, 2010, is 0.10% by volume. Ships owned by us may be supplied with low sulfur Marine Gas Oil as replacement for Marine Diesel Oil in the future. Although our vessels have carried out extensive tests and discharge operations using fuels which meet the specification of less than 0.10% sulfur, the technical complexity of meeting the new requirements may require modifications in the future.

Safety Requirements
 
The IMO has also adopted SOLAS and the International Convention on Load Lines 1966, or LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards to regulate design and operational features of ships. SOLAS and LL Convention standards are revised periodically. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.

Under Chapter IX of SOLAS, the requirements contained in the ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO, also affect our operations.  The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We intend to rely upon the safety management system that the appointed ship managers have developed.

The ISM Code requires that vessel managers or operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate.  This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's management with ISM Code requirements for a safety management system.  No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code.  The appointed ship managers have obtained documents of compliance for their officers and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which certificates are required by the IMO. These documents of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required.

Non-compliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.  The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union, or EU, authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and EU ports, as the case may be.
 
 
 
34

 

 
The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and a signatory's territorial waters. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business and which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
Ballast Water Requirements
 
The IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ship's Ballast Water and Sediments, the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention's implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements beginning in 2009, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping. To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard for it to take force. However, the MEPC passed a resolution in March 2010 encouraging the ratification of the BWM Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems. If mid-ocean ballast exchange is made mandatory throughout the United States or internationally, or if ballast water treatment requirements or options are instituted, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers, and the costs of ballast water treatment may be material.
 
Oil Pollution Liability
 
Although the United States is not a party, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel's registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject under certain circumstances to certain defenses and limitations. Vessels trading to states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC. We believe that our insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.
 
In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, which imposes strict liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). The Bunker Convention has been ratified by a sufficient number of nations for entry into force, and became effective on November 21, 2008.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations.  It is difficult to accurately predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO in the future and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
 
United States Requirements
 
In 1990, the U.S. Congress enacted OPA to establish an extensive regulatory and liability regime for environmental protection and cleanup of oil spills. OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade with the U.S. or its territories or possessions, or whose vessels operate in the waters of the U.S., which include the U.S. territorial sea and the 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, imposes liability for clean-up and natural resource damage from the release of hazardous substances (other than oil) whether on land or at sea. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.
 
 
 
35

 

 
Under OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are responsible parties who are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from oil spills from their vessels. These other damages are defined broadly to include:
 
 
·
   natural resource damages and related assessment costs;
 
·
   real and personal property damages;
 
·
   net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, profits or earnings capacity;
 
·
   lost profits or impairments of earning capacity due to property or natural resources  damage; and
 
·
   net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
 
Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation), and the greater of $3,200 per gross ton or $23.496 million for any single-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation). CERCLA, which applies to owners and operators of vessels, contains a similar liability regime and provides for cleanup, removal and natural resource damages. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo, and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for any other vessel. These OPA and CERCLA limits of liability do not apply if an incident is directly caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if a responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities.
 
OPA and the U.S. Coast Guard also require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential liability under OPA and CERCLA. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, self-insurance or a guaranty. We plan to comply with the U.S. Coast Guard's financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing self-insurance.

In response to the fire and explosion that took place on the drilling rig Deepwater Horizon in the Gulf of Mexico in April 2010, the U.S. Congress is currently considering a number of bills that could potentially modify or eliminate the limits of liability under OPA.  Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes.  Additional legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of our vessels that may be implemented in the future could adversely affect our business.
 
We expect to maintain pollution liability insurance coverage in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
 
 
36

 

 
Under OPA, with certain limited exceptions, all newly-built or converted vessels operating in U.S. waters must be built with double-hulls, and existing vessels that do not comply with the double-hull requirement are prohibited from trading in U.S. waters as of dates ranging over a 20-year period (1995-2015) based on size, age and place of discharge, unless retrofitted with double-hulls. Notwithstanding the prohibition to trade schedule, the act currently permits existing single-hull and double-sided tankers to operate until the year 2015 if their operations within U.S. waters are limited to discharging at the Louisiana Offshore Oil Port or off-loading by lightering within authorized lightering zones more than 60 miles off-shore. Lightering is the process by which vessels at sea off-load their cargo to smaller vessels for ultimate delivery to the discharge port.

Owners or operators of tankers operating in the waters of the U.S. must file vessel response plans with the U.S. Coast Guard, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their U.S. Coast Guard approved plans. These response plans must, among other things:
 
 
·
address a worst-case scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a worst-case discharge;
 
·
describe crew training and drills; and
 
·
identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.
 
We have obtained vessel response plans approved by the U.S. Coast Guard for our vessels operating in the waters of the U.S. In addition, the U.S. Coast Guard has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release of hazardous substances.

Other Environmental Initiatives
 
In addition, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges.  The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal and remediation and damages, and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA discussed above.  Furthermore, most U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA.  Effective February 6, 2009, EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit authorizing ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels.  The Vessel General Permit imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters, and in 2009 the Coast Guard proposed new ballast water management standards and practices, including limits regarding ballast water releases.  Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.
 
 
 
37

 

 
The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants.  Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas.  Our vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements.  The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas.  Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment.  As indicated above, our vessels operating in covered port areas are already equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements.  Although a risk exists that new regulations could require significant capital expenditures and otherwise increase our costs, based on the regulations that have been proposed to date, we believe that no material capital expenditures beyond those currently contemplated and no material increase in costs are likely to be required.
 
Our vessels carry cargoes to U.S. waters regularly, and we believe that all of our vessels are suitable to meet OPA and other U.S. environmental requirements and that they would also qualify for trade if chartered to serve U.S. ports.

European Union Regulations
 
The EU has adopted legislation that would (1) ban manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as those over 15 years old that have been detained by port authorities at least twice in a six-month period) from European waters and create an obligation of port states to inspect vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment, and (2) provide the EU with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies. In addition, EU regulations enacted in 2003 now prohibit all single-hull tankers from entering its ports or offshore terminals.

In October 2009, the EU adopted a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and if the discharges individually or in aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation
 
In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or UNFCCC, which we refer to as the Kyoto Protocol, entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, generally referred to as greenhouse gases, which are suspected of contributing to global warming. Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol. However, international negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, which sets emission reduction targets through 2012, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. In addition, the EU indicated that it intended to propose an expansion of the existing EU emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine vessels, if such emissions were not regulated through the IMO or the UNFCCC by December 31, 2010, which did not occur.
 
 
 
38

 
 
In the U.S., the EPA has issued a final finding that greenhouse gases threaten public health and safety, and has promulgated regulations governing the emission of greenhouse gases from motor vehicles. The EPA may decide in the future to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ships, and has already been petitioned by the California Attorney General and a coalition of environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels. Other federal and state regulations relating to the control of greenhouse gas emissions may follow, including the climate change initiatives that are being considered in the U.S. Congress.  In addition, the IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, including market-based instruments. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the EU, U.S., IMO or other countries where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.
 
Offshore Drilling Regulations
 
Our offshore drilling units are subject to many of the above environmental laws and regulations relating to vessels, but also subject to laws and regulations focused on offshore drilling operations.
 
For example, the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation and Enforcement, or BOEMRE, periodically issues guidelines for rig fitness requirements in the Gulf of Mexico and may take other steps that could increase the cost of operations or reduce the area of operations for the Company's units, thus reducing their marketability. Implementation of BOEMRE guidelines or regulations may subject us to increased costs or limit the operational capabilities of our units, and could materially and adversely affect the our operations and financial condition.
 
In addition to the MARPOL, OPA, and CERCLA requirements described above, our international operations in the offshore drilling segment are subject to various laws and regulations in countries in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to the importation of and operation of drilling units and equipment, currency conversions and repatriation, oil and gas exploration and development, environmental protection, taxation of offshore earnings and earnings of expatriate personnel, the use of local employees and suppliers by foreign contractors and duties on the importation and exportation of drilling units and other equipment. New environmental or safety laws and regulations could be enacted, which could adversely affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Governments in some countries have become increasingly active in regulating and controlling the ownership of concessions and companies holding concessions, the exploration for oil and gas and other aspects of the oil and gas industries in their countries. In some areas of the world, this governmental activity has adversely affected the amount of exploration and development work done by major oil and gas companies and may continue to do so. Operations in less developed countries can be subject to legal systems that are not as mature or predictable as those in more developed countries, which can lead to greater uncertainty in legal matters and proceedings. Implementation of new environmental laws or regulations that may apply to ultra-deepwater drilling units may subject us to increased costs or limit the operational capabilities of our drilling units and could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
Vessel Security Regulations
 
Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003 the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Similarly, in December 2002 amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, in order to trade internationally a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state. Among the various requirements are:
 
 
39

 
 
 
·
on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;
 
 
·
on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alerts the authorities on shore;
 
 
·
the development of vessel security plans;
 
 
·
ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull;
 
 
·
a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and
 
 
·
compliance with flag state security certification requirements.
 
The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt from MTSA vessel security measures non-U.S. vessels that have on board as of July 1, 2004, a valid ISSC attesting to the vessel's compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our fleet is in compliance with applicable security requirements.
 
Inspection by Classification Societies
 
Classification Societies are independent organizations that establish and apply technical standards in relation to the design, construction and survey of marine facilities including ships and offshore structures. The classification society certifies that the vessel is "in class", signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel's country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 
·
Annual surveys : For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable for special equipment classes, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated on the certificate.
 
 
·
Intermediate surveys : Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and a half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.
 
 
40

 
 
 
·
Class renewal surveys : Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship's hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including ultrasonic thickness gauging to determine the thickness of steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a ship owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel's hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five year cycle. At an owner's application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.
 
All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.
 
Vessels less than 15 years of age are drydocked every 60 months while older vessels are drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a recommendation which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.
 
C.   ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

See Exhibit 8.1 for a list of our significant subsidiaries.

D.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
We own a substantially modern fleet of vessels. The following table sets forth the fleet that we own or have contracted for delivery as of March 22, 2011.
 
Vessel
Approximate
Construction
 
Charter
Charter Termination
Built
Dwt.
Flag
Classification
Date
             
VLCCs
           
Ticen Ocean (ex Front Lady)
1991
284,000
Single-hull
PAN
Operating lease
  2015 (1)
Titan Orion (ex Front Duke)
1992
284,000
Single-hull
PAN
Operating lease
  2014 (1)
Front Ace
1993
276,000
Single-hull
LIB
Operating lease
  2011 (5)
Titan Aries (ex Edinburgh)
1993
302,000
Double-side
LIB
Operating lease
  2013 (1)
Front Century
1998
311,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2021
Front Champion
1998
311,000
Double-hull
BA
Capital lease
  2022
Front Vanguard
1998
300,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2021
Front Circassia
1999
306,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2021
Front Opalia
1999
302,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2022
Front Comanche
1999
300,000
Double-hull
FRA
Capital lease
  2022
Golden Victory
1999
300,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2022
Ocana (ex Front Commerce)
1999
300,000
Double-hull
IoM
Capital lease
  2022
Front Scilla
2000
303,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2023
Oliva (ex Ariake)
2001
299,000
Double-hull
BA
Capital lease
  2023
Front Serenade
2002
299,000
Double-hull
LIB
Capital lease
  2024
Otina (ex Hakata)
2002
298,465
Double-hull
IoM
Capital lease
  2025

 
41

 


Ondina (ex Front Stratus)
2002
299,000
Double-hull
LIB
Capital lease
  2025
Front Falcon
2002
309,000
Double-hull
BA
Capital lease
  2025
Front Page
2002
299,000
Double-hull
LIB
Capital lease
  2025
Front Energy
2004
305,000
Double-hull
CYP
Capital lease
  2027
Onoba (ex Front Force)
2004
305,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2027
             
Suezmaxes
           
Front Pride
1993
150,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2017
Front Glory
1995
150,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2018
Front Splendour
1995
150,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2019
Front Ardenne
1997
153,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2020
Front Brabant
1998
153,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2021
Mindanao
1998
159,000
Double-hull
SG
Capital lease
  2021
Glorycrown
2009
156,000
Double-hull
HK
Capital lease
       2014 (2)
Everbright
2010
156,000
Double-hull
HK
Capital lease
        2015 (2)
             
Chemical Tankers
         
Maria Victoria V
2008
17,000
Double-hull
PAN
Operating lease
   2018
SC Guangzhou
2008
17,000
Double-hull
PAN
Operating lease
   2018
           
OBO Carriers
         
Front Breaker
1991
169,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2015
Front Climber
1991
169,000
Double-hull
SG
Capital lease
  2015
Front Driver
1991
169,000
Double-hull
MI
Capital lease
  2015
Front Guider
1991
169,000
Double-hull
SG
Capital lease
  2015
Front Leader
1991
169,000
Double-hull
SG
Capital lease
  2015
Front Rider
1992
170,000
Double-hull
SG
Capital lease
  2015
Front Striver
1992
169,000
Double-hull
SG
Capital lease
  2015
Front Viewer
1992
169,000
Double-hull
SG
Capital lease
  2015
           
Handysize Drybulk Carriers
         
TBN/ SFL Clyde (NB)
2012
32,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2015(6)
TBN/ SFL Dee (NB)
2012
32,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2015(6)
TBN/ SFL Trent (NB)
2011
34,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2016(6)
TBN/ SFL Kent (NB)
2012
34,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2017(6)
TBN/ SFL Tyne (NB)
2011
32,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2014(6)
TBN/ SFL Spey (NB)
2011
34,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2016(6)
TBN/ SFL Medway (NB)
2011
34,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2016(6)
             
Supramax Drybulk Carriers
           
SFL Hudson
2009
57,000
n/a
HK
Operating lease
2020
SFL Yukon
2010
57,000
n/a
HK
Operating lease
2018
SFL Sara
2011
57,000
n/a
HK
Operating lease
2019
TBN/ SFL Kate (NB)
2011
57,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2021(6)
TBN/ SFL Humber (NB)
2011
57,000
n/a
HK
n/a
2021(6)
           
Containerships
           
SFL Europa  (ex Montemar Europa)
2003
1,700 TEU
n/a
MI
Operating lease
 2011
Asian Ace (ex Sea Alfa)
2005
1,700 TEU
n/a
MAL
Operating lease
2020 (2)
Green Ace (ex Sea Beta)
2005
1,700 TEU
n/a
MAL
Operating lease
2020 (2)
Horizon Hunter
2006
2,800 TEU
n/a
U.S.
Operating lease
2018 (2)
Horizon Hawk
2007
2,800 TEU
n/a
U.S.
Operating lease
2019 (2)
Horizon Falcon
2007
2,800 TEU
n/a
U.S.
Operating lease
2019 (2)

 
42

 


Horizon Eagle
2007
2,800 TEU
n/a
U.S.
Operating lease
2019 (2)
Horizon Tiger
2006
2,800 TEU
n/a
U.S.
Operating lease
2019 (2)
SFL Avon
2010
1,700 TEU
n/a
MI
Operating lease
2011
             
Jack-Up Drilling Rigs
         
West Prospero
2007
400 ft
n/a
PAN
Capital lease
2022 (2)
Soehanah
2007
375 ft
n/a
PAN
n/a
2018 (7)
             
Ultra-Deepwater Drill Units
           
West Polaris
2008
10,000 ft
n/a
PAN
Capital lease
2023 ( 2 )
West Hercules
2008
10,000 ft
n/a
PAN
Capital lease
2023 ( 2 )
West Taurus
2008
10,000 ft
n/a
PAN
Capital lease
2023 ( 2 )
             
Offshore supply vessels
         
Sea Leopard
1998
AHTS (3)
n/a
CYP
Capital lease
2020 (2)
Sea Bear
1999
AHTS (3)
n/a
CYP
Capital lease
2020 (2)
Sea Cheetah
2007
AHTS (3)
n/a
CYP
Operating lease
2019 (2)
Sea Jaguar
2007
AHTS (3)
n/a
CYP
Operating lease
2019 (2)
Sea Halibut
2007
   PSV (4)
n/a
CYP
Operating lease
2019 (2)
Sea Pike
2007
   PSV (4)
n/a
CYP
Operating lease
2019 (2)

NB – Newbuilding
Key to Flags :
 
BA – Bahamas, CYP - Cyprus, MAL – Malta, FRA - France, IoM - Isle of Man, HK – Hong Kong, LIB - Liberia, MI - Marshall Islands, PAN – Panama, SG - Singapore, U.S. - United States of America.
 
 
(1)    Charter subject to early termination at the Frontline Charterer's option.
 
(2)    Charterer has purchase options during the term of the charter.
 
(3)    Anchor handling tug supply vessel (AHTS).
 
(4)    Platform supply vessel (PSV).
 
(5)    Front Ace has been sold, with delivery to its new owner expected in March 2011.
 
(6)   Charter has been agreed.
 
(7)    Charter has been agreed and includes purchase options.
 
In addition to the above vessels, in March 2011, we announced that we have entered into an agreement, together with CMA CGM, the constructing shipyard and a financial institution, to acquire and charter-in two 2010-built 13,800 TEU container vessels in combination with 15-year time charters back to CMA CGM. Our investment is limited to $25 million per vessel, secured by junior mortgages.

Other than our interests in the vessels and drilling units described above, we do not own any material physical properties. We do not own any real property. We lease office space in Oslo from Frontline Management, in London from Golar LNG Limited and in Singapore from Seadrill, all related parties.
 
 
43

 
 
ITEM 4A.     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None
 
ITEM 5.       OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Item 3 "Selected Financial Data", Item 4 "Information on the Company" and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included herein.
 
 
Overview
 
Following our spin-off from Frontline and purchase of our original fleet in 2004, we have established ourselves as a leading international maritime asset owning company with one of the largest asset bases across the maritime and offshore industries. A full fleet list is provided in Item 4.D "Information on the Company" showing the assets that we currently own and charter to our customers.

Fleet Development
 
The following table summarizes the development of our active fleet of vessels.
 

           
 
Total fleet
Additions/
Total fleet
Additions/
Total fleet
 
December 31,
Disposals
December 31,
disposals
December 31,
 
2008
2009
2009
2010
2010
Oil Tankers
33
+1
-2
32
+1
-3
30
Chemical tankers
2
   
2
   
2
OBO / Dry bulk carriers
9
   
9
+2
-1
10
Container vessels
8
   
8
+1
 
9
Jack-up drilling rigs
2
 
-1
1
   
1
Ultra-deepwater drill units
3
   
3
   
3
Offshore supply vessels
6
   
6
   
6
Total Active Fleet
63
+1
-3
61
+4
-4
61

The following deliveries have taken place or are scheduled to take place after December 31, 2010:

 
·
the Suezmax oil tankers Glorycrown and Everbright are scheduled for delivery to their new owners in 2014 and 2015, respectively;
 
 
·
the jack-up drilling rig Soehanah was delivered to us in February 2011;
 
 
·
the Supramax drybulk carrier SFL Sara was delivered to us in February 2011;
 
 
·
two newbuilding Supramax drybulk carriers are scheduled for delivery to us in 2011;
 
 
·
seven newbuilding Handysize drybulk carriers are scheduled for delivery to us in 2011 and 2012; and
 
 
·
the single-hull VLCCs Ticen Sun (ex Front Highness ) and Front Ace have been sold, with the former being delivered to its new owner in February 2011 and the latter scheduled for delivery to its new owner in March 2011.
 
 
·
in March 2011, we announced that we have entered into an agreement, together with CMA CGM, the constructing shipyard and a financial institution, to acquire and charter-in two 2010-built 13,800 TEU container vessels in combination with 15-year time charters back to CMA CGM. Our investment is limited to $25 million per vessel, secured by junior mortgages. The vessels are expected to be delivered before the end of April 2011.

 
44

 

Factors Affecting Our Current and Future Results
 
Principal factors that have affected our results since 2004 and are expected to affect our future results of operations and financial position include:
 
 
·
the earnings of our vessels under time charters and bareboat charters to the Frontline Charterers, the Seadrill Charterers and other charterers;
 
 
·
the amount we receive under the profit sharing arrangements with the Frontline Charterers and other charterers;
 
 
·
the earnings and expenses related to any additional vessels that we acquire;
 
 
·
earnings from the sale of assets;
 
 
·
vessel management fees and expenses;
 
 
·
administrative expenses;  
 
 
·
interest expenses; and
 
 
·
mark-to-market adjustments to the valuation of our interest rate swaps and other derivative financial instruments.
 
Revenues
 
Our revenues derive primarily from our long-term, fixed-rate charters. Most of the vessels that we have acquired from Frontline are chartered to the Frontline Charterers under long-term time charters that are generally accounted for as direct financing leases.

Direct financing and sales-type lease interest income reduces over the terms of our leases as progressively a lesser proportion of the lease rental payment is allocated as lease interest income, and a higher amount is treated as repayment of the lease.

Our future earnings are dependent upon the continuation of our existing lease arrangements and our continued investment in new lease arrangements. Future earnings may also be significantly affected by the sale of vessels. Investments and sales which have affected our earnings since January 1, 2010, are listed in Item 4 above under acquisitions and disposals. Some of our lease arrangements contain purchase options which, if exercised by our charterers, will affect our future leasing revenues.

We have profit sharing agreements with some of our charterers, in particular with the Frontline Charterers. Revenues received under profit sharing agreements depend upon the returns generated by the charterers from the deployment of our vessels. These returns are subject to market conditions which have historically been subject to significant volatility.

Vessel Management Expenses
 
Our vessel-owning subsidiaries with vessels on charter to the Frontline Charterers have entered into fixed rate management agreements with Frontline Management, under which Frontline Management is responsible for all technical management of the vessels.  These subsidiaries each pay Frontline Management a fixed fee of $6,500 per day per vessel for all of the above services. Three of our vessels on charter to the Frontline Charterers are currently sub-chartered on bareboat terms, under which the charterer is responsible for all vessel management and operating costs. During the period of the sub-charters, the fixed fee of $6,500 per day per vessel payable to Frontline Management is suspended.

 
45

 

In addition to the vessels on charter to the Frontline Charterers, we also have two 1,700 TEU container vessels and three Supramax drybulk carriers employed on time charters. Additionally, the seven Handysize drybulk carriers and two Supramax drybulk carriers currently under construction are scheduled to be employed on time charters following delivery from the shipyards. We have outsourced the technical management for these vessels and we pay operating expenses for the vessels as they are incurred.  The remaining vessels we own that have charters attached to them are employed on bareboat charters, where the charterer pays all operating expenses, including maintenance, drydocking and insurance.

Administrative Expenses
 
We have entered into an administrative services agreement with Frontline Management under which they provide us with certain administrative support services, and have agreed to reimburse them for reasonable third party costs, if any, advanced on our behalf. Some of the compensation paid to Frontline Management is based on cost sharing for the services rendered based on actual incurred costs plus a margin.

Interest Expenses
 
Other than the interest expense associated with our 8.5% Senior Notes, our 3.75% convertible senior unsecured bonds and our NOK500 million senior unsecured bonds, the amount of our interest expense will be dependent on our overall borrowing levels and may significantly increase when we acquire vessels or on the delivery of newbuildings. Interest incurred during the construction of a newbuilding is capitalized in the cost of the newbuilding. Interest expense may also change with prevailing interest rates, although the effect of these changes may be reduced by interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments that we enter into.

Mark-to-Market Adjustments
 
In order to hedge against fluctuations in interest rates, we have entered into interest rate swaps which effectively fix the interest payable on a portion of our floating rate debt. We have also entered into interest/currency swaps in order to fix both the interest and exchange rates applicable to the payment of interest and eventual settlement on our floating rate NOK bonds. Although the intention is to hold such financial instruments until maturity, US GAAP requires us to record them at market valuation in our financial statements. Adjustments to the mark-to-market valuation of these derivative financial instruments, which are caused by variations in interest and exchange rates, are reflected in results of operations and other comprehensive income. Accordingly, our financial results may be affected by fluctuations in interest and exchange rates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  The following is a discussion of the accounting policies we apply that are considered to involve a higher degree of judgment in their application. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for details of all of our material accounting policies.


 
46

 
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenues are generated from time charter and bareboat charter hires, and profit sharing arrangements, and are recognized on an accrual basis. Each charter agreement is evaluated and classified as an operating lease or a capital lease (see Leases below). Rental receipts from operating leases are recognized in income over the period to which the payment relates.
 
Rental payments from direct financing and sales-type leases are allocated between lease service revenues, if applicable, lease interest income and repayment of net investment in leases. The amount allocated to lease service revenue is based on the estimated fair value, at the time of entering the lease agreement, of the services provided which consist of ship management and operating services.

Any contingent elements of rental income, such as profit share or interest rate adjustments, are recognized when the contingent conditions have materialized and the rentals are due and collectible.

The Frontline Charterers have agreed to pay us a profit sharing payment equal to 20% of the charter revenues they realize on our fleet above specified threshold levels, paid annually and calculated on an average daily TCE basis. The non-double hull tankers have been excluded from the annual profit sharing payment calculation since the relevant vessels' anniversary dates in 2010. For each profit sharing period, the threshold is calculated as the number of days in the period multiplied by the daily threshold TCE rates for the applicable vessels. Profit sharing revenues are recorded when earned and realizable.
 
Vessels and Depreciation
 
The cost of vessels and rigs less estimated residual value are depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated remaining economic useful lives.  The estimated economic useful life of our offshore assets, including drilling rigs and drillships, is 30 years and for all other vessels it is 25 years. These are common life expectancies applied in the shipping and offshore industries.

If the estimated economic useful life or estimated residual value of a particular vessel is incorrect, or circumstances change and the estimated economic useful life and/or residual value have to be revised, an impairment loss could result in future periods. We monitor the carrying values of our vessels, including direct financing lease assets, and revise the estimated useful lives and residual values of any vessels where appropriate, particularly when new regulations are implemented.
 
Leases
 
Leases (charters) of our vessels where we are the lessor are classified as either operating leases or capital leases, based on an assessment of the terms of the lease. For charters classified as capital leases, the minimum lease payments, reduced in the case of time-chartered vessels by projected vessel operating costs, plus the estimated residual value of the vessel are recorded as the gross investment in the lease.

For direct financing leases, the difference between the gross investment in the lease and the carrying value of the vessel is recorded as unearned lease interest income. The net investment in the lease consists of the gross investment less the unearned income. Over the period of the lease each charter payment received, net of vessel operating costs if applicable, is allocated between "lease interest income" and "repayment of investment in lease" in such a way as to produce a constant percentage rate of return on the balance of the net investment in the lease. Thus, as the balance of the net investment in each direct financing lease decreases, a lower proportion of each lease payment received is allocated to lease interest income and a greater proportion is allocated to lease repayment. For direct financing leases relating to time chartered vessels, the portion of each time charter payment received that relates to vessel operating costs is classified as "lease service revenue".

 
47

 

 
The implicit rate of return for each of the Company's direct financing leases is derived according to ASC Topic 840 " Leases " using the fair value of the asset at the lease inception (which is either the cost of the asset if acquired from an unrelated third party, or independent valuation if acquired from a related party), the minimum contractual lease payments and the estimated residual values.

For sales-type leases, the difference between the gross investment in the lease and the sum of the present values of the two components of the gross investment is recorded as unearned lease interest income. The discount rate used in determining the present values (or fair value) is the interest rate implicit in the lease, as defined in ASC Topic 840-10-20.  The present value of the minimum lease payments, computed using the interest rate implicit in the lease, is recorded as the sales price, from which the carrying value of the vessel at the commencement of the lease is deducted in order to determine the profit or loss on sale. As is the case for direct financing leases, the unearned lease interest income is amortized to income over the period of the lease so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease. In addition, in the case of a sales-type lease, the difference between the fair value (or sales price) and the carrying value (or cost) of the asset is recognized as "profit on sale" in the period in which the lease commences.

We estimate the unguaranteed residual value of our direct financing lease assets at the end of the lease period by calculating depreciation in accordance with our accounting policies over the estimated useful life of the asset. Residual values are reviewed at least annually to ensure that original estimates remain appropriate.

There is a degree of uncertainty involved in the estimation of the unguaranteed residual values of assets leased under both operating and capital leases. Global effects of supply and demand for oil and other cargoes, and changes in international government regulations cause volatility in the spot market for second-hand vessels. Where assets are held until the end of their useful lives the unguaranteed residual value (i.e. scrap value) will fluctuate with the price of steel and any changes in laws related to the ship scrapping process, commonly known as ship breaking.

Classification of a lease involves the use of estimates or assumptions about fair values of leased vessels and expected future values of vessels.  We generally base our estimates of fair value on independent broker valuations of each of our vessels.  Our estimates of expected future values of vessels are based on current fair values amortized in accordance with our standard depreciation policy for owned vessels.
 
Fixed Price Purchase Options
 
Where an asset is subject to an operating lease that includes fixed price purchase options, the projected net book value of the asset is compared to the option price at the various option dates. If any option price is less than the projected net book value at an option date, the initial depreciation schedule is amended so that the carrying value of the asset is written down on a straight line basis to the option price at the option date. If the option is not exercised, this process is repeated so as to amortize the remaining carrying value, on a straight line basis, to the estimated scrap value or the option price at the next option date, as appropriate.
 
 
 
48

 

 
Similarly , where a direct financing or sales-type lease relates to a charter arrangement containing fixed price purchase options, the projected carrying value of the net investment in the lease is compared to the option price at the various option dates. If any option price is less than the projected net investment in the lease at an option date, the rate of amortization of unearned finance lease interest income is adjusted to reduce the net investment in the lease to the option price at the option date. If the option is not exercised, this process is repeated so as to reduce the net investment in the lease to the un-guaranteed residual value or the option price at the next option date, as appropriate.

Thus, for operating assets and direct financing and sales-type lease assets, if an option is exercised there will either be (a) no gain or loss on the exercise of the option or (b) in the event that an option is exercised at a price in excess of the net book value of the asset or the net investment in the lease, as appropriate, at the option date, a gain will be reported in the statement of operations at the date of delivery to the new owners.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
The vessels and rigs held and used by us are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In assessing the recoverability of carrying amounts, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows. These assumptions include assumptions about spot market rates, operating costs and the estimated economic useful life of these assets. In making these assumptions we refer to historical trends and performance as well as any known future factors. Factors we consider important which could affect recoverability and trigger impairment include significant underperformance relative to expected operating results, new regulations that change the estimated useful economic lives of our vessels and rigs and significant negative industry or economic trends.

In the second quarter of 2009, the Company carried out a review of the carrying value of its vessels, drilling rigs and long-term investment in the second quarter of the year ended December 31, 2009, and concluded that the carrying values of its six single-hull vessels, excluding those sold under sales-type lease agreements, and its investment were impaired. Following the impairment charges taken against these assets, the review of the carrying value of long-lived assets as at December 31, 2010, indicated that none of the Company's asset values are further impaired.
 
Vessel Market Values
 
During the past few years, the market values of vessels have experienced particular volatility, with substantial declines in many vessel classes. As a result, the charter- free market value of certain of our vessels may have declined below those vessels' carrying value. However, we would not impair those vessels' carrying value under our accounting impairment policy, because the future cash flows receivable from the vessels' existing charters and their remaining operating lives generally exceed such vessels' carrying values.

As we obtain information from various industry and other sources, our estimates of vessel market values are inherently uncertain. In addition, vessel values are highly volatile and any estimate of market value may not be indicative of the current or future basic market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them. Moreover, we are not holding our vessels for sale, except as otherwise noted in this report, and many of our vessels are currently employed under long-term charters or leases or other arrangements. There is not a ready liquid market for vessels that are subject to such arrangements.
 
We will report, in subsequent filings, whether the aggregate market value of our owned vessels is lower than the aggregate historical book value, and if so, to what extent.
 
Mark-to-Market Valuation of Financial Instruments
 
The Company enters into interest rate and currency swap transactions, total return bond swaps and total return equity swaps. As required by ASC Topic 815 "Derivatives and Hedging", the mark-to-market valuations of these transactions are recognized as assets or liabilities, with changes in their fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of operations or, in the case of swaps designated as hedges to underlying loans, in other comprehensive income. To determine the market valuation of these instruments, we use a variety of assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.

Variable Interest Entities
 
A variable interest entity is defined in ASC Topic 810 "Consolidation" ("ASC 810") as a legal entity where either (a) the total equity at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated support; (b) equity interest holders as a group lack either i) the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact on its economic success, ii) the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity, or iii) the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity; or (c) the voting rights of some investors in the entity are not proportional to their economic interests and the activities of the entity involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest.

 
49

 

ASC 810 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary, being the interest holder, if any, which has both (1) the power to direct the activities of the entity which most significantly impact on the entity's economic performance, and (2) the right to receive benefits or the obligation to absorb losses from the entity which could potentially be significant to the entity.

In applying the provisions of ASC 810, we must make assessments in respect of, but not limited to, the sufficiency of the equity investment in the underlying entity and the extent to which interest holders have the power to direct activities. These assessments include assumptions about future revenues and operating costs, fair values of assets, and estimated economic useful lives of assets of the underlying entity.
 
Recent accounting pronouncements
 
In December 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2009-17 "Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable interest Entities" ("ASU 2009-17"). ASU 2009-17 amends the evaluation criteria to identify the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity provided by FASB Interpretation No. 46(R).  Additionally, ASU 2009-17 requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of the variable interest entity and additional disclosures. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 by the Company with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-01 "Accounting for Distributions to Shareholders with Components of Stock and Cash" ("ASU 2010-01") in order to eliminate diversity in the way different enterprises reflect new shares issued as part of a distribution in their calculation of Earnings Per Share ("EPS"). The provisions of ASU 2010-01 are effective on a retrospective basis and their adoption had no impact on the Company's reported EPS.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06 "Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements" ("ASU 2010-06"), to add new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to Level 3 measurements. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have a material impact on the Company's disclosures or consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20 "Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses" ("ASU 2010-20"), in order to address concerns about the sufficiency, transparency and robustness of credit risk disclosures for finance receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. The adoption of ASU 2010-20 with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have a material impact on the Company's disclosures or consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
Market Overview
 
The Oil Tanker Market
 
According to industry sources, global oil demand increased by 3.2% in 2010 and overall demand for tankers was high. The tanker markets, however, suffered from a 5% increase in capacity and, in addition, very little capacity was tied up in storage as there was virtually no contango in the oil markets.

 
50

 

The oil tanker market entered 2010 on a reasonably strong note driven by the improving global economy and increasing oil consumption, especially in the Asian (Chinese) economies. According to industry sources, the average TCE rate for a modern VLCC was $59,000 per day in the first half of 2010. However, rates gradually weakened during the year due to high deliveries of new tonnage and in the second half of 2010 averaged only $27,000 per day. Overall, for 2010 the average TCE rate for a modern VLCC was $42,500 per day, an increase on the average of $36,500 per day in 2009. The overall market for oil tankers, including Suezmax tankers, reflected this pattern.   

According to industry sources, the world-wide tanker fleet increased by about approximately 5% during 2010, calculated on an annual average basis. At the end of 2010, the total orderbook for VLCCs consisted of 185 vessels, representing approximately 34 % of the existing fleet, and the total order book for Suezmax tankers consisted of 146 vessels, representing approximately 36% of the existing fleet.  

The overall weak tanker market in the second half of 2010 and continued firm demolition prices led to steady levels of scrapping of single-hull tankers during 2010. The phase-out process of non-double hull tankers from the world-wide fleet was generally assumed to be completed in 2010, despite the possibility that they could trade in countries that have not ratified the relevant IMO regulation.
 
 
The Drybulk Shipping Market
 
Continuing the experience of recent years, the drybulk shipping market experienced another turbulent year in 2010. The year began fairly strongly driven by the momentum from the second half of 2009, as well as an improving global economy. However, the second half of 2010 was not as strong as the first half. Overall, industry sources indicate that drybulk cargoes increased by approximately 9% from 2009 to 2010, while drybulk capacity increased by approximately 14% as a result of new ships delivered from yards. Port congestion and more frequent ballast voyages, caused by imbalances in trade between the Atlantic and the Pacific, absorbed some of the surplus capacity.

During 2010, there was a high level of contracting of drycargo newbuildings, particularly in the first half of the year and especially for Capesize and Panamax vessels. However, deliveries of newbuildings continue to fall substantially below planned levels, due to significant cancellations and slippage, especially for Panamax and smaller vessels. This continued to improve the balance of the market, and led to better-than-expected markets during 2010.

During 2010, in general Capesize vessels performed less well than Handysize, Supramax and Panamax vessels. The average rate for Capesize drybulk carriers was $32,800 per day during 2010, representing a 16% decline from 2009. The average rate for Panamax drybulk carriers was $25,800 per day, representing a 30% increase from 2009. During parts of 2010, the market was split in two tiers, with the market/rates for Panamax and smaller vessels being fairly strong and balanced, while the market for Capesize vessels was trading at levels close to operating costs.
 
The Containership Market
 
The container market began 2010 on a strong note, building on momentum from the second half of 2009. The growth rates in the main trades were extremely strong especially for the first half of 2010, which to a large extent was driven by re-stocking. The global container trade grew by approximately 13% during 2010. The strong demand and widespread 'super slow-steaming' led to high utilization rates of the fleet, and operators enjoyed very substantial increases in box-rates, especially in the dominant Far East-Europe trade. However, over the course of 2010, idle capacity was steadily reduced, from approximately 10% of the world-wide fleet at the beginning of the year to about 2.5% at the end, split fairly evenly between operators and tonnage providers. Overall, 2010 was a record breaking profitable year for the larger operators.

 
51

 

 
Towards the end of 2010, the growth rates eased significantly and box-rates deteriorated, although they remained at healthy levels. Certain 'pockets' of the industry are still adversely affected by deliveries of the vessels ordered at the peak of the market in 2007/08.

Deliveries of newbuildings continue to exceed orders for new vessels, resulting in the order-book as a percentage of the existing fleet decreasing from approximately 36 % at the end of 2009 to 26% at the end of 2010. This is the lowest level for several years and is the main reason for the wide-spread optimism for the container market in the medium to long term.

Freight rates per TEU increased in 2010 by about 30% from the previous year, calculated on a yearly average basis. However, after gaining steadily during the first three quarters, rates fell in the last quarter. Rates were especially strong for the larger units (4,000 TEU+) and returned to historical averages, although rates for smaller units still have some 30-40% to go to reach the historical averages.
 
The Offshore Market
 
The increase in oil and gas prices to record levels in 2008 created a world-wide increase in offshore exploration drilling activity, prompting a significant increase in dayrates for drilling units and high levels of orders for newbuilding jack-up rigs and ultra-deepwater drilling units. The oil price declined from its record high of approximately $140 per barrel in 2008 to an average of $62 per barrel in 2009, but in 2010 the price recovered to an average of $79 per barrel. This resulted in oil and gas companies increasing their investment in offshore exploration and development activity by between 5% and 10% in 2010. Although the major accident in April 2010 at the Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico heightened safety and environmental concerns within the offshore oil and gas sector, a strong recovery in offshore drilling activity took place in 2010.

Day rates for drilling units of all types declined in 2009 from their peak in 2008, and the decline continued in 2010, albeit to a smaller degree. Rig utilisations in 2010 were roughly the same as in 2009, despite the increase in the size of the world-wide fleet, and day-rates for drilling units fell by about 15% for ultra-deepwater units and 10% for mid-water units. In 2010, the tendency for oil companies to differentiate between standard and premium drilling units increased further. In particular, the market for older jack-up rigs weakened in 2010.

Following the surge in newbuilding orders in 2008 and the decline in day-rates in 2009 and 2010, for most of 2010, the level of orders placed with yards for new units was generally low. However, towards the end of 2010 the yards were offering attractive prices and slots, resulting in an increased level of new orders. Overall, 28 new orders were placed in 2010, up significantly from 10 orders in 2009, but substantially lower than the 58 placed in 2008.

The above overviews of the various sectors in which we operate are based on current market conditions. However, market developments cannot always be predicted and may differ from our current expectations.
 
Seasonality
 
Most of our vessels are chartered at fixed rates on a long-term basis and seasonal factors do not have a significant direct effect on our business. One of our jack-up drilling rigs and most of our tankers and OBOs are subject to profit sharing agreements and to the extent that seasonal factors affect the profits of the charterers of these vessels we will also be affected. However, profit sharing is calculated annually and the effects of seasonality will be limited to the timing of our profit sharing revenues.

 
 
52

 
 
Inflation
 
Most of our time chartered vessels are subject to operating and management agreements that have the charges for these services fixed for the term of the charter. Thus, although inflation has a moderate impact on our corporate overheads and our ship operating expenses, we do not consider inflation to be a significant risk to direct costs in the current and foreseeable economic environment.  In addition, in a shipping downturn, costs subject to inflation can usually be controlled because shipping companies typically monitor costs to preserve liquidity and encourage suppliers and service providers to lower rates and prices in the event of a downturn.

Results of Operations
 
Year ended December 31, 2010 compared with the year ended December 31, 2009
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $165.7 million, a decrease of 14% from the year ended December 31, 2009.

( in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
             
Total operating revenues
    308,060       345,220  
Gain on sale of assets
    28,104       24,721  
Total operating expenses
    (124,319 )     (160,677 )
Net operating income
    211,845       209,264  
Interest income
    21,107       240  
Interest expense
    (101,432 )     (117,075 )
Other financial items (net)
    (16,221 )     24,540  
Equity in earnings of associated companies
    50,413       75,629  
Net income
    165,712       192,598  

Net operating income was slightly higher in 2010, with a reduction in operating revenues offset by a reduction in operating expenses. Net income was lower in 2010, largely due to the effect of other financial items.

One drybulk carrier, sold in December 2010, and three ultra-deepwater drilling units were accounted for under the equity method during 2010 and 2009. The operating revenues of the wholly-owned subsidiaries owning these assets are included under "equity in earnings of associated companies", where they are reported net of operating and non-operating expenses.  

Operating revenues
 
( in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
             
Direct financing and sales-type lease interest income
    126,777       151,368  
Finance lease service revenues
    76,876       88,953  
Profit sharing revenues
    30,566       33,018  
Time charter revenues
    4,429       2,836  
Bareboat charter revenues
    68,927       68,854  
Other operating income
    485       191  
Total operating revenues
    308,060       345,220  
 
Total operating revenues decreased 11% in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with 2009.
 
 
 
53

 

 
In general, direct financing and sales-type lease interest income reduces over the terms of our leases, as progressively a lesser proportion of the lease rental payment is allocated to interest income and a greater proportion is treated as repayment of the lease. In 2010, the direct financing lease periods came to an end on six non-double hull VLCCs, when they reached their anniversary dates and the terms of their continuing charters with Frontline, linked to the IMO phase-out regulations for non-double hull tankers, resulted in them becoming accounted for as operating lease assets. These factors, together with the disposal of two other VLCCs in 2010 and two VLCCs and one jack-up drilling rig in 2009, have resulted in a 16% reduction in our total lease interest income compared to 2009, although the decrease is slightly mitigated by the delivery in November 2009 and March 2010 of two Suezmax oil tankers, which are accounted for as a sales-type leases.

The reduction in finance lease service revenue reflects the transfer to operating leases in 2010 of six non-double hull VLCCs, and the sale of one other VLCC in 2010 and one VLCC in 2009, all of which had been direct financing lease assets chartered to the Frontline Charterers on a time-charter basis.

Profit sharing revenues decreased mainly due to the removal in 2010 of six non-double hull tankers from the profit sharing agreement and disposals of other VLCCs previously chartered to the Frontline Charterers in 2010 and 2009.  

During most of 2009, the only source of time charter revenues was a single 1,700 TEU containership. In addition to this vessel, in 2010 time charter revenues were also earned from a single-hull VLCC which became an operating lease asset in September 2010, and from two drybulk carriers and an additional 1,700 TEU containership which were delivered in the fourth quarter of 2010.      

Bareboat charter revenues arise from our vessels which are leased under operating leases on a bareboat basis. In 2009, these consisted of five 2,800 TEU containerships, two 1,700 TEU containerships, four offshore supply vessels and two chemical tankers. Bareboat charter revenues were earned in 2010 by these same vessels, and also by five non-double hull VLCCs which became operating lease assets on their anniversary dates in 2010, one of which was subsequently sold in April 2010. The additional bareboat charter revenues earned by the VLCCs were partially offset by lower daily rates on one of the 1,700 TEU containerships.
 
Cash flows arising from direct financing and sales-type leases
 
The following table analyzes our cash flows from the direct financing and sales-type leases with the Frontline Charterers, Seadrill Invest I Limited, or Seadrill Invest I, Seadrill Prospero, Deep Sea, TMT and NCS during 2010 and 2009, and shows how they are accounted for:

(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
             
Charterhire payments accounted for as:
           
             
Direct financing and sales-type lease interest income
    126,777       151,368  
Finance lease service revenues
    76,876       88,953  
Direct financing and sales-type lease repayments
    174,946       209,368  
Total direct financing and sales-type lease payments received
    378,599       449,689  
 
The tankers and OBOs chartered on direct financing leases to the Frontline Charterers are leased on time charter terms, where we are responsible for the management and operation of such vessels. This has been effected by entering into fixed price agreements with Frontline Management whereby we pay them management fees of $6,500 per day for each vessel chartered to the Frontline Charterers. Accordingly, $6,500 per day is allocated from each time charter payment received from the Frontline Charterers to cover lease executory costs, and this is classified as "finance lease service revenue". If any vessel chartered on direct financing leases to the Frontline Charterers is sub-chartered on a bareboat basis, then the charter payments for that vessel are reduced by $6,500 per day for the duration of the bareboat sub-charter.

 
54

 
 
Gain on sale of assets
 
Gains were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2010 on the disposals of the Suezmax tanker Everbright and the VLCCs Front Vista, Golden River and Front Sabang. The newbuilding Everbright accounted for most of the gains when it was sold under a sales-type lease arrangement immediately upon its delivery from the shipyard. In 2009, two vessels were sold, including the newbuilding sister ship of Everbright which was also sold under a sales-type lease arrangement.   

Operating expenses
 
( in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
             
Ship operating expenses
    81,021       91,494  
Depreciation
    34,201       30,236  
Vessel impairment charge
    -       26,756  
Administrative expenses
    9,097       12,191  
      124,319       160,677  

Ship operating expenses consist mainly of payments to Frontline Management of $6,500 per day for each tanker and OBO chartered to the Frontline Charterers, in accordance with the vessel management agreements. However, no operating expenses are paid to Frontline Management in respect of any vessel which is sub-chartered on a bareboat basis. Ship operating expenses also include operating expenses for the containerships and drybulk carriers operated on a time-charter basis and managed by unrelated third parties.

Ship operating expenses decreased by 11% from 2009 to 2010, primarily as a result of five non-double hull tankers leased to the Frontline Charterers being sub-chartered on a bareboat basis, and the disposal of another VLCC previously chartered to the Frontline Charterers. These reductions in operating expenses were slightly offset by costs associated with the two drybulk carriers and the additional containership acquired in 2010.

Depreciation expenses relate to the vessels on charters accounted for as operating leases. The increase from 2009 to 2010 is primarily due to the acquisition in 2010 of two drybulk carriers and a containership, and also the transfer to operating leases of six non-double hull VLCCs previously accounted for as direct financing lease assets.

In 2009, impairment charges totaling $26.8 million were taken against the values of six of our single-hull VLCCs. These vessels, one of which was sold in April 2010, are subject to IMO regulations restricting their ability to operate from 2010 onwards. They continued to be chartered in 2010 to the Frontline Charterers at pre-agreed lower rates, and no further impairment charge on these or any other assets is deemed necessary.

The decrease in administrative expenses from 2009 to 2010 is primarily due to the write back in 2010 of share option costs on the departure of the former Chairman of the Board of Directors, and pre-agreed compensation paid in 2009 to the former Chief Executive Officer.
 

 
55

 
 
Interest income
 
Interest income increased substantially in 2010, mainly as a result of $19.6 million received on fixed rate long-term loans made in 2010 to two wholly-owned subsidiaries which are accounted for under the equity method. Additionally, interest of $0.9 million was received on late settlement of various receivable amounts relating to newbuilding and sales contracts, and a further $0.5 million was received from Frontline on the seller's credit issued to them when Front Vista was sold. The balance of interest income was earned on bank deposits.
 
Interest expense
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
             
Interest on US$ floating rate loans
    43,774       43,196  
Interest on NOK floating rate bonds
    1,211       -  
Interest on 8.5% Senior Notes
    25,437       31,322  
Swap interest
    22,852       21,120  
Other interest
    3,122       15,930  
Amortization of deferred charges
    5,036       5,507  
      101,432       117,075  
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries had total debt outstanding of $1.9 billion (2009: $2.1 billion) comprised of $296 million net outstanding principal amount of 8.5% senior notes (2009: $301 million), $79 million (NOK460 million) net outstanding principal amount of NOK floating rate bonds (2009: nil) and $1.5 billion under floating rate secured long term credit facilities (2009: $1.7 billion). In addition, at December 31, 2009 there was $90 million of unsecured fixed rate long-term debt and $27 million of unsecured floating rate short-term debt, both of which were fully repaid in 2010. The average three-month US$ LIBOR rate was 0.34% in 2010 and 0.69% in 2009. The overall decrease in interest expense is due to the decrease in interest-bearing debt and, to a lesser extent, movements in interest rates from 2009 to 2010.
 
The decrease in interest payable on 8.5% Senior Notes is due to the repurchase of $148 million of Senior Notes in the second quarter of 2009 and a further $5 million in 2010. The decrease in other interest payable is due to the repayment of the unsecured fixed rate long-term debt in March 2010 and of the unsecured floating rate short-term debt in stages over 2010.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries were party to interest rate swap contracts, which effectively fix our interest rate on $1.0 billion of floating rate debt at a weighted average rate excluding margin of 3.41% per annum (2009: $1.1 billion of floating rate debt fixed at a weighted average rate excluding margin of 3.92% per annum).

Amortization of deferred charges decreased by 9% from 2009 to 2010, the charges for 2009 being higher as a result of write-offs caused by the early repayment of certain loans in that year.

As reported above, we have one drybulk carrier and three ultra-deepwater drilling units, which were accounted for under the equity method in 2010 and 2009. Their non-operating expenses, including interest expenses, are not included above, but are reflected in "equity in earnings of associated companies" below.
 
Other financial items
 
Other financial items amounted to a net cost of $16 million in 2010, compared to a net gain of $25 million in 2009.  The net cost in 2010 consisted predominantly of adverse mark-to-market valuation adjustments to financial instruments, in particular interest rate and currency swap contracts. In 2009, there were favorable mark-to-market valuation adjustments to financial instruments totaling $13 million and a gain of $21 million on the purchase at a discount of 8.5% Senior Notes, partly offset by an impairment charge of $7 million on the long-term investment in SeaChange Maritime LLC.  In 2010, other financial items include $1.5 million of other costs, mainly bank and loan commitment fees (2009: $1.6 million).

 
56

 
 
Equity in earnings of associated companies
 
During 2010 and 2009, the Company had three wholly-owned subsidiaries accounted for under the equity method, as discussed in Notes 2 and 14 of the consolidated financial statements included herein. The equity in earnings of these three associated companies decreased by $25 million from 2009 to 2010, principally due to $19.6 million in interest payable by them on loans made by the Company in 2010 – see "Interest income" above.
 

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the year ended December 31, 2008
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $192.6 million, an increase of 6% from the year ended December 31, 2008.

( in thousands of $)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Total operating revenues
    345,220       457,805  
Gain on sale of assets
    24,721       17,377  
Total operating expenses
    (160,677 )     (137,780 )
Net operating income
    209,264       337,402  
Interest income
    240       3,478  
Interest expense
    (117,075 )     (127,192 )
Other financial items (net)
    24,540       (54,876 )
Equity in earnings of associated companies
    75,629       22,799  
Net income
    192,598       181,611  

The reduction in net operating income, caused mainly by a reduction in profit-sharing revenue, asset impairment charges and lower lease revenues, was more than offset by increased equity in earnings of associated companies and a net gain on other financial items.

During 2009, we had three ultra-deepwater drilling units and one drybulk carrier owned by three wholly-owned subsidiaries which were accounted for under the equity method. The operating revenues of these subsidiaries are included under "equity in earnings of associated companies", where they are reported net of operating and non-operating expenses.  

Operating revenues
 
( in thousands of $)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Direct financing and sales-type lease interest income
    151,368       178,622  
Finance lease service revenues
    88,953       93,553  
Profit sharing revenues
    33,018       110,962  
Time charter revenues
    2,836       18,646  
Bareboat charter revenues
    68,854       55,794  
Other operating income
    191       228  
Total operating revenues
    345,220       457,805  

Total operating revenues decreased 25% in the year ended December 31, 2009, compared with 2008.
 
 
 
57

 

 
Direct financing and sales-type lease interest income decreased from 2008 to 2009 as a result of the sale in 2009 of one jack-up drilling rig and two oil tankers and the progressive reduction inherent in accounting for such leases, although the decrease was slightly mitigated by the delivery in November 2009 of an oil tanker, which is accounted for as a sales-type lease.

The reduction in finance lease service revenue mainly reflects the position on two tankers chartered to the Frontline Charterers, for which the underlying time-charter rates are reduced by $6,500 per day while they are sub-chartered on a bareboat basis. Also, in 2008 a tanker was re-chartered to a third-party on bareboat terms and in 2009 a tanker was sold.   

Profit sharing revenues decreased owing to the much lower average charter rates earned by Frontline from our vessels in 2009 compared to 2008.  

During 2008, we had three 1,700 TEU container vessels employed on time charters accounted for as operating leases. In the first quarter of 2009, the charters for two of these vessels were converted to bareboat charters, resulting in a significant reduction in time charter revenues. There was also a reduction during 2009 in the daily charter rate on our remaining time-chartered container vessel.      

Bareboat charter revenues increased principally due to the conversion to bareboat charters of two container vessels in 2009, and the addition of two chemical tankers under bareboat charters in 2008.  

Cash flows arising from direct financing and sales-type leases
 
The following table analyzes our cash flows from the direct financing and sales-type leases with the Frontline Charterers, Seadrill Invest I, Seadrill Prospero, Deep Sea, TMT and NCS during 2009 and 2008, and shows how they are accounted for:
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Charterhire payments accounted for as:
           
             
Direct financing and sales-type lease interest income
    151,368       178,622  
Finance lease service revenues
    88,953       93,553  
Direct financing and sales-type lease repayments
    209,368       210,348  
Total direct financing and sales-type lease payments received
    449,689       482,523  
 
As described above, $6,500 per day is allocated from each time charter payment received from the Frontline Charterers to cover lease executory costs and this is classified as "finance lease service revenue".

Gain on sale of assets
 
Gains were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2009 on the disposal of the VLCC Front Duchess and the newbuilding Suezmax tanker Glorycrown , the latter accounting for most of the gain when it was sold under a sales-type lease arrangement immediately upon its delivery from the shipyard. In 2008, two vessels were disposed of and one was sold under a sales-type lease arrangement.

Operating expenses
 
( in thousands of $)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Ship operating expenses
    91,494       99,906  
Depreciation
    30,236       28,038  
Vessel impairment charge
    26,756       -  
Administrative expenses
    12,191       9,836  
      160,677       137,780  
 
 
 
58

 

 
Ship operating expenses decreased by 8% from 2008 to 2009, primarily as a result of two of the tankers leased to the Frontline Charterers being sub-chartered on a bareboat basis, and amendments to the charters for two container vessels from a time-charter basis to a bareboat basis. Also, during 2008, a tanker was re-chartered from the Frontline Charterers to a third-party on bareboat terms, and in 2009 a tanker was sold.

Depreciation expenses relate to the vessels on charters accounted for as operating leases. The increase from 2008 to 2009 is primarily due to the delivery in 2008 of two chemical tankers.

The marked downturn in charter rates for oil tankers which occurred in 2009 prompted a review of the carrying values of our assets, and in the second quarter of 2009 impairment charges totaling $26.8 million were taken against the values of six of our single-hull VLCCs. These vessels are subject to IMO regulations restricting their ability to operate from 2010 onwards and, from their respective anniversary dates in 2010, the Frontline Charterers have the option to terminate the charters on each of these vessels on giving 30 days notice.  Our only other single-hull VLCC, Front Sabang , was sold in April 2008 on hire-purchase terms.

The increase in administrative expenses from 2008 to 2009 is primarily due to the establishment of our Singapore office in September 2008, pre-agreed compensation payable to our former Chief Executive Officer, who resigned in July 2009, and professional fees associated with the increase in issued share capital in 2009.
 
Interest income
 
Interest income decreased substantially in 2009, mainly as a result of a decline in short-term LIBOR interest rates from an average of 2.93% in 2008 to 0.69% in 2009. We also had significantly lower cash balances in 2009 compared with 2008.

Interest expense
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Interest on floating rate loans
    43,196       81,042  
Interest on 8.5% Senior Notes
    31,322       38,172  
Swap interest
    21,120       823  
Other interest
    15,930       3,378  
Amortization of deferred charges
    5,507       3,777  
      117,075       127,192  
 
At December 31, 2009, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries had total debt outstanding of $2.1 billion (2008: $2.6 billion) comprised of $301 million net outstanding principal amount of 8.5% senior notes (2008: $449 million), $1.7 billion under floating rate secured long term credit facilities (2008: $2.0 billion), $90 million of unsecured fixed rate long-term debt (2008: $115 million) and $27 million of unsecured floating rate short-term debt (2008: $nil). The average three-month US$ LIBOR rate was 0.69% in 2009 and 2.93% in 2008. The overall decrease in interest expense is due to the decrease in interest-bearing debt and interest rates from 2008 to 2009, largely offset by increased swap and other interest payable.
 
The increase in other interest payable is due to the borrowings of unsecured fixed rate long-term debt in November 2008 and unsecured floating rate short-term debt in March 2009.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries were party to interest rate swap contracts, which effectively fix our interest rate on $1.1 billion of floating rate debt at a weighted average rate excluding margin of 3.92% per annum (2008: $1.2 billion of floating rate debt fixed at a weighted average rate excluding margin of 3.95% per annum).
 
 
 
59

 

 
Amortization of deferred charges increased by 46% in 2009 to $5.5 million, as a result of the early repayment of certain loans and new financing facilities established during 2008 and 2009.

As reported above, we have three subsidiaries accounted for under the equity method. Their non-operating expenses including interest expenses are not included above, but are reflected in "equity in earnings of associated companies" below.
 
Other financial items
 
Other financial items amounted to a net gain of $25 million in 2009, compared to a net cost of $55 million in 2008. The net cost in 2008 consisted predominantly of adverse mark-to-market valuation changes on financial instruments, including interest rate swap contracts, bond swaps and equity swaps. In 2009, there were favorable mark-to-market valuation changes on financial instruments totaling $13 million, and a gain of $21 million on the purchase at a discount of 8.5% Senior Notes with a principal value of $148 million. Partly offsetting these gains in 2009 were an impairment charge of $7 million on the long-term investment in SeaChange Maritime LLC and $2 million of other costs, mainly bank and loan commitment fees. The impairment charge on the investment in SeaChange Maritime LLC reflects impairment charges taken by them, associated with a decline in the value of their container vessels.    
 
Equity in earnings of associated companies
 
During 2008, the Company established two new wholly-owned subsidiaries which, like another wholly-owned subsidiary established in 2006, were accounted for under the equity method, as discussed in Notes 2 and 14 of the consolidated financial statements included herein. The equity in earnings of these three associated companies increased substantially from $23 million in 2008 to $76 million in 2009, due to 2009 being the first full year of operations for the two new entities.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We operate in a capital intensive industry.  Our purchase of the tankers in the initial transaction with Frontline was financed through a combination of debt issuances, a deemed equity contribution from Frontline and borrowings from commercial banks.  Our subsequent transactions have been financed through a combination of our own equity and borrowings from commercial banks.  Our liquidity requirements relate to servicing our debt, funding the equity portion of investments in vessels, funding working capital requirements and maintaining cash reserves against fluctuations in operating cash flows.  Revenues from our time charters and bareboat charters are received monthly in advance, quarterly in advance or monthly in arrears.  Vessel management and operating fees are payable monthly in advance for vessels chartered to the Frontline Charterers, and as incurred for other time-chartered vessels.

Our funding and treasury activities are conducted within corporate policies to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity for our requirements.  Cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in U.S. dollars, with minimal amounts held in Norwegian Kroner, Singapore dollars and Pound Sterling.

 
60

 
Our short-term liquidity requirements relate to servicing our debt and funding working capital requirements, including required payments under our management agreements and administrative services agreements.  Sources of short-term liquidity include cash balances, restricted cash balances, short-term investments, available amounts under revolving credit facilities and receipts from our charters.  We believe that our cash flow from the charters will be sufficient to fund our anticipated debt service and working capital requirements for the short and medium term.

Our long-term liquidity requirements include funding the equity portion of investments in new vessels, and repayment of long-term debt balances, including those relating to the following loan agreements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries:
 
 
-
8.5% senior unsecured notes due 2013
 
-
3.75% convertible senior unsecured bonds due 2016
 
-
NOK500 million senior unsecured bonds due 2014
 
-
$30 million secured term loan facility due 2012
 
-
$25 million secured revolving credit facility due 2012
 
-
$350 million secured term loan facility due 2012
 
-
$60 million secured term loan facility due 2013
 
-
$58 million secured revolving credit facility due 2013
 
-
$149 million secured term loan facility due 2014
 
-
$43 million secured term loan facility due 2014
 
-
$77 million secured term loan facility due 2015
 
-
$30 million secured revolving credit facility due 2015
 
-
$725 million secured term loan and revolving credit facility due 2015
 
-
$43 million secured term loan facility due 2015
 
-
$49 million secured term loan facility due 2018
 
-
$54 million secured term loan facility due 2018
 
-
$95 million secured term loan and revolving credit facility due 2018
 
-
$210 million secured term loan facility due 2019
 
-
$75 million secured term loan facility due 2019

Our long-term liquidity requirements also include repayment of the following long-term loan agreements of our equity-accounted subsidiaries:
 
 
-
$170 million secured term loan facility due 2013
 
-
$700 million secured term loan facility due 2013
 
-
$1.4 billion secured term loan facility due 2013

At March 22, 2011, we had remaining contractual c ommitments relating to newbuilding contracts totaling approximately $157 million.

We expect that we will require additional borrowings or issuances of equity in the long term to meet our capital requirements.

As of December 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash) of $93 million (2009: $88 million). In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated cash of $154 million from operations and $77 million net from investing activities, and used $228 million net in financing activities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we paid dividends of $1.64 per common share (2009: $1.50), or a total of $129 million (2009: $111 million).  Dividend payments in 2010 comprised $117 million of cash payments (2009: $76 million) and $12 million in the form of newly-issued common shares (2009: $35 million). Dividends paid during the year ended December 31, 2010, include the dividend of $0.30 per share declared on November 27, 2009, which was settled on January 27, 2010, by the payment of $11 million in cash and the issuance of $12 million in newly issued common shares. On February 18, 2011, a dividend of $0.38 per share was declared totaling $30 million, to be paid in cash on or about March 29, 2011.

 
 
61

 
Borrowings
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had total short-term and long-term debt outstanding of $1.9 billion (2009: $2.1 billion).  In addition, as of December 31, 2010, our wholly-owned subsidiaries Rig Finance II Limited, or Rig Finance II, SFL West Polaris Limited, or SFL West Polaris, and SFL Deepwater Ltd., or SFL Deepwater, had long term debt of $101 million, $546 million and $1.1 billion, respectively (2009: $111 million, $619 million and $1.3 billion, respectively). These three subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method, and their outstanding long-term debt does not appear in our consolidated balance sheet.

The total long-term debt at December 31, 2010, includes $296 million net outstanding from the issue in 2003 of $580 million of 8.5% senior notes due 2013.

In June 2005, we entered into a combined $350 million senior and junior secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of five VLCCs. At December 31, 2010, the total outstanding amount on this facility was $201 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin for the senior loan and LIBOR plus a different margin for the junior loan. The facility has a term of seven years and is secured by the vessel-owning subsidiaries' assets. The facility contains covenants that require us to maintain a minimum aggregate value of the vessels as collateral and also certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In April 2006, five subsidiaries entered into a $210 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks.  The facility is non-recourse to Ship Finance International Limited, as the holding company does not guarantee this debt. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of five newbuilding container vessels.  At December 31, 2010, the outstanding amount under this facility was $183 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin, has a term of 12 years and is secured by the subsidiaries' assets.  The facility also contains a minimum value covenant, which is only applicable if there is a default under any of the charters.

In August 2007, five subsidiaries entered into a $149 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of five offshore supply vessels. One of the vessels was sold in January 2008 and the loan facility now relates to the remaining four subsidiaries. At December 31, 2010, the outstanding amount under this facility was $99 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of seven years. The facility requires the four subsidiaries to maintain certain minimum levels of working capital and is secured by the subsidiaries' assets. The lenders have limited recourse to Ship Finance International Limited as the holding company only guarantees $35 million of the debt. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In January 2008, two subsidiaries entered into a $77 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of two offshore supply vessels. At December 31, 2010, the outstanding amount under this facility was $58 million. The facility bears interest of LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of seven years. The facility requires the two subsidiaries to maintain certain minimum levels of working capital and is secured by the subsidiaries' assets. The lenders have limited recourse to Ship Finance International Limited as the holding company only guarantees $24 million of the debt. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.
 
 
 
62

 

 
In February 2008, a subsidiary entered into a $30 million secured revolving credit facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility were used to partially fund the acquisition of the container vessel SFL Europa . At December 31, 2010, the outstanding amount under this facility was $11 million. The facility bears interest of LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of seven years. The facility is available on a revolving basis and is secured by the subsidiary's assets and a guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In March 2008, two subsidiaries entered into a $49 million secured term loan facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of two newbuilding chemical tankers. At December 31, 2010, the outstanding amount under this facility was $45 million. The facility bears interest of LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of ten years. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and is secured by the subsidiaries' assets. The lenders have limited recourse to Ship Finance International Limited as the holding company only guarantees 30% of the outstanding debt. The facility contains covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash and adjusted book equity ratios.

In September 2008, two subsidiaries entered into a $58 million secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The facility is secured by the two container vessels Asian Ace and Green Ace , and a guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited.  At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $34 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of five years.  The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In June 2009, a subsidiary entered into a $60 million credit facility with a bank, secured against a portion of our 8.5% Senior Notes which are being held as treasury notes and a guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $52 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and its original two year term has been extended so that the facility now matures in January 2013.  The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In June 2009, a subsidiary entered into a $30 million credit facility with a bank, secured against a portion of our 8.5% Senior Notes which are being held as treasury notes and a guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $26 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and its original one year term has been extended to two years, with an option for the subsidiary to extend the term by one additional year.  The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In February 2010, a subsidiary entered into a $43 million secured term loan facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility were used to partially finance the Suezmax tanker Glorycrown. At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under the facility was $40 million. The facility bears interest of LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of approximately five years. The facility is secured by the subsidiary's assets and a guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.
 
 
 
63

 

 
In March 2010, a subsidiary entered into a $43 million secured term loan facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility were used to partially finance the Suezmax tanker Everbright . At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $40 million. The facility bears interest of LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of five years. The facility is secured by the subsidiary's assets and a guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In March 2010, we entered into a $725 million secured term loan and revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, to replace a previous facility established in 2005 to partially finance 26 vessels chartered to Frontline Shipping. At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $680 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of five years. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In September 2010, we entered into a $25 million secured revolving credit facility with a bank, secured against five non-double hull VLCCs. At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $25 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of two years. The amount available under the revolving facility is dependent on the aggregate value of the vessels secured as collateral. The facility contains covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In October 2010, we issued NOK500 million senior unsecured bonds. The bonds bear interest at NIBOR plus a margin and are redeemable in full in April 2014. Subsequent to the issue of the bonds, we purchased bonds with principal amounts totaling NOK40 million, which are being held as treasury bonds. At December 31, 2010, the net amount outstanding was NOK460 million, equivalent to $79 million. The bonds may, in their entirety, be redeemed at our option from October 7, 2013 to April 6, 2014 upon giving bondholders at least 30 days notice and paying 100.50% of par value plus accrued interest.

In November 2010, two subsidiaries entered into a $54 million secured term loan facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of two Supramax drybulk carriers. At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $54 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of eight years. The facility is secured by the subsidiaries' assets and a limited guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. The facility contains a minimum value covenant, which is only applicable if there is an early termination of any of the charters attached to the vessels. The facility also contains covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In February 2011, we issued $125 million convertible senior bonds due 2016. The bonds bear interest at 3.75% per annum and are convertible into common shares of the Company at an initial price of $27.05 per share.

In February 2011, a subsidiary entered into a $95 million secured term loan and revolving credit facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of the jack-up drilling rig Soehanah . The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of seven years. The facility is secured against the subsidiary's assets and a guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.
 
 
 
64

 

 
In March 2011, three subsidiaries entered into a $75 million secured term loan facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility will be used to partly fund the acquisition of three Supramax drybulk carriers. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of approximately eight years. The facility is secured against the subsidiaries' assets and a limited guarantee from Ship Finance International Limited. The facility contains a minimum value covenant, which is only applicable if there is a default under the charters attached to the vessels or one year prior to expiry of the charters, whichever falls earlier. The facility also contains covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In February 2007, our equity-accounted subsidiary Rig Finance II entered into a $170 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks.  The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of the newbuilding jack-up drilling rig West Prospero . At December 31, 2010, the outstanding amount under this facility was $101 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin, has a term of six years and is secured by the subsidiary's assets. The lenders have limited recourse to Ship Finance International Limited as the holding company only guarantees $20 million of the debt. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In July 2008, our equity-accounted subsidiary SFL West Polaris entered into a $700 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of the newbuilding ultra deepwater drillship West Polaris . At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $546 million. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin, has a term of five years and is secured by the subsidiary's assets. The lenders have limited recourse to Ship Finance International Limited as the holding company currently only guarantees $80 million of the debt. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

In September 2008, our equity-accounted subsidiary SFL Deepwater entered into a $1.4 billion secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks. The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of two newbuilding ultra deepwater drilling rigs, West Hercules and West Taurus. At December 31, 2010, the amount outstanding under this facility was $1.1 billion. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin, has a term of five years and is secured by the subsidiary's assets. The lenders have limited recourse to Ship Finance International Limited as the holding company only guarantees $200 million of the debt. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants that require us to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios.

We are in compliance with all loan covenants as at December 31, 2010.  At December 31, 2010, three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR was 0.30% and three-month Norwegian kroner NIBOR was 2.62%.
 
Derivatives
 
We use financial instruments to reduce the risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates. At December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries had entered into interest rate swap contracts with a combined notional principal amount of $946 million, whereby variable LIBOR interest rates excluding additional margins are swapped for fixed interest rates between 1.88% per annum and 5.65% per annum. We had also entered into interest rate/currency swap contracts with a notional principal of NOK500 million ($85 million) whereby variable NIBOR interest rates including additional margin are swapped for fixed interest at 5.32%, and both the payment of interest and eventual settlement of the bonds will have an effective exchange rate of NOK5.91 = $1.  In addition, our equity-accounted subsidiaries had entered into interest swaps with a combined notional principal amount of $1.1 billion, whereby variable LIBOR interest rates excluding additional margins are swapped for fixed interest rates between 1.91% per annum and 3.92% per annum. The overall effect of these swaps is to fix the interest rate on approximately $2.2 billion of floating rate debt at a weighted average interest rate of 4.69% per annum including margin.
 
 
 
65

 

 
Several of our charter contracts contain interest adjustment clauses, whereby the charter rate is adjusted to reflect the actual interest paid on a deemed outstanding loan, effectively transferring the interest rate exposure to the counterparty under the charter contract. At December 31, 2010, a total of $1.9 billion of our floating rate debt was subject to such interest adjustment clauses, including our equity accounted subsidiaries. However, $1.3 billion of this was subject to interest rate swaps entered into for the benefit of the charterer, and the balance of $615 million remained on a floating basis.

At December 31, 2010, our net exposure, including that within our equity-accounted subsidiaries, to interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding debt was $602 million, compared with $548 million at December 31, 2009. Our net exposure to interest fluctuations is based on our total of approximately $3.4 billion floating rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2010, less the approximately $2.2 billion notional principal of our interest rate swaps and the $615 million outstanding floating rate debt subject to interest adjustment clauses under charter contracts.

Apart from the above interest rate/currency swap contracts, at December 31, 2010, and the date of this report we were not party to any other derivative contracts.

Equity
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we declared four dividends and, in each case, shareholders were given the option to elect to receive their dividend in cash or in the form of newly issued common shares. The Company issued a total of 4,998,603 shares under this arrangement, with a premium on issue totaling $42.8 million. Of the new shares issued, 930,483 were issued on January 27, 2010, in respect of the dividend declared on November 27, 2009, with an ex-dividend date of December 4, 2009. The shares issued in January 2010 were reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as at December 31, 2009, since the outcome of the shareholders' elections was fully known when the Consolidated Balance Sheet was prepared.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued and sold 1,372,100 shares pursuant to a prospectus supplement filed in December 2008. Total proceeds were $16.5 million net of costs, giving a premium on issue of $15.1 million. Additionally, in June 2009 the Company issued 10,560 shares to an employee in lieu of the dividend portion of his share-based bonus.

In April 2008, we filed a dividend reinvestment and direct stock purchase plan, to facilitate the purchase of shares by individual shareholders who wish to invest in our common shares on a regular basis. Mellon Bank N.A. is the plan administrator, and the shares may be purchased in the open market or, at our option, directly from us. As of December 31, 2010, no additional shares had been issued under this plan .

Following the above issues of new shares, we had 79,125,000 common shares issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2009, including the shares issued on January 27, 2010. No further shares were issued in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
 
 
66

 

 
The Company has accounted for the acquisition of vessels from Frontline at Frontline's historical carrying value.  The difference between the historical carrying value and the net investment in the lease (i.e. the fair value of the vessel at the inception of the lease) has been recorded as a deferred deemed equity contribution. This deferred deemed equity contribution is presented as a reduction in the net investment in finance leases in the balance sheet and results from the related party nature of both the transfer of the vessel and the subsequent finance lease.  The deferred deemed equity contribution is amortized as a credit to contributed surplus over the life of the new lease arrangement, as lease payments are applied to the principal balance of the lease receivable. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we credited contributed surplus with $25.6 million of such deemed equity contributions (2009: $7.4 million). The unamortized balance of deferred deemed equity contributions at December 31, 2010, is $180.9 million (2009: $206.5 million).

In November 2006, the Board of Directors approved a share option scheme, permitting the directors to grant options in the Company's shares to employees and directors of the Company or its subsidiaries. The fair value cost of options granted is recognized in the statement of operations, with a corresponding amount credited to additional paid in capital (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements). The additional paid in capital arising from share options was $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 (2009: $1.4 million).

Following the above transactions, as of December 31, 2010, our issued and fully paid share capital balance was $79.1 million, our additional paid in capital was $60.3 million and our contributed surplus balance was $532.1 million.

On February 18, 2011, our Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.38 per share totaling $30 million, to be paid in cash on or about March 29, 2011.

Contractual Commitments
 
At December 31, 2010, we had the following contractual obligations and commitments:
 
   
Payment due by period
 
   
Less than
1 year
   
1–3 years
   
3–5 years
   
   After
5 years
   
Total
 
   
(in millions of $)
 
8.5% Senior Notes due 2013
    -       296       -       -       296  
NOK500 million senior unsecured bonds due 2014
      -         -         79         -         79  
Floating rate long-term debt
    163       525       657       203       1,548  
Floating rate long-term debt in unconsolidated subsidiaries
      245         1,502         -         -         1,747  
Total debt repayments
    408       2,323       736       203       3,670  
Total interest payments (1)
    152       216       50       19       437  
Total vessel purchases (2)
    158       37       -       -       195  
Total contractual cash obligations
    718       2,576       786       222       4,302  

(1)
Interest payments are based on the existing borrowings of both fully consolidated and equity- accounted subsidiaries. It is assumed that no further refinancing of existing loans takes place and that there is no repayment on revolving credit facilities. Interest rate swaps have not been included in the calculation. The interest has been calculated using the five year U.S. dollar swap of 2.26% and the five year NOK swap of 4.26% as of March 22, 2011, plus agreed margins. Interest on fixed rate loans is calculated using the contracted interest rates.
 
 
 
 
67

 
 
(2)
Vessel purchase commitments relate to the seven newbuilding Handysize drybulk carriers scheduled for delivery in 2011 and 2012 ($126 million) and the three newbuilding Supramax drybulk carriers scheduled for delivery in 2011 ($69 million).
 
 
Research and development, patents and licenses etc.
 
We do not undertake any significant expenditure on research and development, and have no significant interests in patents or licenses.
 
Trend information
 
Our charters with the Frontline Charterers provide that daily rates decline over the terms of the charters, as discussed in Item 4.B "Our Fleet".

Prices for new vessels have stabilized both in China and Korea mainly driven by strong demand for drybulk vessels in the first half of 2010 and by demand for offshore and container vessels in the second half of 2010 and into 2011. Considering the overall healthy demand, long forward coverage by most major shipyards, and increasing steel prices, some analysts expect that there is limited likelihood of further significant decreases in vessel prices. Prices for second-hand bulkers increased during first half of 2010 driven by strong Chinese demand and healthy spot/period markets. The prices came under pressure in the second half of 2010 and this has continued into 2011. Prices for second-hand drybulk vessels are expected to continue to show high volatility, in part reflecting the very volatile charter markets, and could soften further during 2011 as prices are still generally out of alignment with the spot/period market for bulkers. Prices for second-hand tankers have softened, though with fairly limited supply of modern tonnage in the market, and are still at a historically healthy level. Second-hand prices for tankers are expected to be less volatile for the modern tonnage, with limited risk for further price erosions whilst older tonnage could be subject to further price corrections. Prices for second-hand container vessels have increased substantially during 2010, albeit from a very low level, and in the light of improved market prospects some market participants believe that the bottom has been reached.

The spot market for tankers was fairly weak during the second half of 2010. Going forward, the tanker industry will be exposed to a continued high level of newbuilding deliveries in the next 12 months. Factors that could improve the fundamentals for the tanker markets are delays in delivery schedules from the yards, cancellations of newbuilding orders and further scrapping of single-hull vessels due to their phase out. Our tanker vessels on charter to the Frontline Charterers are subject to long term charters that provide for both a fixed base charterhire and a profit sharing payment that applies once the applicable Frontline Charterer earns daily rates from our vessels that exceed certain levels. If rates for vessels chartered on the spot market increase, our profit sharing revenues will likewise increase for those vessels operated by the Frontline Charterers in the spot market. Our single-hull tankers on charter to the Frontline Charterers do not earn profit sharing since their anniversary date in 2010.

So far in 2011, charter rates for container vessels have continued to gradually improve, although at a much slower pace than in 2010 and rates for 1700 TEU vessels are still well below historical average levels. Drybulk carriers have continued to be subject to very volatile market conditions in 2011. The development of a two-tier market has been further manifested with rates for Panamax and smaller bulkers enjoying healthy markets, while Capesize bulkers for much of 2011 have been trading at levels close to operating costs.
 
 
 
68

 

 
The offshore drilling and supply markets continue to be strong, underpinned by exploration and development activities linked to higher oil prices and the need to replace reserves. Our jack-up drilling rig on charter to Seadrill includes profit sharing payments above certain base levels from 2009 onwards.

Interest rates have remained at historically low levels since December 31, 2009, although they are expected to slowly increase later in 2011 if the tentative economic recovery becomes established and inflation emerges as a problem. We have effectively hedged part of our interest exposure on our floating rate debt through swap agreements with banks. Several of our charter contracts also include interest adjustment clauses, whereby the charter rate is adjusted to reflect the actual interest paid on a deemed outstanding loan relating to the asset, effectively transferring the interest rate exposure to our counterparty under the charter contract.

Off balance sheet arrangements
 
At December 31, 2010, we are not party to any arrangements which may be considered to be off balance sheet arrangements.
 
 
ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
 
A.   DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
 
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors and the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of our wholly owned subsidiary Ship Finance Management AS, who are responsible for overseeing our management.

Name
 
Age
 
Position
         
Hans Petter Aas
 
65
 
Director, Chairman of the Board and Audit Committee member
Kate Blankenship
 
46
 
Director of the Company and Chairperson of the Audit Committee
Cecilie A. Fredriksen
 
27
 
Director of the Company
Paul Leand
 
44
 
Director of the Company
Ole B. Hjertaker
 
44
 
Chief Executive Officer of Ship Finance Management AS
Eirik Eide
 
40
 
Chief Financial Officer of Ship Finance Management AS

Under our constituent documents, we are required to have at least one independent director on our board of directors whose consent will be required to file for bankruptcy, liquidate or dissolve, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

Certain biographical information about each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.

Hans Petter Aas has served as a director of the Company since August 2008 and as Chairman of the Board since January 2009.  He has served on the Audit Committee since 2010. Mr. Aas has a long career as banker in the international shipping and offshore market, and retired from his position as Global Head of the Shipping, Offshore and Logistics Division of DnB NOR in August 2008. He joined DnB NOR (then Bergen Bank) in 1989, and has previously worked for the Petroleum Division of the Norwegian Ministry of Industry and the Ministry of Energy, as well as for Vesta Insurance and Nevi Finance. Mr. Aas is also a director of Golar LNG Limited, Knightsbridge Tankers Ltd., Knutsen Offshore Tankers ASA, JO Tankers, Gearbulk Holding Limited and the Norwegian Export Credit Guarantee Institute.
 
 
 
69

 

 
Kate Blankenship has served as a director of the Company since October 2003. Ms. Blankenship served as the Company's Chief Accounting Officer and Company Secretary from October 2003 to October 2005. Ms. Blankenship has been a director of Frontline since August 2003, a director of Golar LNG Limited since July 2003, a director of Golden Ocean since October 2004, a director of Seadrill since May 2005, a director of Seawell Limited since August 2007 and a director of Independent Tankers Corporation Limited since February 2008. She is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Cecilie Astrup Fredriksen has served as a director of the Company since November 2008. Ms. Fredriksen is the daughter of Mr. John Fredriksen and is currently employed by Frontline Corporate Services in London and serves as a director on several boards including Aktiv Kapital ASA, Frontline, Seawell Limited and Golden Ocean. Ms. Fredriksen received a BA in Business and Spanish from the London Metropolitan University in 2006.

Paul Leand has served as a director of the Company since 2003.  Mr. Leand is the Chief Executive Officer and Director of AMA Capital Partners LLC, or AMA, an investment bank specializing in the maritime industry. From 1989 to 1998 Mr. Leand served at the First National Bank of Maryland where he managed the Bank's Railroad Division and its International Maritime Division. He has worked extensively in the U.S. capital markets in connection with AMA's restructuring and mergers and acquisitions practices. Mr. Leand serves as a member of American Marine Credit LLC's Credit Committee and served as a member of the Investment Committee of AMA Shipping Fund I, a private equity fund formed and managed by AMA.

Ole B. Hjertaker has served Ship Finance Management AS as Chief Executive Officer since July 2009, prior to which he served as Chief Financial Officer from September 2006. Mr Hjertaker also served Ship Finance Management AS as Interim Chief Financial Officer between July 2009 and January 2011. Prior to joining Ship Finance, Mr. Hjertaker was employed in the Corporate Finance division of DnB NOR Markets, a leading shipping and offshore bank. Mr. Hjertaker has extensive corporate and investment banking experience, mainly within the maritime/transportation industries.

Eirik Eide was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of Ship Finance Management AS in January 2011. Prior to joining Ship Finance, Mr Eide was Head of Corporate Finance and Head of Shipping Investments in Orkla Finans Kapitalforvaltning AS and had previously worked for DnB NOR and Fortis Bank. Mr Eide has extensive experience of both debt and equity markets within the maritime and transportation industries.

B.   COMPENSATION

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we paid to our directors and executive officers aggregate cash compensation of $1.7 million including an aggregate amount of $0.02 million for pension and retirement benefits.  We reimburse directors for reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with their service to us.

In addition to cash compensation, during 2010 we also recognized an expense of $1.1 million relating to stock options issued to certain of our directors and employees. During 2010, 97,000 options were awarded, 26,334 were exercised and 223,666 were forfeited, bringing the total outstanding options at December 31, 2010, to 617,000. Subsequently, in March 2011, a further 213,500 new options have been awarded. The options vest over a three year period, with the first of them vesting in July 2010, and expire between July 2014 and March 2016. The exercise price of the options is currently between $8.32 and $20.13 per share, and shall be reduced from time to time by the amount of any future dividend declared with respect to the common shares.

 
70

 

C.   BOARD PRACTICES

In accordance with our Bye-laws, the number of directors shall be such number not less than two as we may by Ordinary Resolution determine from time to time, and each director shall hold office until the next annual general meeting following his election or until his successor is elected. We currently have four directors.

We currently have an Audit Committee, which is responsible for overseeing the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditor's qualifications, independence and performance, and our internal audit function. Kate Blankenship is the Chairperson of the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee Financial Expert. Hans Petter Aas is also a member of the Audit Committee.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain requirements of the NYSE that are applicable to U.S. listed companies.  For a listing and further discussion of how our corporate governance practices differ from those required of U.S. companies listed on the NYSE, please see Item 16G or visit the corporate governance section of our website at www.shipfinance.bm .

Our officers are elected by our Board of Directors as soon as possible following each Annual General Meeting and shall hold office for such period and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

There are no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service.
 
D.   EMPLOYEES

We currently employ nine persons on a full-time basis. We have contracted with Frontline Management and other third parties for certain managerial responsibilities for our fleet and with Frontline Management for some administrative services, including corporate services.
 
E.   SHARE OWNERSHIP

The beneficial interests of our Directors and officers in our common shares as of March 22, 2011, are as follows:

 
 
 
Director or Officer
 
 
Common Shares of $1.00 each
 
Including options to acquire Common Shares which have vested
 
Percentage of Common Shares Outstanding
Hans Petter Aas
 
8,334
 
8,334
 
*
Paul Leand
 
53,668
 
3,334
 
*
Kate Blankenship
 
8,545
 
3,334
 
*
Cecilie A. Fredriksen
 
3,334
 
3,334
 
*
Ole B. Hjertaker
 
180,878
 
176,667
 
*
Eirik Eide
 
-
 
-
 
*
 
*    Less than one percent.
 

 
71

 
Share Option Scheme
 
In November 2006, our board of directors approved the Ship Finance International Limited Share Option Scheme. The subscription price for all options granted under the scheme will be reduced by the amount of all dividends declared by the Company per share in the period from the date of grant until the date the options are exercised.

Details of options to acquire common shares in the Company by Directors and officers as of March 22, 2011, were as follows:
 

 
Director or Officer
Number of options
 
Exercise price
Expiration Date
Total
Vested
Hans Petter Aas
25,000
8,334
$10.98
October 2014
Paul Leand
10,000
3,334
$10.98
October 2014
Kate Blankenship
10,000
3,334
$10.98
October 2014
Cecilie A. Fredriksen
10,000
3,334
$10.98
October 2014
Ole B. Hjertaker
300,000
20,000
80,000
170,000
6,667
-
$8.32
$16.96
$20.13
July 2014
March 2015
March 2016
Eirik Eide
-
  -   - -

ITEM 7.  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.   MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
 
Ship Finance International Limited is indirectly controlled by another corporation (see below). The following table presents certain information as at March 22, 2011, regarding the ownership of our Common Shares with respect to each shareholder whom we know to beneficially own more than five percent of our outstanding Common Shares.

Owner
 
Number of Common Shares
 
Percent of Common Shares
Hemen Holding Ltd. (1)
 
  27,779,293
 
  35.11%
Farahead Investment Inc. (1)
 
6,300,000
 
7.96%
 
1)
Hemen Holding Ltd. is a Cyprus holding company and Farahead Investment Inc. is a Liberian company, both indirectly controlled by trusts established by Mr. John Fredriksen for the benefit of his immediate family. Mr. Fredriksen disclaims beneficial ownership of the above shares of our common stock, except to the extent of his voting and dispositive interests in such shares of common stock. Mr. Fredriksen has no pecuniary interest in the above shares of common stock.

The Company's major shareholders have the same voting rights as other shareholders of the Company.

As at March 22, 2011, the Company had 423 holders of record in the United States. We had a total of 79,125,000 of Common Shares outstanding as of March 22, 2011.

We are not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control.


 
72

 

B.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Company, which was formed in 2003 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Frontline, was partially spun-off in 2004 and its shares commenced trading on the NYSE in June 2004. A significant proportion of our assets were acquired from Frontline in 2004. The majority of our business continues to be transacted through contractual relationships between us and the following parties, which are either indirectly controlled by our principal shareholder Hemen, or which have directors who are also directors of this Company:
 
 
-
Frontline
 
-
Seadrill
 
-
Deep Sea
 
-
Golden Ocean

As of March 22, 2011, we charter 31 of our vessels to the Frontline Charterers under long-term capital leases, most of which were given economic effect from January 1, 2004.  At December 31, 2010, the balance of net investments in capital leases to the Frontline Charterers was $1,250 million (2009: $1,466 million) of which $90 million (2009: $108 million) represents short-term maturities.

In addition, as of March 22, 2011, we charter three non-double hull VLCCs to the Frontline Charterers under short-term operating leases. These vessels, and two other non-double hull VLCCs which have been sold since December 31, 2010, were direct financing lease assets until their anniversary dates in 2010, after which the terms of the charters gave Frontline the option to terminate the charters at any time by giving 30 days notice. At December 31, 2010, the net book value of vessels chartered to the Frontline Charterers under operating leases was $67 million (2009: nil), including the sold vessels Front Ace ($15 million), which is expected to be delivered to its new owner in March 2011, and Ticen Sun (ex Front Highness : $10 million) which was delivered to its new owner in February 2011.

As of March 22, 2011, we charter four of our drilling units to the Seadrill Charterers under long-term capital leases, all of which are owned by equity-accounted subsidiaries. At December 31, 2010, the balance of net investments in capital leases to the Seadrill Charterers was $2,218 million (2009: $2,456 million), of which $236 million (2009: $238 million) represents short-term maturities.

As of March 22, 2011, we charter our six offshore supply vessels to subsidiaries of Deep Sea under long-term leases, two of which are accounted for as capital leases with the remaining four being operating leases. At December 31, 2010, the balance of net investments in capital leases to subsidiaries of Deep Sea was $101 million (2009: $109 million), of which $8 million (2009: $8 million) represents short-term maturities. At December 31, 2010, the net book value of operating assets leased to subsidiaries of Deep Sea was $137 million (2009: $147 million).

Until the charter was terminated and the vessel sold in December 2010, we chartered the Panamax drybulk carrier Golden Shadow to a subsidiary of Golden Ocean under a long-term capital lease. The vessel was owned by an equity-accounted subsidiary and the balance of the net investment in the capital lease at December 31, 2009, was $23 million. The vessel was sold at Golden Ocean's purchase option price of approximately $21.5 million.

We pay Frontline Management a management fee of $6,500 per day per vessel for all vessels chartered to the Frontline Charterers, apart from certain vessels where the fee is suspended while they are sub-chartered on a bareboat basis, resulting in expenses of $78 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 (2009: $89 million). The management fees are classified as ship operating expenses.
 
 
 
73

 

 
We have an administrative services agreement with Frontline Management under which they provide us with certain administrative support services.  For periods up to December 31, 2006, we and each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries paid Frontline Management a fixed fee of $20,000 per year for services under the agreement, and agreed to reimburse Frontline Management for reasonable third party costs, if any, advanced on our behalf by Frontline. The original agreement has been amended, such that from January 1, 2007, onwards we pay Frontline Management our allocation of the actual costs they incur on our behalf, plus a margin.

The Frontline Charterers pay us profit sharing of 20% of earnings above certain specified base charter rates. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we earned and recognized revenue of $31 million (2009: $33 million) under this arrangement.

For our three Supramax drybulk carriers and two of our 1,700 TEU container vessels which are operated on time charters, we have sub-contracted part of their operational management to Golden Ocean. Golden Ocean will also be responsible for part of the operational management of the three newbuilding Supramax drybulk carriers and the seven newbuilding Handysize drybulk carriers when they commence operations. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we paid Golden Ocean approximately $20,000 for these services (2009: $nil).

We pay commission of 1% to Frontline Management in respect of all payments received in respect of the five year sales-type leases on the Suezmax tankers Glorycrown and Everbright. In 2010, we paid $0.5 million to Frontline Management pursuant to this arrangement (2009: $0.4 million).

We pay fees to Frontline Management for the management supervision of some of our newbuildings, which in 2010 amounted to approximately $2 million (2009: approximately $1 million).

In March 2010, we repaid the outstanding balance of $90 million on the unsecured $115 million loan agreed with a related party in 2008.

In March 2009, we amended the Charter Ancillary Agreement with Frontline Shipping III, whereby the charter service reserve at the time totaling $26.5 million relating to five vessels on charter to Frontline Shipping III may be in the form of a loan of $5.3 million to each of the vessel-owning subsidiaries. The loans, which bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin, were each repaid in 2010.

In January 2010, the Company agreed to grant purchase options for the VLCC Edinburgh to an unrelated third party, exercisable in March 2012 and March 2014 at a fixed price of approximately $20.5 million, which is significantly above the vessel's projected carrying value. Concurrently Frontline has agreed to increase the charterhire by $1,000 per day until March 2012 and Frontline will be entitled to earn a commission if one of the purchase options is exercised.

In February 2010, we sold the VLCC Front Vista to Frontline for a gross sales price of $59 million, including compensation of $0.4 million payable by Frontline for the cancellation of the related charter. A short-term seller's credit of $41.5 million was extended to Frontline, bearing interest at LIBOR plus a margin, and this was repaid in September 2010.

In February 2010, the Company announced that it had agreed certain amendments to the charter agreements with Frontline Shipping and Frontline Shipping II, whereby restricted cash deposits held by them as security against their charter commitments were reduced from an aggregate buffer of $174 million to a fixed minimum level of $62 million, in exchange for a guarantee from Frontline for the payment of charter hire. The restricted cash deposits will be reduced by $2 million per vessel if and when charters expire or are cancelled, but Frontline Shipping and Frontline Shipping II will otherwise be prohibited from making withdrawals from these deposits.
 
 
 
74

 

 
In April 2010, we sold the single-hull VLCC Golden River to an unrelated third party for a gross sales price of approximately $13 million. A termination fee of approximately $3 million was paid to Frontline for the early termination of the related charter.

In February 2011, we announced the agreement to sell the two single-hull VLCCs Front Ace and Ticen Sun (ex Front Highness ) to unrelated third parties for a combined gross sales price of approximately $31 million. Termination fees totaling approximately $6 million will be paid to Frontline for the early termination of the related charters. Ticen Sun was delivered to its new owner in February 2011, and Front Ace is scheduled to be delivered to its new owner in March 2011.
 
C.   INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not Applicable.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

See Item 18.

Legal Proceedings

We and our ship-owning subsidiaries are routinely party, as plaintiff or defendant, to claims and lawsuits in various jurisdictions for demurrage, damages, off hire and other claims and commercial disputes arising from the operation of their vessels, in the ordinary course of business or in connection with its acquisition activities. We believe that resolution of such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial conditions.

Dividend Policy

Our Board of Directors adopted a policy in May 2004 in connection with our public listing, whereby we seek to pay a regular quarterly dividend, the amount of which is based on our contracted revenues and growth prospects. Our goal is to increase our quarterly dividend as we grow the business, but the timing and amount of dividends, if any, is at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our operating results, financial condition, cash requirements, restrictions in terms of financing arrangements and other relevant factors.
 
 
We have paid the following cash dividends since our public listing in June 2004:

Payment Date
 
Amount per Share
 
2004
     
July 9, 2004
  $ 0.25  
September 13, 2004
  $ 0.35  
December 7, 2004
  $ 0.45  


 
75

 

2005
     
March 18, 2005
  $ 0.50  
June 24, 2005
  $ 0.50  
September 20, 2005
  $ 0.50  
December 13, 2005
  $ 0.50  
 
2006
       
March 20, 2006
  $ 0.50  
June 26, 2006
  $ 0.50  
September 18, 2006
  $ 0.52  
December 21, 2006
  $ 0.53  
 
2007
     
March 22, 2007
  $ 0.54  
June 21, 2007
  $ 0.55  
September 13, 2007
  $ 0.55  
December 10, 2007
  $ 0.55  
 
2008
       
March 10, 2008
  $ 0.55  
June 30, 2008
  $ 0.56  
September 15, 2008
  $ 0.58  
         
2009
       
January 7, 2009
  $ 0.60  
April 17, 2009
  $ 0.30 *
July 6, 2009
  $ 0.30 *
October 16, 2009
  $ 0.30 *
 
2010
       
January 27, 2010
  $ 0.30 *
March 30, 2010
  $ 0.30  
June 10, 2010
  $ 0.33  
September 30, 2010
  $ 0.35  
December 30, 2010
  $ 0.36  

*   The dividends paid on April 17, 2009, July 6, 2009, October 16, 2009 and January 27, 2010 each gave shareholders the choice of receiving payment in cash or newly issued common shares. The number of new shares issued pursuant to these dividend payments is given under the heading "Equity" in Item 5: "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects."
 
On February 18, 2011 our Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.38 per share which will be paid in cash on or about March 29, 2011.
 
B.   SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
 
None
 
 
 
76

 

 
ITEM 9.  THE OFFER AND LISTING
 
Not applicable except for Item 9.A.4. and Item 9.C.

The Company's common shares were listed on the NYSE on June 15, 2004, and commenced trading on that date under the symbol "SFL".
 
The following table sets forth the fiscal years high and low closing prices for the common shares on the NYSE since the date of listing.
 
   
High
   
Low
 
Fiscal year ended December 31
           
2010
  $ 22.84     $ 13.81  
2009
  $ 14.32     $ 4.05  
2008
  $ 32.43     $ 9.01  
2007
  $ 31.54     $ 22.24  
2006
  $ 23.80     $ 16.33  
2005
  $ 24.00     $ 16.70  

The following table sets forth, for each full financial quarter for the two most recent fiscal years, the high and low closing prices of the common shares on the NYSE since the date of listing.

   
High
   
Low
 
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
           
First quarter
  $ 19.36     $ 13.81  
Second quarter
  $ 21.04     $ 16.60  
Third quarter
  $ 19.83     $ 17.00  
Fourth quarter
  $ 22.84     $ 18.98  

   
High
   
Low
 
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
           
First quarter
  $ 13.47     $ 4.05  
Second quarter
  $ 13.03     $ 6.75  
Third quarter
  $ 13.55     $ 9.60  
Fourth quarter
  $ 14.32     $ 11.00  

The following table sets forth, for the most recent six months, the high and low prices for the common shares on the NYSE.
 
   
High
   
Low
 
             
February 2011
  $ 20.81     $ 19.36  
January 2011
  $ 22.43     $ 19.98  
December 2010
  $ 22.84     $ 21.51  
November 2010
  $ 22.01     $ 20.17  
October 2010
  $ 20.20     $ 18.98  
September 2010
  $ 19.43     $ 18.09  

ITEM 10.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.   SHARE CAPITAL

Not Applicable.
 
 
 
77

 

 
B.   MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Memorandum of Association of the Company has previously been filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Registration No. 333-115705) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2004, and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

At our 2007 Annual General Meeting the shareholders voted to amend our Bye-laws to ensure conformity with recent revisions to the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended. These amended Bye-laws of the Company as adopted by shareholders on September 28, 2007, have been filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company's report on Form 6-K filed on October 22, 2007, and are hereby incorporated by reference into this annual report.

The purposes and powers of the Company are set forth in Items 6(1) and 7(a) through (h) of our Memorandum of Association and in the Second Schedule of the Bermuda Companies Act of 1981, which is attached as an exhibit to our Memorandum of Association.  These purposes include exploring, drilling, moving, transporting and refining petroleum and hydro-carbon products, including oil and oil products; the acquisition, ownership, chartering, selling, management and operation of ships and aircraft; the entering into of any guarantee, contract, indemnity or suretyship and to assure, support, secure, with or without the consideration or benefit, the performance of any obligations of any person or persons; and the borrowing and raising of money in any currency or currencies to secure or discharge any debt or obligation in any manner.

Bermuda law permits the Bye-laws of a Bermuda company to contain provisions excluding personal liability of a director, alternate director, officer, member of a committee authorized under Bye-law 98, resident representative or their respective heirs, executors or administrators to the company for any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the officer or person may be guilty.  Bermuda law also grants companies the power generally to indemnify directors, alternate directors and officers of the Company  and any members authorized under Bye-law 98, resident representatives or their respective heirs, executors or administrators if any such person was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, alternate director or officer of the Company or member of a committee authorized under Bye-law 98, resident representative or their respective heirs, executors or administrators or was serving in a similar capacity for another entity at the Company's request.

Our shareholders have no pre-emptive, subscription, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Shareholders have no cumulative voting rights. Shareholders are entitled to dividends if and when they are declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of holders of any preference shares. Directors to be elected by shareholder require a majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present. For all other matters, unless a different majority is required by law or our Bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by shareholders require approval by a majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shareholders will be entitled to receive, ratably, our net assets available after the payment of all our debts and liabilities and any preference amount owed to any preference shareholders. The rights of shareholders, including the right to elect directors, are subject to the rights of any series of preference shares we may issue in the future.
 
 

 
 
78

 
Under our Bye-laws annual meetings of shareholders will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors each calendar year. Special meetings of shareholders may be called by our board of directors at any time and must be called at the request of shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid-up share capital carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Under our Bye-laws five days' notice of an annual meeting or any special meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at that meeting. Under Bermuda law accidental failure to give notice will not invalidate proceedings at a meeting. Our board of directors may set a record date at any time before or after any date on which such notice is dispatched.

Special rights attaching to any class of our shares may be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of not less than 75% of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of such shares voting in person or by proxy.

Our Bye-laws do not prohibit a director from being a party to, or otherwise having an interest in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested.  Our Bye-laws provide our board of directors the authority to exercise all of the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of our property and assets as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation.  Our directors are not required to retire because of their age, and our directors are not required to be holders of our common shares.  Directors serve for one year terms, and shall serve until re-elected or until their successors are appointed at the next annual general meeting.

Our Bye-laws provide that no director, alternate director, officer, person or member of a committee, if any, resident representative, or his heirs, executors or administrators, which we refer to collectively as an indemnitee, is liable for the acts, receipts, neglects, or defaults of any other such person or any person involved in our formation, or for any loss or expense incurred by us through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by us, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of our monies shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency, or tortuous act of any person with whom any monies, securities, or effects shall be deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgment, omission, default, or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in relation to the execution of his duties, or supposed duties, to us or otherwise in relation thereto.  Each indemnitee will be indemnified and held harmless out of our funds to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law against all liabilities, loss, damage or expense (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) incurred or suffered by him as such director, alternate director, officer, person or committee member or resident representative (or in his reasonable belief that he is acting as any of the above).  In addition, each indemnitee shall be indemnified against all liabilities incurred in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in such indemnitee's favor, or in which he is acquitted.  We are authorized to purchase insurance to cover any liability he may incur under the indemnification provisions of our Bye-laws.
 
C.   MATERIAL CONTRACTS

The Company has not entered into any material contracts since January 1, 2009, other than those entered in the ordinary course of business.
 
D.   EXCHANGE CONTROLS

The Bermuda Monetary Authority, or the BMA, must give permission for all issuances and transfers of securities of a Bermuda exempted company like us. We have received a general  permission from the BMA to issue any unissued common shares, and for the free transferability of the common shares as long as our common shares are listed on the NYSE. Our common shares may therefore be freely transferred among persons who are residents or non-residents of Bermuda.
 
 
 
79

 

 
Although we are incorporated in Bermuda, we are classified as non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the BMA. Other than transferring Bermuda Dollars out of Bermuda, there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds into and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares or other non-resident holders of our common shares in currency other than Bermuda Dollars.
 
E.  TAXATION

U.S. Taxation
 
The following discussion is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Department regulations, or the Treasury Regulations, administrative rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date of this Annual Report.  Unless otherwise noted, references to the "Company" include the Company's Subsidiaries.  This discussion assumes that we do not have an office or other fixed place of business in the United States.
 
Taxation of the Company's Shipping Income: In General
 
The Company anticipates that it will derive a significant portion of its gross income from the use and operation of vessels in international commerce and that this income will principally consist of freights from the transportation of cargoes, hire or lease from time or voyage charters and the performance of services directly related thereto, which the Company refers to as "shipping income."

Shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States will be considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States.  Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States will be considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States.  The Company is not permitted by law to engage in transportation that gives rise to 100% U.S. source income.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States.  Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Based upon the Company's anticipated shipping operations, the Company's vessels will operate in various parts of the world, including to or from U.S. ports. Unless exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code, the Company will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, in the manner discussed below, to the extent its shipping income is considered derived from sources within the United States.
 
Application of Section 883 of the Code
 
Under the relevant provisions of Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883, the Company will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation on its U.S. source shipping income if:
 
(i)      It is organized in a "qualified foreign country," which is one that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States in  respect of the shipping income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883, and which the Company refers to as the Country of Organization Requirement; and
 
 
80

 
 
(ii)    It can satisfy any one of the following two stock ownership requirements for more than half the days during the taxable year:
 
 
·
the Company's stock is "primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market" located in the United States or a "qualified foreign country," which the Company refers to as the Publicly-Traded Test; or
 
 
·
more than 50% of the Company's stock, in terms of value, is beneficially owned by any combination of one or more individuals who are residents of a "qualified foreign country" or foreign corporations that satisfy the Country of Organization Requirement and the Publicly-Traded Test, which the Company refers to as the 50% Ownership Test.
 
The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized Bermuda, the country of incorporation of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as a "qualified foreign country." In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department has recognized Liberia, Panama, the Isle of Man, Singapore, the Marshall Islands, Malta and Cyprus, the countries of incorporation of certain of the Company's vessel-owning subsidiaries, as "qualified foreign countries."  Accordingly, the Company and its vessel-owning subsidiaries satisfy the Country of Organization Requirement.

Therefore, the Company's eligibility to qualify for exemption under Section 883 is wholly dependent upon being able to satisfy one of the stock ownership requirements.

As to the Publicly-Traded Test, the Treasury Regulations under Section 883 provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be "primarily traded" on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country.

The Publicly-Traded Test also requires our common shares be "regularly traded" on an established securities market.  Under the Treasury Regulations, our common shares are considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market if shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding common shares, by both total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, are listed on the market, referred to as the "listing threshold." The Treasury Regulations further require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (i) such class of stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or 1/6 of the days in a short taxable year, which is referred to as the "trading frequency test;" and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year (as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year), which is referred to a the "trading volume test."  Even if we do not satisfy both the trading frequency and trading volume tests, the Treasury Regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if our common shares are traded on an established securities market in the United States and such stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in our common shares.

For the 2010 taxable year, we believe the Company satisfied the Publicly-Traded Test since, on more than half the days of the taxable year, we believe the Company's common shares were primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, namely the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE.
 
 
 
81

 

 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, our common shares will not be considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding common shares are owned, actually or constructively under certain stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the value of our common shares, which we refer to as the 5 Percent Override Rule.

In order to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of our common shares, or 5% Shareholders, we are permitted to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as having a 5% or more beneficial interest in our common shares. In addition, an investment company identified on a Schedule 13G or Schedule 13D filing which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

Therefore, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause the Company to lose the benefit of the Section 883 exemption and thereby become subject to U.S. federal income tax on its U.S. source shipping income.  For example, Hemen owned approximately 43.1% of our outstanding common shares at March 22, 2011. There is, therefore, a risk that the Company could no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 for a particular taxable year if other 5% Shareholders were, in combination with Hemen, to own 50% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company on more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurances as to the tax-exempt status of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered, the 5 Percent Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that among the closely-held group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient 5% Shareholders that are considered to be "qualified shareholders" for purposes of Section 883 to preclude non-qualified 5% Shareholders in the closely-held group from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.
 
In any year that the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered with respect to us, we are eligible for the exemption from tax under Section 883 only if we can nevertheless satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test (which requires, among other things, showing that the exception to the 5 Percent Override Rule applies) or if we can satisfy the 50% Ownership Test. In either case, certain substantiation and reporting requirements regarding the identity of our shareholders must be satisfied in order to qualify for the Section 883 exemption. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them.
 

 
82

 

Taxation in Absence of the Section 883 Exemption
 
To the extent the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable with respect to any item of U.S. source income, the Company's U.S. source shipping income, to the extent not considered to be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, which we refer to as the "4% gross basis tax regime." Since, under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of the Company's shipping income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on the Company's shipping income, to the extent not considered to be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.
 
To the extent the benefits of the Section 883 exemption are unavailable and our U.S. source shipping income is considered to be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such "effectively connected" U.S. source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the U.S. federal corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% "branch profits" tax on earnings "effectively connected" with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of such U.S. trade or business.
 
Our U.S. source shipping income would be considered "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:
 
 
·
we had, or were considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. source shipping income; and
 
 
·
substantially all of our U.S. source shipping income were attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that followed a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States, or, in the case of income from the chartering of a vessel, were attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States.
 

We do not have, nor will we permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we believe that none of our U.S. source shipping income is or will be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Gain on Sale of Vessels
 
Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.  In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States.  It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

 
83

 

U.S. Taxation of Our Other Income
 
In addition to our shipping operations, we charter drillrigs to third parties who conduct drilling operations in various parts of the world.  Since we are not engaged in a trade or business in the United States, we do not expect to be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any of our income from such charters.
 
Taxation of U.S. Holders
 
The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a U.S. Holder, as defined below, with respect to our common shares.  This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning our common shares to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules.  You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under U.S. federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of our common shares.

As used herein, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common shares that (i) is a U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, (ii) owns our common shares as a capital asset, generally, for investment purposes, and (iii) owns less than 10% of our common shares for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership.  If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your own tax advisor regarding this issue.

Distributions
 
Subject to the discussion below of passive foreign investment companies, or PFICs, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or "qualified dividend income" as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.  Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain.  Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us.  

Dividends paid on our common shares to a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate, which we refer to as a U.S. Individual Holder, will generally be treated as "qualified dividend income" that is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holders at preferential tax rates (through 2012) provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE, on which our common shares are listed); (2) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (see discussion below); and (3) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend.  
 
There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder.  Legislation has been previously introduced in the U.S. Congress which, if enacted in its present form, would preclude our dividends from qualifying for such preferential rates prospectively from the date of the enactment.  Any dividends paid by the Company which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.
 

 
 
84

 
 
Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Shares
 
Assuming we do not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in such common shares.  Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period in the common shares is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition.  Otherwise, it will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss.  A U.S. Holder's ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
 
Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences
 
Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held our common shares, either at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of "passive income" ( e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by the corporation during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, "passive income."

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary's stock.  Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income.  By contrast, rental income would generally constitute "passive income" unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

Although there is no legal authority directly on point, we believe that, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the time chartering activities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries more likely than not constitutes services income, rather than rental income.  Correspondingly, we believe that such income does not constitute "passive income," and the assets that we or our wholly-owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, do not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC.  We believe there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. This position is principally based upon the positions that (1) our time charter income will constitute services income, rather than rental income, and (2) Frontline Management, which provides services to most of our time-chartered vessels, will be respected as a separate entity from the Frontline Charterers, with which it is affiliated.

For the 2010 taxable year and future taxable years, depending upon the relative amount of income we derive from our various assets as well as their relative fair market values, we may be treated as a PFIC.  

We note that there is no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our current and proposed method of operation. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a significant risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC.
 

 
 
85

 
As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a "Qualified Electing Fund", which election we refer to as a QEF Election. As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to our common shares, as discussed below, and which election we refer to as a Mark-to-Market Election.
 
Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election
 
If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF Election, which U.S. Holder we refer to as an Electing Holder, the Electing Holder must report each year for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain, if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder.  The Electing Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits.  Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common shares and will not be taxed again once distributed.  A U.S. Holder would make a QEF Election with respect to any taxable year that we are a PFIC by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with its U.S. federal income tax return.  To make a QEF Election, a U.S. Holder must receive annually certain tax information from us.  There can be no assurances that we will be able to provide such information annually.  An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares.  
 
Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Mark-to-Market Election
 
Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our common shares are treated as "marketable stock," a U.S. Holder would be permitted to make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to our common shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations.  If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such holder's adjusted tax basis in the common shares.  The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the Mark-to-Market Election.  A U.S. Holder's tax basis in its common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount.  Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election
Finally, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election for that year, whom we refer to as a Non-Electing Holder, would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution ( i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125 % of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the common shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares.  Under these special rules:
 
 
 
86

 

 
 
·
the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holders' aggregate holding period for the common shares;
 
 
·
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years before the Company became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income; and
 
 
·
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.
 
These penalties would not apply to a pension or profit sharing trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow funds or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common shares.  If we were a PFIC, and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual died while owning our common shares, such holder's successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such common shares.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders
 
A beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to herein as a Non-U.S. Holder.
 
Dividends on Common Shares
 
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common shares, unless that dividend is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States.  If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable, or taxable at the full rate, only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
 
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
 
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:
 
 
·
the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); or
 
 
·
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.
 
If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the income from the common shares, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, if you are a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, your earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
 
 
87

 

 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to you will be subject to information reporting requirements.  Such payments will also be subject to "backup withholding" if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder and you:

 
·
fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
 
 
·
are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your U.S. federal income tax returns; or
 
 
·
in certain circumstances, fail to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder and you sell your common shares to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless you certify that you are a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or otherwise establish an exemption.  If you sell your common shares through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid to you outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment.  However, U.S. information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, including a payment made to you outside the United States, if you sell your common shares through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence that you are a non-U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Rather, you generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.
 
 
Bermuda Taxation
 
Under current Bermuda law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. We have received from the Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertaking Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to us or to any of our operations or shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. We could be subject to taxes in Bermuda after that date. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any property leased to us. We and our subsidiaries incorporated in Bermuda pay annual government fees to the Bermuda government.
 

 
 
88

 
 
Liberian Taxation
 
The Republic of Liberia enacted a new income tax act effective as of January 1, 2001, or the New Act.  In contrast to the income tax law previously in effect since 1977, or the Prior Law, which the New Act repealed in its entirety, the New Act does not distinguish between the taxation of a non-resident Liberian corporation, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, which conduct no business in Liberia and were wholly exempted from tax under the Prior Law, and the taxation of ordinary resident Liberian corporations.

In 2004, the Liberian Ministry of Finance issued regulations, or the New Regulations, pursuant to which a non-resident domestic corporation engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, will not be subject to tax under the New Act retroactive to January 1, 2001.  In addition, the Liberian Ministry of Justice issued an opinion that the New Regulations were a valid exercise of the regulatory authority of the Ministry of Finance.  Therefore, assuming that the New Regulations are valid, our Liberian subsidiaries will be wholly exempt from Liberian income tax as under the Prior Law.

If our Liberian subsidiaries were subject to Liberian income tax under the New Act, our Liberian subsidiaries would be subject to tax at a rate of 35% on their worldwide income.  As a result, their, and subsequently our, net income and cash flow would be materially reduced by the amount of the applicable tax.  In addition, we, as shareholder of the Liberian subsidiaries, would be subject to Liberian withholding tax on dividends paid by the Liberian subsidiaries at rates ranging from 15% to 20%.
 
F.   DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
 
Not Applicable

G.   STATEMENT BY EXPERTS
 
Not Applicable
 
H.   DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
 
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.  You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549.  The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov.) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. In addition, documents referred to in this annual report may be inspected at our principal executive offices at Par-la-Ville Place, 14 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton, Bermuda HM 08. Our filings are also available on our website at www.shipfinance.bm . This web address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. Information on our website does not constitute part of this annual report.
 
I.  SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
 
Not Applicable


 
89

 

 
ITEM 11.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations. We use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk and currency swaps to manage currency risks. We may enter into derivative instruments from time to time for speculative purposes.

At December 31, 2010, the Company had entered into combined currency and interest rate swap contracts with a total notional principal of NOK500 million ($85 million), to hedge against fluctuations in interest and exchange rates on our NOK500 million floating rate unsecured bonds due 2014. Under these contracts, variable NIBOR interest rates including additional margin is swapped for fixed interest at 5.32%, and both the payment of interest and eventual settlement of the bonds will have an effective exchange rate of NOK5.91 = $1. These contracts expire in April 2014 and we estimate that we would receive $2 million to terminate them as of December 31, 2010 (2009: nil).

At December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries had entered into interest rate swap contracts with a combined notional principal amount of $946 million at rates excluding margin over LIBOR of between 1.88% per annum and 5.65% per annum. In addition, our equity-accounted subsidiaries had entered into interest swaps with a combined notional principal amount of $1.1 billion at rates excluding margin over LIBOR of between 1.91% per annum and 3.92% per annum. The swap agreements mature between September 2011 and May 2019, and we estimate that we would pay $102 million to terminate these agreements as of December 31, 2010 (2009: pay $92 million).

The overall effect of these swaps is to fix the interest rate on approximately $2.2 billion of floating rate debt denominated in U.S. dollars and Norwegian kroner at a weighted average interest rate of 4.69% per annum including margin.

Several of our charter contracts contain interest adjustment clauses, whereby the charter rate is adjusted to reflect the actual interest paid on the outstanding loan, effectively transferring the interest rate exposure to the counterparty under the charter contract. At December 31, 2010, a total of $1.9 billion of our floating rate debt was subject to such interest adjustment clauses, including our equity accounted subsidiaries. Of this, $1.3 billion was also subject to interest rate swaps entered into for the benefit of the charterer, with the balance of $615 million remained on a floating rate basis.

At December 31, 2010, our net exposure, including equity-accounted subsidiaries, to interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding debt was $602 million, compared with $548 million at December 31, 2009. Our net exposure to interest fluctuations is based on our total of $3.4 billion floating rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2010, less the $2.2 billion notional principle of our interest rate swaps and the $615 million outstanding floating rate debt subject to interest adjustment clauses under charter contracts. A one per-cent change in interest rates would thus increase or decrease interest expense by $6.0 million per year as of December 31, 2010 (2009: $5.5 million).

Apart from the above interest rate and currency swap contracts, at December 31, 2010, and the date of this report we were not party to any other derivative contracts.

The fair market value of our outstanding 8.5% Senior Notes was $301 million as of December 31, 2010 (2009: $290 million).

 
90

 

The Company may in the future enter into short-term TRS arrangements relating to our own shares, bonds and Senior Notes or securities in other companies.

Apart from our NOK500 million floating rate bonds, which have been hedged, the majority of our transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, our functional currency.

ITEM 12.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not Applicable

 
91

 

PART II

ITEM 13.  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries have been subject to a material default in the payment of principal, interest, a sinking fund or purchase fund installment or any other material default that was not cured within 30 days. In addition, the payments of our dividends are not, and have not been in arrears or have not been subject to material delinquency that was not cured within 30 days.

ITEM 14.  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None

ITEM 15.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
a)           Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) of the Exchange Act, management assessed the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2010. Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the evaluation date.
 
b)            Management's annual report on internal controls over financial reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
 
 
·
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
 
 
·
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Company's management and directors; and
 
 
·
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management conducted the evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting using the control criteria framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission published in its report entitled Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
 
 
 
92

 
 
Our management with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer assessed the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2010. Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that the Company's internal controls over financial reporting are effective as of December 31, 2010.
 
c)             Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm
 
MSPC, Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, or MSPC, a Professional Corporation and our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued their attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Such report appears on page F-2.
 
d)            Changes in internal control over financial reporting
 
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially effected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 16 A.    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that our Audit Committee has one Audit Committee Financial Expert. Kate Blankenship is an independent Director and is the Audit Committee Financial Expert.
 
ITEM 16 B.   CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all entities controlled by us and our employees, directors, officers and agents of the Company. We have posted our code of ethics on our website at www.shipfinance.bm . We will provide any person, free of charge, with a copy of our code of ethics upon written request to our registered office.
 
ITEM 16 C.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Our principal accountant for 2010 and 2009 was MSPC. The following table sets forth the fees related to audit and other services provided by MSPC.

 
2010
   
2009
 
           
Audit Fees (a)
$ 520,000     $ 515,000  
Audit-Related Fees (b)
$ 98,500     $ 71,000  
Tax Fees (c)
  -       -  
All Other Fees (d)
$ 37,296     $ 33,109  
Total
$ 655,796     $ 619,109  


 
93

 


 
(a)
Audit Fees
 
Audit fees represent professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements and services provided by the principal accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

 
(b)
Audit -Related Fees
 
Audit-related fees consisted of assurance and related services rendered by the principal accountant related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements which have not been reported under Audit Fees above.

 
(c)
Tax Fees
 
Tax fees represent fees for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

 
(d)
All Other Fees
 
All other fees include services other than audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees set forth above.

 
(e)
Audit Committee's Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
 
Our board of directors has adopted pre-approval policies and procedures in compliance with paragraph (c) (7)(i) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X, that require the Board of Directors to approve the appointment of our independent auditor before such auditor is engaged and approve each of the audit and non-audit related services to be provided by such auditor under such engagement by the Company. All services provided by the principal auditor in 2010 and 2009 were approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to the pre-approval policy.


ITEM 16 D.    EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable


ITEM 16 E.   PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

No shares have been repurchased by the Company since January 2006.
 

ITEM 16 F.   CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S  CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.
 
ITEM 16 G.   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Pursuant to an exception under the NYSE listing standards available to foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with all of the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards.  The significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed U.S. companies are set forth below.
 
 
 
94

 

 
Executive Sessions.   The NYSE   requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE   also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year.  As permitted under Bermuda law and our Bye-laws, our non-management directors have not regularly held executive sessions without management, and we do not expect them to do so in the future.

Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee .   The NYSE   requires that a listed U.S. company have a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. As permitted under Bermuda law and our Bye-laws, we do not currently have a nominating or corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee .   The NYSE   requires, among other things, that a listed U.S. company have an audit committee with a minimum of three members. As permitted by Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, our audit committee consists of two independent members of our Board of Directors.

Corporate Governance Guidelines .   The NYSE   requires U.S. companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Bermuda law and we have not adopted such guidelines.
 

 

 







 
95

 

PART III

ITEM 17.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See Item 18.


ITEM 18.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements listed below and set forth on pages F-1 through F-34 and A-1 through A-16 are filed as part of this annual report:

Financial Statements: Ship Finance International Limited
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-5
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7


Financial Statements: SFL Deepwater Ltd.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
A-2
Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
A-3
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008
A-4
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
A-5
Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
A-6
Notes to Financial Statements
A-7


The financial statements of SFL Deepwater Ltd. have been included in this document pursuant to Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X



 
96

 

 
ITEM 19.     EXHIBITS

Number
Description of Exhibit

1.1*
Memorandum of Association of Ship Finance International Limited (the "Company"), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Registration Statement, SEC File No. 333-115705, filed on May 21, 2004 (the "Original Registration Statement").
   
1.2*
Amended and Restated Bye-laws of the Company, as adopted on September 28, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Company's 6-K filed on October 22, 2007.
   
2.1*
Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's Original Registration Statement.
   
4.1*
Indenture relating to 8.5% Senior Notes due 2013, dated December 18, 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company's Original Registration Statement.
   
4.2*
Form of Performance Guarantee dated January 1, 2004, issued by Frontline Ltd, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Original Registration Statement.
   
4.3*
Amendment No. 4 to Performance Guarantee dated January 1, 2004, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's 2009 Annual Report as filed on Form 20-F on April 1, 2010.
   
4.4*
Form of Time Charter, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Original Registration Statement.
   
4.5*
Form of Vessel Management Agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Original Registration Statement.
   
4.6*
Form of Charter Ancillary Agreement dated January 1, 2004, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Original Registration Statement.
   
4.7*
Addendum No. 6 to Charter Ancillary Agreement dated January 1, 2004, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the Company's 2009 Annual Report as filed on Form 20-F on April 1, 2010.
   
4.8*
Amendments dated August 21, 2007, to the Charter Ancillary Agreements, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the Company's 2007 Annual Report as filed on Form 20-F on March 17, 2008.
   
4.9*
New Administrative Services Agreement dated November 29, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the Company's 2007 Annual Report as filed on Form 20-F on March 17, 2008.
   
4.10*
Share Option Scheme, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Company's 2006 Annual Report as filed on Form 20-F on July 2, 2007.
   
 
 
 
 
97

 
 
4.11
Bond Agreement relating to Ship Finance International Limited Callable Senior Unsecured Bond Issue 2010/2014, dated October 6, 2010.
   
4.12
Bond Agreement relating to Ship Finance International Limited Senior Unsecured Callable Convertible Bond Issue 2011/2016, dated February 11, 2011.
   
8.1
Subsidiaries of the Company.
   
12.1
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
   
12.2
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
   
13.1
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
13.2
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
15.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
   


* Incorporated herein by reference.

 
98

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



     
 
SHIP FINANCE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
 
(Registrant)
     
Date: March 25, 2011
By:
/s/ Ole B. Hjertaker
 
 
Ole B. Hjertaker
 
 
Principal Executive Officer


 
99

 



Ship Finance International Limited
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-5
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31 2010, 2009 and 2008
F-6
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7

 
F-1

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Ship Finance International Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ship Finance International Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010.  We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's annual report on internal controls over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ship Finance International Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.



/S/ MSPC
Certified Public Accountants and Advisors
A Professional Corporation
New York, New York
March 25, 2011

 
F-2

 

Ship Finance International Limited

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
for the years ended December 31, 2010,  2009 and 2008
(in thousands of $, except per share amounts)

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Operating revenues
                 
Direct financing lease interest income - related parties
    119,445       147,498       174,948  
Direct financing and sales-type lease interest income - non-related parties
    7,332       3,870       3,674  
Finance lease service revenues - related parties
    76,876       88,953       93,553  
Profit sharing revenues - related parties
    30,566       33,018       110,962  
Time charter revenues - related parties
    698       -       -  
Time charter revenues - non-related parties
    3,731       2,836       18,646  
Bareboat charter revenues - related parties
    21,863       20,402       21,188  
Bareboat charter revenues - non-related parties
    47,064       48,452       34,606  
Other operating income
    485       191       228  
Total operating revenues
    308,060       345,220       457,805  
                         
Gain on sale of assets
    28,104       24,721       17,377  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Ship operating expenses - related parties
    78,289       88,953       93,553  
Ship operating expenses - non-related parties
    2,732       2,541       6,353  
Depreciation
    34,201       30,236       28,038  
Vessel impairment charge
    -       26,756       -  
Administrative expenses - related parties
    424       411       1,013  
Administrative expenses - non-related parties
    8,673       11,780       8,823  
Total operating expenses
    124,319       160,677       137,780  
                         
Net operating income
    211,845       209,264       337,402  
Non-operating income / (expense)
                       
Interest income - related parties
    20,068       -       -  
Interest income - non-related parties
    1,039       240       3,478  
Interest expense - related parties
    (3,121 )     (15,923 )     (1,260 )
Interest expense - non-related parties
    (98,311 )     (101,152 )     (125,932 )
(Loss)/gain on purchase of  bonds
    (13 )     20,600       -  
Long-term investment impairment charge
    -       (7,110 )     -  
Other financial items, net
    (16,208 )     11,050       (54,876 )
Net income before equity in earnings of associated companies
    115,299       116,969       158,812  
                         
Equity in earnings of associated companies
    50,413       75,629       22,799  
                         
Net income
    165,712       192,598       181,611  
                         
Per share information:
                       
Basic earnings per share
    $2.10       $2.59       $2.50  
Diluted earnings per share
    $2.09       $2.59       $2.50  


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


 
F-3

 

Ship Finance International Limited

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
(in thousands of $)

   
2010
   
2009
 
ASSETS
           
Current assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
    86,967       84,186  
Restricted cash
    5,601       4,101  
Trade accounts receivable
    1,074       1,873  
Due from related parties
    32,745       35,251  
Other receivables
    4,127       1,076  
Inventories
    484       94  
Prepaid expenses and accrued income
    327       177  
Investment in direct financing and sales-type  leases, current portion
    103,976       139,889  
 Total current assets
    235,301       266,647  
                 
Vessels and equipment
    811,740       638,665  
Accumulated depreciation on vessels and equipment
    (116,229 )     (82,058 )
Vessels and equipment, net
    695,511       556,607  
Newbuildings
    90,601       71,047  
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases, long-term portion
    1,351,305       1,653,826  
Investment in associated companies
    164,364       501,203  
Loans to related parties, long-term
    325,612       -  
Other long-term investments
    2,945       2,329  
Deferred charges
    14,828       7,927  
Financial instruments (long-term): mark to market valuation
    1,894       -  
 Total assets
    2,882,361       3,059,586  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Current liabilities
               
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
    162,785       292,541  
Trade accounts payable
    449       8  
Due to related parties
    32,816       58,580  
Accrued expenses
    6,513       9,098  
Dividend payable
    -       11,214  
Other current liabilities
    6,138       6,600  
Total current liabilities
    208,701       378,041  
Long-term liabilities
               
Long-term debt
    1,760,069       1,843,409  
Financial instruments (long term): mark to market valuation
    57,291       58,346  
Other long-term liabilities
    27,380       30,462  
Total liabilities
    2,053,441       2,310,258  
Commitments and contingent liabilities
               
Stockholders' equity
               
Share capital
    79,125       79,125  
Additional paid-in capital
    60,261       59,307  
Contributed surplus
    532,143       506,559  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (43,950 )     (48,716 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss – associated companies
    (44,811 )     (33,415 )
Retained earnings
    246,152       186,468  
Total stockholders' equity
    828,920       749,328  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
    2,882,361       3,059,586  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-4

 

Ship Finance International Limited

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(in thousands of $)

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Operating activities
                 
Net income
    165,712       192,598       181,611  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    34,201       30,236       28,038  
Vessel impairment charge
    -       26,756       -  
Long-term investment impairment charge
    -       7,110       -  
Amortization of deferred charges
    5,036       5,507       3,777  
Amortization of seller's credit
    (2,072 )     (2,065 )     (2,144 )
Equity in earnings of associated companies
    (50,413 )     (75,629 )     (22,799 )
Gain on sale of assets
    (28,104 )     (24,721 )     (17,377 )
Adjustment of derivatives to market value
    14,733       (12,675 )     54,527  
Loss/(gain) on repurchase of bonds
    13       (20,600 )     -  
Other
    (248 )     98       (122 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
                       
Trade accounts receivable
    799       (1,438 )     (407 )
Due from related parties
    15,282       5,531       (3,909 )
Other receivables
    1,949       73       (1,996 )
Inventories
    (390 )     158       15  
Prepaid expenses and accrued income
    (150 )     3,461       (3,338 )
Trade accounts payable
    441       (11 )     (78 )
Accrued expenses
    (2,585 )     (8,839 )     965  
Other current liabilities
    (433 )     (28 )     (5,377 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    153,771       125,522       211,386  
                         
Investing activities
                       
Investment in direct financing lease assets
    -       -       (104,000 )
Repayments from investments in direct financing and sales-type  leases
    174,946       209,368       210,348  
Additions to newbuildings
    (157,736 )     (71,468 )     (22,395 )
Purchase of vessels
    (33,575 )     -       (60,200 )
Proceeds from sales of vessels
    39,500       163,086       23,005  
Proceeds on cancellation of newbuildings
    -       -       1,845  
Distribution from/(equity investment  in) associated companies
    435,000       -       (435,000 )
Net amounts (paid to)/received from associated companies
    (379,010 )     68,000       (7,891 )
Costs of other investments
    (648 )     (920 )     (6,537 )
(Placement)/redemption of restricted cash
    (1,500 )     56,002       (33,120 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    76,977       424,068       (433,945 )
                         
Financing activities
                       
Shares issued, net of issuance costs
    -       16,472       -  
Repurchase of bonds
    (11,917 )     (125,405 )     -  
Proceeds from issuance of short-term and long-term debt
    981,234       134,500       576,973  
Repayments of short-term and long-term debt
    (1,056,040 )     (446,061 )     (251,451 )
Debt fees paid
    (12,417 )     (752 )     (1,551 )
Cash settlement of derivative instruments
    (11,592 )     (14,666 )     (10,655 )
Cash dividends paid
    (117,235 )     (75,567 )     (122,937 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (227,967 )     (511,479 )     190,379  
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    2,781       38,111       (32,180 )
Cash and cash equivalents at start of the year
    84,186       46,075       78,255  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
    86,967       84,186       46,075  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
    99,106       117,231       126,759  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-5

 

Ship Finance International Limited

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(in thousands of $, except number of shares)

   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Number of shares outstanding
                 
At beginning of year
    79,125,000       72,743,737       72,743,737  
Shares issued
    -       6,381,263       -  
At end of year
    79,125,000       79,125,000       72,743,737  
                         
Share capital
                       
At beginning of year
    79,125       72,744       72,744  
Shares issued
    -       6,381       -  
At end of year
    79,125       79,125       72,744  
                         
Additional paid-in capital
                       
At beginning of year
    59,307       2,194       737  
Transfer to contributed surplus
    -       (2,194 )     -  
Employee stock options issued
    954       1,392       1,457  
Shares issued
    -       57,915       -  
At end of year
    60,261       59,307       2,194  
                         
Contributed surplus
                       
At beginning of year
    506,559       496,922       485,119  
Transfer from additional paid-in capital
    -       2,194       -  
Amortization of deferred equity contributions
    25,584       7,443       11,803  
At end of year
    532,143       506,559       496,922  
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
                       
At beginning of year
    (48,716 )     (90,064 )     (13,894 )
Loss on hedging financial instruments reclassified into earnings
    14,629       -       -  
Fair value adjustment to hedging financial instruments
    (9,858 )     41,248       (76,019 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (5 )     100       (151 )
At end of year
    (43,950 )     (48,716 )     (90,064 )
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive loss – associated companies
                       
At beginning of year
    (33,415 )     (49,244 )     -  
Fair value adjustment to hedging financial instruments
    (11,396 )     15,829       (49,244 )
At end of year
    (44,811 )     (33,415 )     (49,244 )
                         
Retained earnings
                       
At beginning of year
    186,468       84,798       69,771  
Net income
    165,712       192,598       181,611  
Dividends declared
    (106,028 )     (90,928 )     (166,584 )
At end of year
    246,152       186,468       84,798  
Total Stockholders' Equity
    828,920       749,328       517,350  
                         
Comprehensive income
                       
Net income
    165,712       192,598       181,611  
                         
Loss on hedging financial instruments reclassified into earnings
    14,629       -       -  
Fair value adjustment to hedging financial instruments
    (9,858 )     41,248       (76,019 )
Fair value adjustment to hedging financial instruments in associated companies
    (11,396 )     15,829       (49,244 )
Other comprehensive(loss)  income
    (5 )     100       (151 )
Comprehensive income
    159,082       249,775       56,197  


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-6

 

SHIP FINANCE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.
 
GENERAL
 
Ship Finance International Limited ("Ship Finance" or the "Company"), a publicly listed company on the New York Stock Exchange (ticker SFL), was incorporated in Bermuda in October 2003 as a subsidiary of Frontline Ltd. ("Frontline") for the purpose of acquiring certain of the shipping assets of Frontline. In December 2003, Ship Finance acquired from Frontline a fleet of 47 crude oil tankers (including one purchase option for a tanker), which were all chartered back to the Frontline subsidiary Frontline Shipping Limited ("Frontline Shipping") for most of their estimated remaining lives. Since then additional vessels have been acquired from Frontline and chartered back to Frontline Shipping II Limited ("Frontline Shipping II"), also a subsidiary of Frontline. Additionally, since 2006, the Company has reduced its non-double hull tanker fleet from 18 vessels to five vessels as at December 31, 2010, and these five vessels have each had their charters assigned to Frontline Shipping III Limited ("Frontline Shipping III"), also a subsidiary of Frontline. Frontline Shipping, Frontline Shipping II and Frontline Shipping III are collectively referred to as the "Frontline Charterers". The Company has also entered into fixed rate management and administrative services agreements with Frontline to provide for the operation and maintenance of the Company's tankers and administrative support services.

 Since 2006, in addition to the tankers acquired from Frontline, the Company has acquired vessels of other types, in line with its strategy to expand and diversify. As of December 31, 2010, the Company owned 22 very large crude oil carriers ("VLCCs"), eight Suezmax crude oil carriers, eight oil/bulk/ore carriers ("OBOs"), two Supramax drybulk carriers, nine container vessels, one jack-up drilling rig, three ultra-deepwater drilling units, six offshore supply vessels and two chemical tankers. The above includes the Suezmax tankers Glorycrown and Everbright , which are subject to sales-type lease agreements. The jack-up drilling rig and the three ultra-deepwater drilling units referred to above are owned by wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company that are accounted for using the equity method (see Note 14). In addition, as at December 31, 2010, the Company had contracted to acquire seven Handysize drybulk carriers and three Supramax drybulk carriers.

Since its incorporation in 2003 and public listing in 2004, Ship Finance has established itself as a leading international ship-owning company, expanding both its asset and customer base.
 
2.
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Accounting
 
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("US GAAP"). The consolidated financial statements include the assets and liabilities and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.  All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

Consolidation of variable interest entities
 
A variable interest entity is defined in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 810 "Consolidation" ("ASC 810") as a legal entity where either (a) the total equity at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated support; (b) equity interest holders as a group lack either i) the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact on its economic success, ii) the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity, or iii) the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity; or (c) the voting rights of some investors in the entity are not proportional to their economic interests and the activities of the entity involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest.

 
F-7

 


ASC 810 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary, being the interest holder, if any, which has both (1) the power to direct the activities of the entity which most significantly impact on the entity's economic performance, and (2) the right to receive benefits or the obligation to absorb losses from the entity which could potentially be significant to the entity.

We evaluate our subsidiaries, and any other entities in which we hold a variable interest, in order to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity, and where it is determined that we are the primary beneficiary we fully consolidate the entity.

Investments in associated companies
 
Investments in companies over which the Company exercises significant influence but which it does not consolidate are accounted for using the equity method. The Company records its investments in equity-method investees on the consolidated balance sheets as "Investment in associated companies" and its share of the investees' earnings or losses in the consolidated statements of operations as "Equity in earnings of associated companies".

Use of accounting estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires that management make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Foreign currencies
 
The Company's functional currency is the U.S. dollar as the majority of revenues are received in U.S. dollars and a majority of the Company's expenditures are made in U.S. dollars. The Company's reporting currency is also the U.S. dollar. Most of the Company's subsidiaries report in U.S. dollars. Transactions in foreign currencies during the year are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated using rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Foreign currency non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated using historical rates of exchange. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Revenue and expense recognition
 
Revenues and expenses are recognized on the accrual basis. Revenues are generated from time charter hire, bareboat charter hire, direct financing lease interest income, sales-type lease interest income, finance lease service revenues and profit sharing arrangements.
 
Each charter agreement is evaluated and classified as an operating or a capital lease. Rental receipts from operating leases are recognized in income over the period to which the receipt relates.
 
Rental payments from capital leases, which are either direct financing leases or sales-type leases, are allocated between lease service revenue, if applicable, lease interest income and repayment of net investment in leases. The amount allocated to lease service revenue is based on the estimated fair value, at the time of entering the lease agreement, of the services provided which consist of ship management and operating services.

 
F-8

 



Any contingent elements of rental income, such as profit share or interest rate adjustments, are recognized when the contingent conditions have materialized and the rentals are due and collectible.

Cash and cash equivalents
 
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, all demand and time deposits and highly liquid, low risk investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered equivalent to cash.

Depreciation of vessels and equipment (including operating lease assets)
 
The cost of fixed assets less estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining economic useful life of the asset. The estimated economic useful life of our offshore assets, including drilling rigs and drillships, is 30 years and for all other vessels it is 25 years.  These are common life expectancies applied in the shipping and offshore industries.

Where an asset is subject to an operating lease that includes fixed price purchase options, the projected net book value of the asset is compared to the option price at the various option dates. If any option price is less than the projected net book value at an option date, the initial depreciation schedule is amended so that the carrying value of the asset is written down on a straight line basis to the option price at the option date. If the option is not exercised, this process is repeated so as to amortize the remaining carrying value, on a straight line basis, to the estimated scrap value or the option price at the next option date, as appropriate.

This accounting policy for the depreciation of fixed assets has the effect that if an option is exercised there will be either a) no gain or loss on the sale of the asset or b) in the event that the option is exercised at a price in excess of the net book value at the option date, a gain will be reported in the statement of operations at the date of delivery to the new owners, under the heading "gain on sale of assets".

Newbuildings
 
The carrying value of vessels under construction ("newbuildings") represents the accumulated costs to the balance sheet date which the Company has paid by way of purchase installments and other capital expenditures together with capitalized loan interest and associated finance costs. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we capitalized $0.3 million of interest (2009: $0.6 million).  No charge for depreciation is made until a newbuilding is put into operation.

Investment in Capital Leases
 
Leases (charters) of our vessels where we are the lessor are classified as either capital leases or operating leases, based on an assessment of the terms of the lease. For charters classified as capital leases, the minimum lease payments (reduced in the case of time-chartered vessels by projected vessel operating costs) plus the estimated residual value of the vessel are recorded as the gross investment in the capital lease.

For capital leases that are direct financing leases, the difference between the gross investment in the lease and the carrying value of the vessel is recorded as unearned lease interest income. The net investment in the lease consists of the gross investment less the unearned income. Over the period of the lease each charter payment received, net of vessel operating costs if applicable, is allocated between "lease interest income" and "repayment of investment in lease" in such a way as to produce a constant percentage rate of return on the balance of the net investment in the direct financing lease. Thus, as the balance of the net investment in each direct financing lease decreases, a lower proportion of each lease payment received is allocated to lease interest income and a greater proportion is allocated to lease repayment. For direct financing leases relating to time chartered vessels, the portion of each time charter payment received that relates to vessel operating costs is classified as "lease service revenue".

 
F-9

 


For capital leases that are sales-type leases, the difference between the gross investment in the lease and the sum of the present values of the two components of the gross investment is recorded as unearned lease interest income. The discount rate used in determining the present values is the interest rate implicit in the lease. The present value of the minimum lease payments, computed using the interest rate implicit in the lease, is recorded as the sales price, from which the carrying value of the vessel at the commencement of the lease is deducted in order to determine the profit or loss on sale. As is the case for direct financing leases, the unearned lease interest income is amortized to income over the period of the lease so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Where a capital lease relates to a charter arrangement containing fixed price purchase options, the projected carrying value of the net investment in the lease is compared to the option price at the various option dates. If any option price is less than the projected net investment in the lease at an option date, the rate of amortization of unearned lease interest income is adjusted to reduce the net investment to the option price at the option date. If the option is not exercised, this process is repeated so as to reduce the net investment in the lease to the un-guaranteed residual value or the option price at the next option date, as appropriate.

This accounting policy for investments in capital leases has the effect that if an option is exercised there will either be a) no gain or loss on the exercise of the option or b) in the event that an option is exercised at a price in excess of the net investment in the lease at the option date, a gain will be reported in the statement of operations at the date of delivery to the new owners.

Other Investments
 
Other long term investments are measured at fair value using the best available value indicators. The Company currently has one such investment in shares which are not publicly traded. The best estimate available for the valuation of this investment is the cost basis. When using this basis of valuation, the Company carries out regular reviews for possible impairment adjustments. Following such a review, an adjustment was made to the carrying value of this asset in 2009, which was reported in the consolidated statement of operations as "Long term investment impairment charge".

Deemed Equity Contributions
 
The Company has accounted for the acquisition of vessels from Frontline at Frontline's historical carrying value.  The difference between the historical carrying value and the net investment in the lease has been recorded as a deferred deemed equity contribution. This deferred deemed equity contribution is presented as a reduction in the net investment in direct financing leases in the balance sheet.  This results from the related party nature of both the transfer of the vessel and the subsequent direct financing lease.  The deferred deemed equity contribution is amortized as a credit to contributed surplus over the life of the new lease arrangement, as lease payments are applied to the principal balance of the lease receivable.


 
F-10

 

Impairment of long-lived assets
 
The carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used by the Company are reviewed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses recoverability of the carrying value of the asset by estimating the future net cash flows expected to result from the asset, including eventual disposition. If the future net cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the asset's carrying value and fair value. In addition, long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less estimated costs to sell. The Company carried out a review of the carrying value of its vessels, drilling rigs and long-term investment in the second quarter of the year ended December 31, 2009, and concluded that the carrying values of its six single-hull vessels, excluding those sold under sales-type lease agreements, and its investment were impaired. Following the impairment charges taken against these assets, the review of the carrying value of long-lived assets as at December 31, 2010, indicated that none of the Company's asset values are further impaired.

Deferred charges
 
Loan costs, including debt arrangement fees, are capitalized and amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant loan. The straight line basis of amortization approximates the effective interest method in the Company's statement of operations. Amortization of loan costs is included in interest expense. If a loan is repaid early, any unamortized portion of the related deferred charges is charged against income in the period in which the loan is repaid.

Financial Instruments
 
In determining the fair value of its financial instruments, the Company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. For the majority of financial instruments, including most derivatives and long term debt, standard market conventions and techniques such as options pricing models are used to determine fair value. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.
 
Derivatives
 
Interest rate and currency swaps
 
The Company enters into interest rate swap transactions from time to time to hedge a portion of its exposure to floating interest rates. These transactions involve the conversion of floating interest rates into fixed rates over the life of the transactions without an exchange of underlying principal. The Company also enters into currency swap transactions from time to time to hedge against the effects of exchange rate fluctuations on loan liabilities. Currency swap transactions involve the exchange of fixed amounts of other currencies for fixed US dollar amounts over the life of the transactions, including an exchange of underlying principal.  The fair values of the interest rate and currency swap contracts are recognized as assets or liabilities, and for certain of the Company's swaps changes in fair values are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. When the interest rate and/or currency swap qualifies for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815 "Derivatives and Hedging" ("ASC 815"), and the Company has formally designated the swap instrument as a hedge to the underlying loan, and when the hedge is effective, the changes in the fair value of the swap are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Total return bond swaps
 
The Company may enter into short-term total return bond swap lines with banks, whereby the banks acquire the Company's Senior Notes and the Company carries the risk of fluctuations in the market price of the acquired notes. The Company pays variable rate interest to the banks calculated on the nominal value of the bonds held under the swap arrangement, and receives the fixed rate coupon interest paid on the bonds held by the banks. The fair value of the bond swaps are recognized as an asset or liability, with the changes in fair values recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

 
F-11

 


Total return equity swaps
 
The Company may enter into Total Return Swaps ("TRS") indexed to the Company's own shares, whereby the counterparty acquires shares in the Company, and the Company carries the risk of fluctuations in the share price of the acquired shares. The settlement amount for each TRS transaction will be (A) the proceeds on sale of the shares plus all dividends received by the counterparty while holding the shares, less (B) the cost of purchasing the shares plus an agreed compensation for cost of carriage for the counterparty. Settlement will be either a payment from or to the counterparty, depending on whether A is more or less than B. The fair value of each TRS is recorded as an asset or liability, with the changes in fair values recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company may, from time to time, enter into TRS arrangements indexed to shares in other companies and these are reported in the same way.

Drydocking provisions
 
Normal vessel repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense when incurred. The Company recognizes the cost of a drydocking at the time the drydocking takes place, that is, it applies the "expense as incurred" method.

Earnings per share
 
Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is computed based on the income available to common stockholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding for basic EPS. Diluted EPS includes the effect of the assumed conversion of potentially dilutive instruments.

Stock-based compensation
 
The Company has adopted ASC Topic 718 "Compensation – Stock Compensation" ("ASC 718"), under which we are required to expense the fair value of stock options issued to employees over the period the options vest. The Company uses the simplified method for making estimates of the expected term of stock options.

Reclassifications
 
Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

3.
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
In December 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-17 "Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities" ("ASU 2009-17"). ASU 2009-17 amends the evaluation criteria to identify the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. Additionally, ASU 2009-17 requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of the variable interest entity and additional disclosures. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 by the Company with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-01 "Accounting for Distributions to Shareholders with Components of Stock and Cash" in order to eliminate diversity in the way different enterprises reflect new shares issued as part of a distribution in their calculation of Earnings Per Share ("EPS"). The provisions of ASU 2010-01 are effective on a retrospective basis and their adoption had no impact on the Company's reported EPS.

 
F-12

 


In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06 "Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements", to add new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to Level 3 measurements. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have a material impact on the Company's disclosures or consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
In July 2010,  the FASB issued ASU 2010-20 "Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses", in order to address concerns about the sufficiency, transparency and robustness of credit risk disclosures for finance receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. The adoption of ASU 2010-20 with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have a material impact on the Company's disclosures or consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 
4.
 
SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company has only one reportable segment.

The Company's assets operate on a world-wide basis and the Company's management does not evaluate performance by geographical region, as any such information would not be meaningful.
 
5.      TAXATION
 
Bermuda
 
Under current Bermudan law, the Company is not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains. The Company has received written assurance from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any such taxes being imposed, the Company will be exempted from taxation until the year 2016.

United States
 
The Company does not accrue U.S. income taxes as, in the opinion of U.S. counsel, the Company is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business and is exempted from a gross basis tax under Section 883 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.
 
A reconciliation between the income tax expense resulting from applying statutory income tax rates and the reported income tax expense has not been presented herein, as it would not provide additional useful information to users of the financial statements as the Company's net income is subject to neither Bermuda nor U.S. tax.

Other Jurisdictions
 
Certain of the Company's subsidiaries and branches in Singapore, Norway and the United Kingdom are subject to taxation. The tax paid by subsidiaries of the Company that are subject to this taxation is not material.

 
F-13

 


 
6.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
The computation of basic EPS is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS includes the effect of the assumed conversion of potentially dilutive instruments.

The components of the numerator for the calculation of basic and diluted EPS are as follows:

     
Year ended December 31
       
2010
     
2009
     
2008
 
 
Net income available to stockholders
    165,712       192,598       181,611  

 
The components of the denominator for the calculation of basic and diluted EPS are as follows:
 
     
Year ended December 31
 
 
(in thousands)
 
2010
    2009    
2008
 
 
Basic earnings per share:
                 
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    79,056       74,399       72,744  
 
Diluted earnings per share:
                       
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    79,056       74,399       72,744  
 
Effect of dilutive share options
    227       5       28  
        79,283       74,404       72,772  

7.     OPERATING LEASES
 
Rental income
 
 
The minimum future revenues to be received under the Company's non-cancelable operating leases on its vessels as of December 31, 2010, are as follows:

 
(in thousands of $)
Year ending December 31
 
 
2011
    80,380  
 
2012
    76,958  
 
2013
    76,123  
 
2014
    76,088  
 
2015
    74,079  
 
Thereafter
    256,399  
 
Total minimum lease revenues
    640,027  


 
The cost and accumulated depreciation of vessels leased to third parties on operating leases at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Cost
    811,740       638,665  
 
Accumulated depreciation
    116,229       82,058  
 
Vessels and equipment, net
    695,511       556,607  


 
F-14

 


8.
 
GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS
 
 During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company realized the following gains / (losses) on sales of vessels:
 
 
( in thousands of $)
Vessel
 
Imputed sales price
   
Book value
   
Gain/(loss)
 
 
Everbright
    95,100       69,091       26,009  
 
Front Vista
    58,532       56,732       1,800  
 
Golden River
    9,698       9,819       (121 )
 
Front Sabang
    15,203       14,787       416  
        178,533       150,429       28,104  
 
The E v erbright was a newbuilding Suezmax tanker which, on delivery from the yard in March 2010, was sold under a sales-type lease agreement, concluding in March 2015. Total agreed cash payments of $113 million will be received over the five year term and the imputed sale price above has been calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 840 "Leases". The vessel will be included in net investment in sales-type leases until the lease ends in 2015.

The VLCC Front Vista was accounted for as a direct financing lease asset and was sold in February 2010 to a subsidiary of Frontline. The above sales price included a charter termination fee receivable.

The single-hull VLCC Golden River was accounted for as an operating lease asset and was sold in April 2010 to an unrelated party. The above sales price on disposal is shown net of charter termination payments.

The single-hull VLCC Front Sabang was accounted for as a sales-type lease asset, chartered until October 2011 with the charterer obliged to purchase the vessel at the end of the charter. In August 2010, the charterer exercised an option to purchase the vessel before the end of the charter.

9.
 
OTHER FINANCIAL ITEMS
 
Other financial items comprise the following items:
 
     
Year ended December 31
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
Net (decrease)/increase  in mark-to-market valuation of financial instruments
    (14,733 )     12,675       (54,527 )
 
Other items
    (1,475 )     (1,625 )     (349 )
 
Total other financial items
    (16,208 )     11,050       (54,876 )

The net (decrease)/increase in mark-to-market valuations relates to the ineffective portion of interest rate swaps that have been designated as cash flow hedges, and also to total return equity swaps, total return bond swaps, terminated interest rate swaps and undesignated interest rate swaptions. Changes in the valuations of the effective portion of interest rate swaps that are designated as cash flow hedges are reported under "Other comprehensive income". The above decrease in valuation of financial instruments in the year ended December 31, 2010, includes $14.6 million reclassified from "Other comprehensive income" (2009: $nil; 2008: $nil), resulting from the termination of interest rate swaps relating to the $1,131 million secured term loan facility, which was repaid in March 2010.

Other items include bank charges, fees relating to loan facilities and foreign currency translation adjustments.

 
F-15

 


 
10.
 
RESTRICTED CASH
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Restricted cash
    5,601       4,101  

Restricted cash consists mainly of deposits held as collateral by the relevant banks in connection with loans, interest rate swaps and currency swaps (see Note 22). Restricted cash does not include minimum consolidated cash balances required to be maintained as part of the financial covenants in some of the Company's loan facilities, as these amounts are included in "Cash and cash equivalents".
 
11.    TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
Trade accounts receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful trade accounts receivable was $nil at both December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Other receivables
 
Other receivables are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts. As at December 31, 2010 and 2009 there was no allowance.
 
12.  VESSELS AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
 
( in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Cost
    811,740       638,665  
 
Accumulated depreciation
    116,229       82,058  
 
Vessels and equipment, net
    695,511       556,607  

Depreciation expense was $34.2 million, $30.2 million and $28.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
13.    INVESTMENTS IN DIRECT FINANCING AND SALES-TYPE LEASES
 
Most of the Company's double-hull VLCCs, Suezmaxes and OBOs are chartered to Frontline Shipping and Frontline Shipping II on long-term, fixed rate time charters which extend for various periods depending on the age of the vessels, ranging from approximately four to 16 years. The terms of the charters do not provide Frontline Shipping and Frontline Shipping II with an option to terminate the charter before the end of its term.

Two of the Company's offshore supply vessels are chartered on long term bareboat charters to DESS Cyprus Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Deep Sea Supply Plc. ("Deep Sea"), a related party. The terms of the charters provide the charterer with various call options to acquire the vessels at certain dates throughout the charters, which expire in 2020.

As of December 31, 2010, 33 of the Company's assets were accounted for as direct financing leases, all of which are leased to related parties. In addition, two of the Company's assets leased to non-related parties, Glorycrown and Everbright, were accounted for as sales-type leases.

 
F-16

 


The following lists the components of the investments in direct financing and sales-type leases as at December 31, 2010, of which Glorycrown and Everbright accounted for $104.5 million.
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Total minimum lease payments to be received
    2,779,907       3,339,545  
 
Less : amounts representing estimated executory costs including profit thereon, included in total minimum lease payments
    (726,751 )     (831,275 )
 
Net minimum lease payments receivable
    2,053,156       2,508,270  
 
Estimated residual values of leased property (un-guaranteed)
    370,379       522,873  
 
Less : unearned income
    (770,417 )     (1,013,139 )
        1,653,118       2,018,004  
 
Less : deferred deemed equity contribution
    (180,890 )     (206,474 )
 
Less : unamortized gains
    (16,947 )     (17,815 )
 
Total investment in direct financing and sales-type  leases
    1,455,281       1,793,715  
                   
 
Current portion
    103,976       139,889  
 
Long-term portion
    1,351,305       1,653,826  
        1,455,281       1,793,715  

The minimum future gross revenues to be received under the Company's non-cancellable direct financing and sales-type leases as of December 31, 2010, are as follows:
 
 
(in thousands of $)
Year ending December 31
 
 
2011
    283,145  
 
2012
    276,802  
 
2013
    272,565  
 
2014
    352,934  
 
2015
    234,674  
 
Thereafter
    1,359,787  
 
Total minimum lease revenues
    2,779,907  
 
14.   INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATED COMPANIES
 
The Company has certain wholly-owned subsidiaries which are accounted for using the equity method as it has been determined under ASC 810 that they are variable interest entities in which Ship Finance is not the primary beneficiary. This determination is due, in each case, to the subsidiary owning assets on which the underlying leases include both fixed price call options and fixed price put options or purchase obligations.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had the following participation in investments that are recorded using the equity method:
 
     
2010
   
2009
 
 
Front Shadow Inc. ("Front Shadow")
    -       100.00 %
 
SFL West Polaris Limited ("SFL West Polaris")
    100.00 %     100.00 %
 
SFL Deepwater Ltd ("SFL Deepwater")
    100.00 %     100.00 %
 
Rig Finance II Limited ("Rig Finance II")
    100.00 %     -  

Front Shadow Inc. ("Front Shadow") is a 100% owned subsidiary of Ship Finance, incorporated in 2006 for the purpose of holding a Panamax drybulk carrier and leasing that vessel to Golden Ocean Group Limited ("Golden Ocean"), a related party. In December 2010, the lease with Golden Ocean was terminated and the vessel was sold at Golden Ocean's purchase option price of $21.5 million, whereupon Front Shadow ceased to be a variable interest entity accounted for using the equity method. On sale of its vessel, $14.5 million outstanding under Front Shadow's $22.7 million term loan facility was repaid in full, and from the date of disposal Front Shadow has been fully consolidated by the Company.

 
F-17

 


SFL West Polaris Limited ("SFL West Polaris") is a 100% owned subsidiary of Ship Finance, incorporated in 2008 for the purpose of holding an ultra deepwater drillship and leasing that vessel to Seadrill Polaris Ltd. ("Seadrill Polaris"), fully guaranteed by Seadrill. In July 2008, SFL West Polaris entered into a $700.0 million term loan facility and at December 31, 2010, the balance outstanding under this facility was $546.0 million. The Company guaranteed $90.0 million of this debt at December 31, 2010. The vessel is chartered on a bareboat basis and the terms of the charter provide the charterer with various call options to acquire the vessel at certain dates throughout the charter. In addition, SFL West Polaris has a put option to sell the vessel to Seadrill Polaris at a fixed price at the end of the charter, which expires in 2023.

SFL Deepwater Ltd ("SFL Deepwater") is a 100% owned subsidiary of Ship Finance, incorporated in 2008 for the purpose of holding two ultra deepwater drilling rigs and leasing those rigs to Seadrill Deepwater Charterer Ltd. ("Seadrill Deepwater") and Seadrill Offshore AS ("Seadrill Offshore"), fully guaranteed by Seadrill. In September 2008, SFL Deepwater entered into a $1,400.0 million term loan facility and at December 31, 2010, the balance outstanding under this facility was $1,099.4 million. The Company guarantees $200.0 million of this debt. The rigs are chartered on a bareboat basis and the terms of the charter provide each of the charterers with various call options to acquire the rigs at certain dates throughout the charter. In addition, there is an obligation for each of the charterers to purchase the respective rigs at fixed prices at the end of the charters, which expire in 2023.

Rig Finance II Limited ("Rig Finance II") is a 100% owned subsidiary of Ship Finance, incorporated in 2007 for the purpose of holding a jack-up drilling rig and leasing that rig to Seadrill Prospero Limited, fully guaranteed by Seadrill. In February 2007, Rig Finance II entered into a $170 million term loan facility and at December 31, 2010, the balance outstanding under this facility was $101.2 million. The Company guarantees $20.0 million of this debt. The rig is chartered on a bareboat basis and the terms of the charter initially provided the charterer with various call options to acquire the rig at certain dates throughout the charter, which expires in 2022. On December 31, 2010, the terms of the charter were amended to provide the charterer with two additional call options in exchange for Rig Finance II receiving a put option at the end of the charter. Prior to the charter amendment, Rig Finance II was fully consolidated by the Company on the basis that it was a variable interest entity in which the Company was the primary beneficiary. The charter amendment has resulted in the Company no longer being the primary beneficiary of Rig Finance II, which accordingly under ASC 810 is accounted for using the equity method with effect from December 31, 2010.

        Summarized balance sheet information of the Company's equity method investees is as follows:
 
     
As of December 31, 2010
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
TOTAL
   
Rig
Finance II
   
Front
Shadow
  (1)
   
SFL West Polaris
   
SFL Deepwater
 
 
Current assets
    297,578       38,447       -       89,612       169,519  
 
Non-current assets
    1,996,461       125,397       -       612,878       1,258,186  
 
Current liabilities
    258,217       9,248       -       80,451       168,518  
 
Non-current liabilities
    1,871,458       91,910       -       600,082       1,179,466  
 
 
(1)
Front Shadow was not accounted for under the equity method at December 31, 2010.

 
F-18

 



     
As of December 31, 2009
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
TOTAL
   
Rig
Finance II
(2)
   
Front
Shadow
   
SFL West Polaris
   
SFL Deepwater
 
 
Current assets
    316,822       -       1,882       112,002       202,938  
 
Non-current assets
    2,125,707       -       21,626       692,690       1,411,391  
 
Current liabilities
    247,575       -       6,055       77,403       164,117  
 
Non-current liabilities
    1,693,751       -       14,460       578,088       1,101,203  
 
 
(2)
Rig Finance II was not accounted for under the equity method at December 31, 2009.
 
The equity invested by Ship Finance in SFL West Polaris and SFL Deepwater at December 31, 2009, was in the form of contributed surplus, amounting to $145 million and $290 million, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2010, these two companies made distributions of $145 million and $290 million, respectively, to Ship Finance out of contributed surplus, as permitted by Section 54 of the Bermuda Companies Act.

 
Summarized statement of operations information of the Company's equity method investees is shown below.  Information for Rig Finance II is not included, because its operating results are fully consolidated up to December 31, 2010.

     
Year ended December 31, 2010
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
TOTAL
   
Front
Shadow
   
SFL West Polaris
   
SFL Deepwater
 
 
Operating revenues
    137,344       899       52,318       84,127  
 
Net operating income
    137,149       749       52,316       84,084  
 
Net income
    50,413       548       14,569       35,296  


     
Year ended December 31, 2009
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
TOTAL
   
Front
Shadow
   
SFL West Polaris
   
SFL Deepwater
 
 
Operating revenues
    150,473       1,109       57,547       91,817  
 
Net operating income
    150,230       1,096       57,442       91,692  
 
Net income
    75,629       864       22,476       52,289  


     
Year ended December 31, 2008
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
TOTAL
   
Front Shadow
   
SFL West Polaris
   
SFL Deepwater
 
 
Operating revenues
    44,823       1,632       28,156       15,035  
 
Net operating income
    44,560       1,630       28,024       14,906  
 
Net income
    22,799       939       13,354       8,506  
 
15.    ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Ship operating expenses
    537       84  
 
Administrative expenses
    704       1,333  
 
Interest expense
    5,272       7,681  
        6,513       9,098  
 

 

 
F-19

 

 
16.    DIVIDEND PAYABLE
 
On November 27, 2009, the Board declared a dividend of $0.30 per share totaling $23.4 million, to be paid on or about January 27, 2010, in cash or, at the election of the shareholder, in newly issued common shares at a price of $13.16 per share.  As a result of the shareholders' elections, this dividend was settled in January 2010 by the issue of 930,483 new shares and cash payments of $11.2 million. The newly issued shares were included in reported share capital as at December 31, 2009, and the $11.2 million payable in cash was presented in the balance sheet as "Dividend payable". On November 23, 2010, the Board declared a dividend of $0.36 per share totaling $28.5 million, which was paid in cash on December 30, 2010. Accordingly, there was no outstanding dividend payable at December 31, 2010.
 
17.   SHORT-TERM AND LO NG-TERM DEBT
 
 
    (in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Long-term debt:
           
 
 8.5% Senior Notes due 2013
    296,074       301,074  
 
NOK500 million senior unsecured floating rate bonds due 2014
    78,955       -  
 
U.S dollar fixed rate loan due 2011 to a related party
    -       90,000  
 
U.S. dollar denominated floating rate debt (LIBOR plus margin) due through 2019
    1,547,825       1,718,376  
        1,922,854       2,109,450  
 
Short-term debt:
               
 
    U.S dollar floating rate loan due 2010 to a related party
    -       26,500  
 
Total short-term and long-term debt
    1,922,854       2,135,950  
 
Less : short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt
    (162,785 )     (292,541 )
        1,760,069       1,843,409  
 
The outstanding debt as of December 31, 2010 is repayable as follows:

 
(in thousands of $)
Year ending December 31
     
 
2011
    162,785  
 
2012
    354,880  
 
2013
    465,855  
 
2014
    369,311  
 
2015
    367,008  
 
Thereafter
    203,015  
 
Total debt
    1,922,854  

The weighted average interest rate for floating rate debt denominated in U.S. dollars and Norwegian kroner ("NOK") as at December 31, 2010, was 4.13% per annum (2009: 3.59% per annum). These rates take into consideration the effect of related interest rate swaps. At December 31, 2010, the three month dollar LIBOR rate was 0.303% (2009: 0.251%) and the three month Norwegian kroner NIBOR rate was 2.62%.

8.5% Senior Notes due 2013
 
On December 15, 2003, the Company issued $580 million of 8.5% senior notes.  Interest on the notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15. The notes were not redeemable prior to December 15, 2008, except in certain circumstances. After this date the Company may redeem notes at redemption prices which reduce from an initial redemption price of 104.25% to a redemption price of 100% from December 15, 2011, onwards.

 
F-20

 


In 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company bought back and cancelled notes with an aggregate principal amount of $130.9 million. No notes were bought in 2007 and 2008.  In 2009 and 2010, the Company purchased notes with principal amounts totalling $148.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively, which are being held as treasury notes and against which certain borrowings are secured (see below). A gain of $20.6 million was recorded on the purchases in 2009 and a loss of $13,000 was recorded on the purchases in 2010. The net amount outstanding at December 31, 2010, was $296.1 million (2009: $301.1 million).

NOK500 million senior unsecured bonds due 2014
 
On October 7, 2010, the Company issued a senior unsecured bond loan totaling NOK500.0 million in the Norwegian credit markets. The bonds bear quarterly interest at NIBOR plus a margin and are redeemable in full on April 7, 2014.  The bonds may, in their entirety, be redeemed at the Company's option from October 7, 2013, until April 6, 2014, upon giving bondholders at least 30 days notice and paying 100.50% of par value plus accrued interest. Subsequent to the issue of the bonds, the Company purchased bonds with principal amounts totaling NOK40.5 million, which are being held as treasury bonds. The net amount outstanding at December 31, 2010, was NOK459.5 million ($79.0 million).

$115 million loan due to a related party
 
In November 2008, the Company entered into a $115 million loan agreement at a fixed interest rate with a related party. The $90.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2010, was repaid in March 2010.
 
$1,131 million secured term loan facility
 
In February 2005, the Company entered into a $1,131 million six year term loan facility with a syndicate of banks. The facility was repaid in March 2010, when it was replaced with a new $725 million facility (see below).

$350 million combined senior and junior secured term loan facility
 
In June 2005, the Company entered into a combined $350 million senior and junior secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks, for the purpose of partly funding the acquisition of five VLCCs. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin for the senior loan and LIBOR plus a different margin for the junior loan. The facility has a term of seven years.

$210 million secured term loan facility
 
In April 2006, five wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $210 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to partly fund the acquisition of five new container vessels.  The Company has not provided any corporate guarantees for this facility. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of 12 years from the date of drawdown.

$149 million secured term loan facility
 
In August 2007, five wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $149 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks.  The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of five new offshore supply vessels. One of the vessels was sold in January 2008 and the loan facility now relates to the remaining four vessels. The Company has provided a limited corporate guarantee for this facility. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of seven years.

 
F-21

 


$77 million secured term loan facility
 
In January 2008, two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $77 million secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks.  The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of two offshore supply vessels. The Company has provided a limited corporate guarantee for this facility. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of seven years.
 
$30 million secured revolving credit facility
 
In February 2008, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a $30 million secured revolving credit facility with a bank.  The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of the container vessel SFL Europa . The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of seven years.  At December 31, 2010, the available amount under the facility was fully drawn.

$49 million secured term loan facility
 
In March 2008, two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $49 million secured term loan facility with a bank.  The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the acquisition of two newbuilding chemical tankers. The Company has provided a limited corporate guarantee for this facility. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of ten years.

$70 million secured revolving credit facility
 
In June 2008, three wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $70 million secured revolving credit facility with a bank.  The proceeds of the facility were secured against three single-hull VLCCs, two of which were sold in 2009. The remaining VLCC was sold in 2010 and the facility was fully repaid in August 2010.

$58 million secured revolving credit facility
 
In September 2008, two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $58 million secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks.  The proceeds of the facility were secured against two containerships, Asian Ace and Green Ace . The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of five years.  At December 31, 2010, $33.6 million of the available amount of $37.8 million was drawn under the facility.

$100 million secured revolving credit facility
 
In November 2008, the Company entered into a two year $100 million secured revolving credit facility with a bank, secured against five single-hull VLCCs. The facility was fully repaid in July 2010.

$60 million secured term loan facility
 
In June 2009, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a $60 million secured term loan facility with a bank.  The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the purchase of 8.5% Senior Notes issued by the Company, which are being held as treasury notes and against which the facility is secured. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and matures in January 2013.

$30 million secured term loan facility
 
In June 2009, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a $30 million secured term loan facility with a bank.  The proceeds of the facility were used to partly fund the purchase of 8.5% Senior Notes issued by the Company, which are being held as treasury notes and against which the facility is secured. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of three years.

 
F-22

 


$43 million secured term loan facility
 
In February 2010, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a $42.6 million secured term loan facility with a bank, secured against the Suezmax tanker Glorycrown .  The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of approximately five years.

$725 million secured term loan and revolving credit facility
 
In March 2010, the Company entered into a $725 million secured term loan and revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, secured against 26 vessels chartered to Frontline. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and is repayable over a term of five years.

$43 million secured term loan facility
 
In March 2010, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a $42.6 million secured term loan facility with a bank, secured against the Suezmax tanker Everbright .  The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of five years.

$25 million secured revolving credit facility
 
In September 2010, the Company entered into a $25 million secured revolving credit facility with a bank, secured against five non-double hull VLCCs. Two of the vessels have since been sold, with delivery scheduled for the first quarter of 2011, upon which the facility will be secured against the remaining three vessels. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of two years. At December 31, 2010, the available amount under the facility was fully drawn.

$54 million secured term loan facility
 
In November 2010, two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into a $53.7 million secured term loan facility with a bank, secured against the newly acquired Supramax drybulk carriers SFL Hudson and SFL Yukon . The Company has provided a limited corporate guarantee for this facility. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of eight years.

$27 million short-term loan due to related party
 
In March 2009, the Charter Ancillary Agreement with Frontline Shipping III was amended, whereby the charter service reserve at the time totaling $26.5 million relating to the vessels on charter to Frontline Shipping III was made available to the Company in the form of a loan. The loan was fully repaid in 2010.

Agreements related to long-term debt provide limitations on the amount of total borrowings and secured debt, and acceleration of payment under certain circumstances, including failure to satisfy certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2010, the Company is in compliance with all of the covenants under its long-term debt facilities.
 
18.  OTHER LONG TERM LIABILITIES
 
The Company's six offshore supply vessels were acquired from Deep Sea and were chartered back to Deep Sea under bareboat charter agreements. As part of the purchase consideration, the Company received seller's credits totaling $37.0 million which are being recognized as additional bareboat revenues over the period of the charters. The unamortized balance of the seller's credits is recorded in "Other long term liabilities".

 
F-23

 


 
19.     SHARE CAPITAL, ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL AND CONTRIBUTED SURPLUS
 
Authorized share capital is as follows:

 
(in thousands of $, except share data)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
125,000,000 common shares of $1.00 par value each
    125,000       125,000  

 
 Issued and fully paid share capital is as follows:

 
(in thousands of $, except share data)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
79,125,000 common shares of $1.00 par value each (2009: 79,125,000 shares)
    79,125       79,125  

The Company's common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

In the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued and sold 1,372,100 shares pursuant to a prospectus supplement filed in December 2008. Under this arrangement, total proceeds of $16.5 million net of costs were received, resulting in a premium on issue of $15.1 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company declared four dividends and in each case shareholders were given the option to elect to receive their dividend in cash or in the form of newly issued common shares. The Company issued a total of 4,998,603 shares under this arrangement, with a premium on issue of $42.8 million. Of these new shares issued, 930,483 were issued on January 27, 2010, in respect of the dividend declared on November 27, 2009, with an ex-dividend date of December 4, 2009. These shares issued in January 2010 were reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as at December 31, 2009, since the outcome of the shareholders' elections was fully known when the Consolidated Balance Sheet was prepared.
No further shares were issued in the year ended December 31, 2010, and the Company had issued share capital of 79,125,000 common shares as at December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2010.

In November 2006, the Board of Directors approved the Ship Finance International Limited Share Option Scheme (the "Option Scheme"). The Option Scheme permits the Board of Directors, at its discretion, to grant options to employees and directors of the Company or its subsidiaries. The fair value cost of options granted is recognized in the statement of operations, and the corresponding amount is credited to additional paid in capital (see also Note 20).
 
 
The Company has accounted for the acquisition of vessels from Frontline at Frontline's historical carrying value.  The difference between the historical carrying values and the net investment in the leases has been recorded as a deferred deemed equity contribution, which is presented as a reduction in net investment in direct financing leases in the balance sheet.  This accounting treatment arises from the related party nature of both the initial transfer of the vessels and the subsequent leases.  The deferred deemed equity contribution is amortized to contributed surplus over the life of the lease arrangements, as lease payments are applied to the principal balance of the lease receivable. In the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company has credited contributed surplus with $25.6 million of such deemed equity contributions (2009: $7.4 million).


 
F-24

 

20.    SHARE OPTION PLAN
 
The Option Scheme adopted in November 2006 will expire in November 2016.  The subscription price for all options granted under the scheme will be reduced by the amount of all dividends declared by the Company per share in the period from the date of grant until the date the option is exercised, provided the subscription price never shall be reduced below the par value of the share.  Options granted under the scheme will vest at a date determined by the board at the date of the grant.  The options granted under the plan to date vest over a period of one to three years and have a five year term.  There is no maximum number of shares authorized for awards of equity share options, and either authorized unissued shares of Ship Finance or treasury shares held by the Company may be used to satisfy exercised options.

The following summarizes share option transactions related to the Option Scheme in 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Options
   
Weighted average exercise price
$
   
Options
   
Weighted average exercise price
$
   
Options
   
Weighted average exercise price
$
 
Options outstanding at beginning of year
    770,000       27.64       555,000       24.18       360,000       24.44  
Cancelled
    -       -       (355,000 )     21.91       -       -  
Granted
    97,000       18.19       570,000       10.91       195,000       27.52  
Exercised
    (26,334 )     10.38       -       -       -       -  
Forfeited
    (223,666 )     26.69       -       -       -       -  
Options outstanding at end of year
    617,000       10.14       770,000       14.84       555,000       24.18  
Exercisable at end of year
    280,005       8.87       133,333       27.64       170,000       21.55  

In 2009, previously granted options for 355,000 shares were cancelled and concurrently replaced with awards for 495,000 options. As prescribed by ASC 718, this was accounted for as a modification of previously awarded equity instruments.

The exercise price of each option is progressively reduced by the amount of any dividends declared. The above figures show the average of the reduced exercise prices at the beginning and end of the year for options then outstanding. For options granted, cancelled, exercised or forfeited during the year, the above figures show the average of the exercise prices at the time the options were granted, cancelled, exercised or forfeited, as appropriate.

The fair values of options granted or modified are estimated on the date of the grant or modification using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. The weighted average assumptions used to calculate the fair values of new options granted in 2010, 2009 and 2008 and of the options modified in 2009 are as follows:

     
New options granted in year ended December 31,
   
Options modified in
 
     
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
 
     
(at grant date)
   
(at grant date)
   
(at grant date)
   
(at modification date)
 
 
Risk free interest rate
    1.32 %     1.42 %     2.37 %     1.41 %
 
Expected volatility
    65.6 %     64.3 %     27.1 %     63.5 %
 
Expected dividend yield
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
 
Expected life of options
 
3.5 years
   
3.5 years
   
3.5 years
   
3.5 years
 

The risk-free interest rates were estimated using the interest rate on three year U.S. treasury zero coupon issues.  The volatility was estimated using historical share price data.  The dividend yield has been estimated at 0% as the exercise price is reduced by all dividends declared by the Company from the date of grant to the exercise date.  It is assumed that all options granted under the plan will vest.

 
F-25

 


The weighted average grant-date fair value of new options granted during 2010 is $8.37 per share (2009: $5.63 per share, 2008: $6.42 per share). Of the options granted in 2009, 75,000 were new options granted and 495,000 were options granted to replace 355,000 options previously granted. The weighted average modification-date fair value of these replacement options granted in 2009 was $2.56 per share (2010: $nil, 2008: $nil).

The total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2010 was $0.2 million on the day of exercise. The intrinsic value of options fully vested but not exercised at December 31, 2010 is $3.5 million and their average remaining term is 3.6 years.

As of December 31, 2010, there was $0.8 million in unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested options granted under the Option Scheme (2009: $1.6 million). This cost will be recognized over the remaining vesting periods, which average 1.6 years.
 
21.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Company, which was formed in 2003 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Frontline, was partially spun-off in 2004 and its shares commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange in June 2004. A significant proportion of the Company's business continues to be transacted with Frontline and the following other related parties, being companies in which our principal shareholders Hemen Holding Ltd. and Farahead Investment Inc. (hereafter jointly referred to as "Hemen") and companies associated with Hemen have a significant interest:
 
 
-
Seadrill
 
-
Golden Ocean
 
-
Deep Sea
 
-
Golar LNG Limited ("Golar")

The Consolidated Balance Sheets include the following amounts due from and to related parties, excluding direct financing lease balances (see Note 13):
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Amounts due from:
           
 
    Front Shadow
    -       1,390  
 
    Frontline Charterers
    31,138       33,585  
 
    Frontline Ltd
    1,091       276  
 
    Deep Sea
    512       -  
 
    Seadrill
    4       -  
 
Total amount due from related parties
    32,745       35,251  
 
Loans to related parties:
               
 
    SFL West Polaris
    101,433       -  
 
    SFL Deepwater
    224,179       -  
 
Total loans to related parties
    325,612       -  
 
Amounts due to:
               
 
   Rig Finance II
    30,659       -  
 
   SFL West Polaris
    -       27,086  
 
   SFL Deepwater
    -       31,072  
 
   Frontline Management
    2,001       234  
 
   Other related parties
    156       188  
 
Total amount due to related parties
    32,816       58,580  
 
Short-term debt: due to a related party
    -       26,500  
 
Long-term debt due to a related party
    -       90,000  


 
F-26

 

SFL West Polaris, SFL Deepwater and Rig Finance II are wholly-owned subsidiaries which are accounted for under the equity method as at December 31, 2010 – see Note 14. At December 31, 2009, but not at December 31, 2010, the wholly-owned subsidiary Front Shadow was also accounted for under the equity method. At December 31, 2009, the wholly-owned subsidiary Rig Finance II was fully consolidated i.e. was not equity accounted. The amounts due from Front Shadow and to SFL West Polaris, SFL Deepwater and Rig Finance II are the balances on the current accounts between those companies and Ship Finance. As described below in "Related party loans", at December 31, 2010, the long-term loans from Ship Finance to SFL West Polaris and SFL Deepwater are presented net of their respective current accounts.
 
Related party leasing and service contracts
 
As at December 31, 2010, 31 of the Company's vessels were leased to the Frontline Charterers and two offshore supply vessels were leased to a subsidiary of Deep Sea: these leases have been recorded as direct financing leases.  Prior to December 31, 2010, the Company also fully consolidated Rig Finance II (see Note 14) which leases a jack-up drilling rig to a subsidiary of Seadrill under a direct financing lease.  In addition, at December 31, 2010, five vessels were leased to the Frontline Charterers and four offshore supply vessels were leased to subsidiaries of Deep Sea under operating leases.

At December 31, 2010, the combined balance of net investments in direct financing leases with the Frontline Charterers and Deep Sea was $1,548.6 million (2009: $1,942.6 million, including the jack-up drilling rig leased to a subsidiary of Seadrill), of which $98.6 million (2009: $128.0 million) represents short-term maturities.
 
At December 31, 2010, the net book value of assets leased under operating leases to the Frontline Charterers and Deep Sea was $204.4 million (2009: $147.1 million).

A summary of leasing revenues earned from the Frontline Charterers, Seadrill and Deep Sea is as follows:
 
 
Payments (in millions of $)
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
Operating lease income
    22.6       20.4       21.2  
 
Direct financing lease interest income
    119.4       147.5       174.9  
 
Finance lease service revenue
    76.9       89.0       93.6  
 
Direct financing lease repayments
    123.8       153.8       175.7  

The Frontline Charterers pay the Company profit sharing of 20% of their earnings on a time-charter equivalent basis from their use of the Company's fleet above average threshold charter rates each fiscal year.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company earned and recognized revenue of $30.6 million (2009: $33.0 million, 2008: $111.0 million) under this arrangement.

In the event that vessels on charter to the Frontline Charterers are agreed to be sold, the Company may either pay or receive compensation for the termination of the lease. In April 2010, the single hull VLCC Golden River was sold and the lease on this vessel was cancelled, with an agreed termination fee payable of $2.8 million. In September 2009, the single hull VLCC Front Duchess was sold and the lease on this vessel was cancelled, with an agreed termination fee of $2.4 million. Also, in February 2010 the VLCC Front Vista was sold to a subsidiary of Frontline and compensation of $0.4 million was received from Frontline for the cancellation of the related charter.

 
F-27

 


As at December 31, 2010, the Company was owed a total of $31.1 million (2009: $33.6 million) by the Frontline Charterers in respect of leasing contracts and profit share.

At December 31, 2010, the Company was owed $1.1 million (2009: $0.3 million) by Frontline in respect of various items, including compensation receivable on termination of the Front Vista lease, and was also owed $0.5 million (2009: nil) by Deep Sea in respect of interest rate adjustments to charter rates.

The vessels leased to the Frontline Charterers are on time charter terms and for each such vessel the Company pays a management fee of $6,500 per day to Frontline Management (Bermuda) Ltd. ("Frontline Management"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Frontline. An exception to this arrangement is for any vessel leased to the Frontline Charterers which is sub-chartered on a bareboat basis, for which there is no management fee payable for the duration of the bareboat sub-charter. In the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company also had one container vessel operating on time charter, for which the supervision of the technical management was sub-contracted to Frontline Management. In the year ended December 31, 2010, management fees payable to Frontline Management amounted to $78.3 million (2009: $89.0 million, 2008: $93.6 million).

In the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had one container vessel and two drybulk carriers operating on time charter, for which part of the operating management was sub-contracted to Golden Ocean. In the year ended December 31, 2010, management fees payable to Golden Ocean amounted to approximately $20,000 (2009: $nil; 2008: $nil). Management fees are classified as ship operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

We pay a commission of 1% to Frontline Management in respect of all payments received in respect of the five-year sales-type leases on the Suezmax tankers Glorycrown and Everbright .  In 2010 we paid $0.5 million to Frontline Management pursuant to this arrangement (2009: $0.4 million).

The Company also paid $0.4 million in 2010 (2009: $0.4 million, 2008: $1.0 million) to Frontline Management for the provision of management and administrative services.

We pay fees to Frontline Management for the management supervision of some of our newbuildings, which in 2010 amounted to $1.9 million (2009: $0.8 million, 2008: $0.5 million).

The Company paid $331,000 in 2010 (2009: $298,000; 2008: $320,000) to Frontline Management AS for the provision of office facilities in Oslo.

As at December 31, 2010, the Company owes Frontline Management and Frontline Management AS a combined total of $2.0 million (2009: $0.2 million) for various items, including newbuilding supervision fees and office costs.

The Company paid $161,000 in 2010 (2009: $208,000, 2008: $37,000) to Golar Management UK Limited, a subsidiary of Golar, for the provision of office facilities in London. At December 31, 2010, the Company owed Golar Management UK Limited $122,000 (2009: $115,000), which are included in amounts due to other related parties.

The Company paid $19,000 in 2010 (2009: $17,000; 2008: $6,000) to Seadrill Management (S) Pte Ltd, a subsidiary of Seadrill, for the provision of office facilities in Singapore.


 
F-28

 

 
Related party loans
 
In 2010, Ship Finance entered into agreements with SFL West Polaris and SFL Deepwater granting loans to them of $145.0 million and $290.0 million, respectively, bearing a fixed rate of interest. These loans are subordinated to their secured term loan facilities and are repayable in full on July 11, 2023, and October 1, 2023, respectively, or earlier if the companies sell their drilling units. Ship Finance is entitled to take excess cash from SFL West Polaris and SFL Deepwater from time to time, and such amounts are recorded within the current accounts between Ship Finance and the companies. The loan agreements specify that the balance on the current accounts will have no interest rate applied and will be settled by offset against the eventual $145.0 million and $290.0 million loan repayments. In the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company received interest income on these loans of $6.5 million from SFL West Polaris (2009: nil, 2008: nil) and $13.1 million from SFL Deepwater (2009: nil, 2008: nil), totaling $19.6 million.

The Company extended a short-term seller's credit of $41.5 million to Frontline on the sale of Front Vista in February 2010. The credit was repaid in 2010 and interest income of $0.5 million was received.

The Company had two loans from related parties which were repaid in 2010, as discussed in Note 17: Short-term and long-term debt. Interest payable on these loans amounted to $3.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 (2009: $15.9 million).

Related party purchases and sales of vessels – 2010
 
In February 2010, the Company sold the VLCC Front Vista to a subsidiary of Frontline for $58.5 million, including compensation of approximately $0.4 million receivable from Frontline for the early termination of the related charter.

In December 2010, the charter of the Panamax drybulk carrier Golden Shadow to Golden Ocean was terminated and the vessel sold at Golden Ocean's purchase option price of approximately $21.5 million. The vessel had been owned and leased by Front Shadow Inc, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company accounted for under the equity method (see Note 14).

Related party purchases and sales of vessels - 2009
 
In July 2009, a subsidiary of Seadrill, to which the jack-up drilling rig West Ceres was chartered, exercised its option to purchase the rig from the Company at the fixed option price of $135.2 million.

Related party purchases and sales of vessels - 2008
 
In July 2008, SFL West Polaris, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company accounted for under the equity method, acquired the ultra deepwater drill ship West Polaris for $845.0 million from a subsidiary of Seadrill. The vessel was chartered back to a subsidiary of Seadrill for a period of 15 years, fully guaranteed by Seadrill. The subsidiary of Seadrill has been granted fixed purchase options after four, six, eight, 10, 12 and 15 years. In addition, SFL West Polaris has a fixed price option to sell the drillship to the subsidiary of Seadrill after 15 years.

In November 2008, SFL Deepwater, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company accounted for under the equity method, acquired two ultra deepwater drilling rigs, West Hercules and West Taurus, for $1,690.0 million from subsidiaries of Seadrill. The rigs were each chartered back to subsidiaries of Seadrill for periods of 15 years, fully guaranteed by Seadrill.  The subsidiaries of Seadrill have been granted fixed purchase options after three, six, eight, 10, and 12 years in the case of West Hercules and after six, eight, 10 and 12 years in the case of West Taurus .  In addition, the subsidiaries of Seadrill have purchase obligations to buy the rigs from SFL Deepwater after 15 years.

 
F-29

 

 
22.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
In certain situations, the Company may enter into financial instruments to reduce the risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates.  The Company has a portfolio of swaps which swap floating rate interest to fixed rate, and which also fix the Norwegian kroner to US dollar exchange rate applicable to the interest payable and principal repayment on the NOK bonds due 2014. From a financial perspective these swaps hedge interest rate and exchange rate exposure. The counterparties to such contracts are Nordea Bank Finland Plc, HSH Nordbank AG, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., BNP Paribas, Bank of Scotland plc, NIBC Bank N.V., Scotiabank Europe Plc, DnB NOR Bank ASA, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), ING Bank N.V., Lloyds TSB Bank Plc, Commmerzbank AG, Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Credit Agricole, Danske Bank A/S and Swedbank AB. Credit risk exists to the extent that the counterparties are unable to perform under the contracts, but this risk is considered remote as the counterparties are all banks which have provided the Company with loans to which the swaps relate.
 
Interest rate risk management
 
The Company manages its debt portfolio with interest rate swap agreements denominated in U.S. dollars and Norwegian kroner to achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating interest rates. At December 31, 2010, the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries had entered into interest rate swap transactions, involving the payment of fixed rates in exchange for LIBOR or NIBOR, as summarized below. The summary includes all swap transactions, which are all designated as hedges against specific loans.

 
Notional Principal (in thousands of $)
Inception date
Maturity date
 
Fixed interest rate
 
 
$484,737 (reducing to $122,632)
March 2010
March 2015
    1.96% - 2.22 %
 
$183,053 (reducing to $98,269)
April 2006
May 2019
    5.65 %
 
$99,288 (reducing to $86,612)
September 2007
September 2012
    4.85 %
 
$58,310 (reducing to $51,902)
January 2008
January 2012
    3.69 %
 
$43,976 (reducing to $24,794)
March 2008
August 2018
    4.05% - 4.15 %
 
$76,584 (reducing to $70,530)
March 2008
June 2012
    1.88% -2.97 %
 
$84,594 (equivalent to NOK500 million)
October 2010
April 2014
    5.32 %*

 
* This swap relates to the NOK500 million unsecured bonds, and the 5.32% fixed interest rate paid is exchanged for NIBOR plus the margin on the bonds. For the remaining swaps the fixed interest rate paid is exchange for LIBOR, excluding margin on the underlying loans.

 
As at December 31, 2010, the total notional principal amount subject to such swap agreements was $1,030.5 million (2009: $1,086.2 million).

 
Foreign currency risk management
 
The Company has entered into currency swap transactions, involving the payment of U.S. dollars in exchange for Norwegian kroner, which are designated as hedges against the NOK500 million senior unsecured bonds due 2014.

 
Principal Receivable
Principal Payable
Inception date
Maturity date
 
NOK500 million
US$84.6 million
October 2010
April 2014


 
F-30

 
 
 
Apart from the NOK500 million senior unsecured bonds due 2014, the majority of the Company's transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the Company. Other than the corresponding currency swap transactions summarized above, the Company has not entered into forward contracts for either transaction or translation risk.  Accordingly, there is a risk that currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the Company's cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

Fair Values
 
The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company's financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010, and 2009, are as follows:
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
Carrying value
   
2010
Fair value
   
2009
Carrying value
   
2009
Fair value
 
 
Non-derivatives:
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    86,967       86,967       84,186       84,186  
 
Restricted cash
    5,601       5,601       4,101       4,101  
 
Long-term fixed rate loans to related parties
    325,612       325,612       -       -  
 
Floating rate short-term debt
    -       -       26,500       26,500  
 
Fixed rate long term debt
    -       -       90,000       90,000  
 
Floating rate US$ long term debt
    1,547,825       1,547,825       1,718,376       1,718,376  
 
Floating rate NOK bonds due 2014
    78,955       78,955       -       -  
 
8.5% US$ Senior Notes due 2013
    296,074       300,885       301,074       289,784  
 
Derivatives:
                               
 
Interest rate/currency swap contracts – long term receivables
    1,894       1,894       -       -  
 
Interest rate swap contracts – long term payables
    57,291       57,291       58,346       58,346  
 
The above long term payables relating to interest rate swap contracts at December 31, 2010, include $4.0 million which relates to non-designated options to extend certain interest rate swaps (2009: $2.0 million), with the balance relating to designated hedges.
 
In accordance with the accounting policy relating to interest rate and currency swaps (see Note 2 "Derivatives – Interest rate and currency swaps"), where the Company has designated the swap as a hedge, and to the extent that the hedge is effective, changes in the fair values of interest rate swaps are recognized in other comprehensive income. Changes in the fair value of other swaps and the ineffective portion of swaps designated as hedges are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

The above financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as follows:
 
           
Fair value measurements at reporting date using
 
           
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
December 31, 2010
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
 
Assets:
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    86,967       86,967              
 
Restricted cash
    5,601       5,601              
 
Long-term fixed rate loans to related parties
    325,612               325,612        
 
Interest rate/currency swap contracts – long term receivables
    1,894               1,894        
 
Total assets
    420,074       92,568       327,506       -  
 
Liabilities:
                               
 
Floating rate US$ long term debt
    1,547,825       1,547,825                  
 
Floating rate NOK bonds due 2014
    78,955       78,955                  
 
8.5% Senior Notes due 2013
    300,885       300,885                  
 
Interest rate swap contracts –  long term payables
    57,291               57,291          
 
Total liabilities
    1,984,956       1,927,665       57,291       -  


 
F-31

 


ASC Topic 820 "Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures" ("ASC 820") emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within levels one and two of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity's own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within level three of the hierarchy).
 
Level 1 inputs utilize unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in level one that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, other than quoted prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities, which typically are based on an entity's own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity. In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, which are highly liquid, is a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair value of the long-term fixed interest rate loans to related parties is estimated to be equal to the carrying value, based on an analysis of interest rates, credit risks and default risks associated with the terms of the loans.

The fair value for floating rate long-term debt denominated in US dollars and Norwegian kroner is estimated to be equal to the carrying value since it bears variable interest rates, which are reset on a quarterly basis. Additionally, in accordance with ASC 820 "Fair value measurements and disclosures", the U.S. dollar carrying value of the Norwegian kroner senior unsecured bonds is translated using the currency exchange rate as at December 31, 2010. The estimated fair value for the 8.5% fixed rate Senior Notes is based on the quoted market price.

The fair value of interest rate and currency swap contracts is calculated using a well-established independent valuation technique applied to contracted cash flows and LIBOR/NIBOR interest rates as at December 31, 2010.
 
Concentrations of risk
 
There is a concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents to the extent that most of the amounts are carried with Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken, DnB NOR, ABN AMRO and Nordea. However, the Company believes this risk is remote.

Since the Company was spun-off from Frontline in 2004, Frontline has accounted for a major proportion of our operating revenues. In the year ended December 31, 2010, Frontline accounted for 70% of our operating revenues (2009: 72%, 2008: 75%). There is thus a concentration of revenue risk with Frontline.

 
F-32

 



23.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

        Assets Pledged
 
   
2010
 
Book value of assets pledged under ship mortgages
$2,116 million
 
    Other Contractual Commitments
 
The Company has arranged insurance for the legal liability risks for its shipping activities with Assuranceforeningen SKULD, Assuranceforeningen Gard Gjensidig and Britannia Steam Ship Insurance Association Limited, all mutual protection and indemnity associations. On certain of the vessels insured, the Company is subject to calls payable to the associations based on the Company's claims record in addition to the claims records of all other members of the associations.  A contingent liability exists to the extent that the claims records of the members of the associations in the aggregate show significant deterioration, which may result in additional calls on the members.

At December 31, 2010, the Company had contractual commitments under newbuilding contracts totaling $195.5 million (2009: $189.1million). There are no other contractual commitments at December 31, 2010.

24.  CONSOLIDATED VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
 
The Company's consolidated financial statements include 14 variable interest entities where related and third parties have fixed price options to purchase the respective vessels at dates varying from January 2011 to January 2020. None of the purchase options are deemed to be at bargain prices.

At December 31, 2010, the vessels of two of these entities are accounted for as direct financing leases with a combined carrying value of $100.5 million, unearned lease income of $41.2 million and estimated residual values of $21.7 million. The outstanding loan balances in these two entities total $58.3 million, of which the short-term portion is $6.4 million.

The other 12 fully consolidated variable interest entities each own vessels which are accounted for as operating lease assets, with a total net book value at December 31, 2010, of $438.8 million. The outstanding loan balances in these entities total $331.9 million, of which the short-term portion is $18.7 million.
 
25.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
In January 2011, the Company announced the acquisition of the jack-up drilling rig Soehanah from an unrelated party for an agreed purchase price of approximately $151.5 million, in combination with a seven year bareboat charter back to the seller of the rig. The Company took delivery of the rig in February 2011, and has entered into a secured term loan and revolving credit facility for up to $95 million to partly finance the acquisition.

 
F-33

 


In February 2011, the Company issued $125.0 million convertible senior bonds due 2016. The bonds bear interest at 3.75% per annum and are convertible into common shares of the Company at an initial price of $27.05 per share.

In February 2011, the Company announced that it has agreed to sell two single-hull VLCCs, Front Ace and Ticen Sun (ex Front Highness ), to unrelated parties for a combined gross sales price of $31.4 million. Ticen Sun was delivered to its new owner in February 2011, and Front Ace is expected to be delivered by the end of March 2011. The Company will pay Frontline compensation of approximately $5.8 million for the early termination of the related charters.

On February 18, 2011, the Board of Ship Finance declared a dividend of $0.38 per share to be paid in cash on or about March 29, 2011.

In February 2011, the Company purchased $3.0 million principal amount of its own 8.5% Senior Notes, at a premium of 1.5%.

In February 2011, the Company took delivery of the newbuilding Supramax drybulk carrier SFL Sara , which immediately commenced an eight year time charter to an unrelated third party.

In March 2011, three subsidiaries entered into a $75 million secured term loan facility with a bank. The proceeds of the facility will be used to partly fund the acquisition of three Supramax drybulk carriers.

In March 2011, the Company announced that it has entered into an agreement, together with CMA CGM SA, the constructing shipyard and a financial institution, to acquire and charter-in two 2010-built 13,800 TEU container vessels in combination with 15-year time charters back to CMA CGM SA. Ship Finance's investment is limited to $25 million per vessel, secured by junior mortgages.

In March 2011, the Company awarded a total of 213,500 options to employees under the Share Option Scheme, at an initial exercise price of $20.13 per share.


 
F-34

 


SFL Deepwater Ltd.
Index to Financial Statements




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
A-2
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008.
 
A-3
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
A-4
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008.
 
A-5
Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008.
 
A-6
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
A-7

 
A-1

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
SFL Deepwater Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of SFL Deepwater Ltd. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008.  The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America..  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SFL Deepwater Ltd. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.



/S/ MSPC
Certified Public Accountants and Advisors
A Professional Corporation
New York, New York
March 25, 2011



 
A-2

 

SFL Deepwater Ltd.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and
the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008
(in thousands of $)



   
Year ended December 31, 2010
   
Year ended December 31, 2009
   
Period from
July 11, 2008
(date of incorporation)
to December 31, 2008
 
Operating revenues
                 
Direct financing lease interest income from related parties
    84,127       91,817       15,035  
Total operating revenues
    84,127       91,817       15,035  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Administration expenses
    43       125       129  
Total operating expenses
    43       125       129  
                         
Net operating income
    84,084       91,692       14,906  
Non-operating income / (expense)
                       
Interest income
    5       4       1  
Interest expense - related parties
    (13,050 )     -       -  
Interest expense - non related parties
    (35,667 )     (39,237 )     (6,301 )
Other financial items, net
    (76 )     (170 )     (100 )
Net income
    35,296       52,289       8,506  


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


 
A-3

 

SFL Deepwater Ltd.

BALANCE SHEETS
as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
(in thousands of $)

   
2010
   
2009
 
ASSETS
           
Current assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
    3       2  
Due from related parties - parent company
    -       31,072  
Due from other related parties
    20,254       19,808  
Investment in direct financing leases, current portion
    149,262       152,056  
 Total current assets
    169,519       202,938  
                 
Long-term assets
               
Investment in direct financing leases, long-term portion
    1,246,952       1,396,214  
Deferred charges
    11,234       15,177  
 Total assets
    1,427,705       1,614,329  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Current liabilities
               
Current portion of long-term debt due to non-related parties
    160,500       155,833  
Deferred revenue
    6,436       6,436  
Accrued expenses
    1,582       1,848  
Total current liabilities
    168,518       164,117  
                 
Long-term liabilities
               
Long-term debt due to related parties - parent company, net
    224,179       -  
Long-term debt due to non-related parties
    938,917       1,099,417  
Financial instruments (long term): mark to market valuation
    16,370       1,786  
Total liabilities
    1,347,984       1,265,320  
Commitments and contingent liabilities
    -       -  
Stockholders' equity
               
Share capital
    -       -  
Contributed surplus
    -       290,000  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (16,370 )     (1,786 )
Retained earnings
    96,091       60,795  
Total stockholders' equity
    79,721       349,009  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
    1,427,705       1,614,329  


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
A-4

 

SFL Deepwater Ltd.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and
the period from July 11,  2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008
(in thousands of $)

   
Year ended December 31, 2010
   
Year ended December 31, 2009
   
Period from
July 11, 2008
(date of incorporation)
to December 31, 2008
 
Operating activities
                 
Net income
    35,296       52,289       8,506  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
 by operating activities:
                       
Amortization of deferred charges
    3,943       3,942       603  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Amounts due from/to related parties –parent company
    31,072       (44,696 )     13,624  
Amounts due from/to other related parties
    (446 )     (269,470 )     249,662  
Deferred revenue
    -       2,600       3,836  
Accrued expenses
    (266 )     (424 )     2,272  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    69,599       (255,759 )     278,503  
                         
Investing activities
                       
Investment in direct financing lease assets
    -       -       (1,690,000 )
Repayments from investments in direct financing leases
    152,056       131,808       9,922  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    152,056       131,808       (1,680,078 )
                         
Financing activities
                       
Contributed surplus (repaid to)/received from shareholders
    (290,000 )     -       290,000  
Long term loan received from related parties - parent company
    224,179       -       -  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    -       250,000       1,150,000  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (155,833 )     (137,542 )     (7,208 )
Debt fees paid
    -       (52 )     (19,670 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (221,654 )     112,406       1,413,122  
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    1       (11,545 )     11,547  
Cash and cash equivalents at start of the period
    2       11,547       -  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
    3       2       11,547  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
A-5

 

SFL Deepwater Ltd.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and
the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008
(in thousands of $, except number of shares)

   
Year ended
December 31, 2010
   
Year ended
 December 31, 2009
   
Period from
July 11, 2008
(date of incorporation)
to December 31, 2008
 
Number of shares outstanding
                 
At beginning of period
    100       100       -  
Shares issued in period
    -       -       100  
At end of period
    100       100       100  
                         
Share capital
                       
At beginning of period
    -       -       -  
Shares issued in period
    -       -       -  
At end of period
    -       -       -  
                         
Contributed surplus
                       
At beginning of period
    290,000       290,000       -  
(Distribution) contribution in period
    (290,000 )     -       290,000  
At end of period
    -       290,000       290,000  
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
                       
At beginning of period
    (1,786 )     (5,918 )     -  
Other comprehensive (loss) gain in period
    (14,584 )     4,132       (5,918 )
At end of period
    (16,370 )     (1,786 )     (5,918 )
                         
Retained earnings
                       
At beginning of period
    60,795       8,506       -  
Net income in period
    35,296       52,289       8,506  
At end of period
    96,091       60,795       8,506  
Total Stockholders' Equity
    79,721       349,009       292,588  
                         
Comprehensive income
                       
Net income
    35,296       52,289       8,506  
                         
Mark to market valuation adjustment to hedging financial instruments
    (14,584 )     4,132       (5,918 )
                         
Comprehensive income
    20,712       56,421       2,588  


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
A-6

 

SFL Deepwater Ltd.
Notes to the Financial Statements
 
1.      GENERAL
 
SFL Deepwater Ltd. (the "Company") was incorporated in Bermuda on July 11, 2008, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ship Finance International Limited ("Ship Finance") for the purpose of acquiring and leasing certain assets. In November 2008 the Company acquired two ultra-deepwater semi-submersible drilling rigs from subsidiaries of Seadrill Limited ("Seadrill"), a related company. The rigs are chartered to Seadrill Deepwater Charterer Ltd. ("Seadrill Deepwater") and Seadrill Offshore AS ("Seadrill Offshore"), both subsidiaries of Seadrill and together referred to as the Seadrill Charterers.

The Company is accounted for using the equity method in the Consolidated Financial Statements of Ship Finance, as it has been determined that Ship Finance is not the primary beneficiary of the Company.
 
2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Accounting
 
The financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("US GAAP").

Use of accounting estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires that management make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign currencies
 
The Company's functional currency is the U.S. dollar, as all revenues are received in U.S. dollars and a majority of the Company's expenditures are made in U.S. dollars. The Company's reporting currency is also the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies during the year are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated using rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Foreign currency non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated using historical rates of exchange. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue and expense recognition
 
Revenues and expenses are recognized on the accrual basis. Revenues are generated from charter hire and direct financing lease interest income.

Each charter agreement is evaluated and classified as an operating lease or a capital lease. Rental receipts from operating leases are recognized in income over the period to which the payment relates.

Rental payments from capital leases are allocated between direct financing lease interest income and repayment of net investment in direct financing leases.

 
A-7

 


Any contingent elements of rental income, such as interest rate adjustments, are recognized when the contingent conditions have materialized and the rentals are due and collectible.

Cash and cash equivalents
 
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, all demand and time deposits and highly liquid, low risk investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered equivalent to cash.

Depreciation of vessels and equipment
 
The cost of fixed assets less estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining economic useful life of the asset. The estimated economic useful life of our drilling rigs is 30 years, which is a common life expectancy applied in the offshore drilling industry.

Where an asset is subject to an operating lease that includes fixed price purchase options, the projected net book value of the asset is compared to the option price at the various option dates. If any option price is less than the projected net book value at an option date, the initial depreciation schedule is amended so that the carrying value of the asset is written down on a straight line basis to the option price at the option date. If the option is not exercised, this process is repeated so as to amortize the remaining carrying value, on a straight line basis, to the estimated residual value or the option price at the next option date, as appropriate.

This accounting policy for the depreciation of fixed assets has the effect that if an option is exercised there will be either a) no gain or loss on the sale of the asset or b) in the event that the option is exercised at a price in excess of the net book value at the option date, a gain will be reported in the statement of operations at the date of delivery to the new owners, under the heading "gain on sale of assets".

Investment in Direct Financing Leases
 
Current leases (charters) of our assets where we are the lessor are classified as direct financing leases. For these leases, the minimum lease payments plus the estimated residual value of the asset are recorded as the gross investment in the direct financing lease. The difference between the gross investment in the lease and the sum of the present values of the two components of the gross investment is recorded as unearned direct financing lease interest income. Over the period of the lease, each charter payment received is allocated between "direct financing lease interest income" and "repayment of investment in direct financing leases" in such a way as to produce a constant percentage rate of return on the balance of the net investment in the lease. Thus, as the balance of the net investment in each lease decreases, less of each charter payment received is allocated to direct financing lease interest income and more is allocated to direct financing lease repayment.

Where a direct financing lease relates to a charter arrangement containing fixed price purchase options, the projected carrying value of the net investment in the lease is compared to the option price at the various option dates. If any option price is less than the projected net investment in the lease at an option date, the rate of amortization of unearned lease interest income is adjusted to reduce the net investment to the option price at the option date. If the option is not exercised, this process is repeated so as to reduce the net investment in the lease to the un-guaranteed residual value or the option price at the next option date, as appropriate.

This accounting policy for investments in direct financing leases has the effect that if an option is exercised there will either be a) no gain or loss on the exercise of the option or b) in the event that an option is exercised at a price in excess of the net investment in the lease at the option date, a gain will be reported in the statement of operations at the date of delivery to the new owners.

 
A-8

 


Impairment of long-lived assets
 
The carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used by the Company are reviewed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses recoverability of the carrying value of the asset by estimating the future net cash flows expected to result from the asset, including eventual disposition. If the future net cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the asset's carrying value and fair value.  The review of the carrying value of long-lived assets at December 31, 2010, indicated that none of the Company's asset values are impaired.

Deferred charges
 
Loan costs, including debt arrangement fees, are capitalized and amortized on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant loan. The straight line basis of amortization approximates the effective interest method in the Company's statement of operations. Amortization of loan costs is included in interest expense. If a loan is repaid early, any unamortized portion of the related deferred charges is charged against income in the period in which the loan is repaid.

Financial Instruments
 
In determining the fair value of its financial instruments, the Company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions and risks existing at each balance sheet date. For the majority of financial instruments, including most derivatives and long term debt, standard market conventions and techniques such as options pricing models are used to determine the fair value. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.

Derivatives
 
Interest rate swaps
 
The Company enters into interest rate swap transactions from time to time to hedge a portion of its exposure to floating interest rates. These transactions involve the conversion of floating rates into fixed rates over the life of the transactions without an exchange of underlying principal.  The fair values of the interest rate swap contracts are recognized as assets or liabilities and for certain of the Company's swaps changes in fair values are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. When the interest rate swap qualifies for hedge accounting under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 815 " Derivatives and Hedging " ("ASC 815"), and the Company has formally designated the swap instrument as a hedge to the underlying loan, and when the hedge is effective, the changes in the fair value of the swap are recognized in other comprehensive income.

3.      RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
In December 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-17 "Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable interest Entities" ("ASU 2009-17"). ASU 2009-17 amends the evaluation criteria to identify the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. Additionally, ASU 2009-17 requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of the variable interest entity and additional disclosures. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 by the Company with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have any material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 
A-9

 


In January 2010 the FASB issued ASU 2010-06 "Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements" ("ASU 2010-06") to add new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to Level 3 measurements. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have any material impact on the Company's disclosures or consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
In July 2010 the FASB issued ASU 2010-20 " Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses" ("ASU 2010-20") in order to address concerns about the sufficiency, transparency and robustness of credit risk disclosures for finance receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. The adoption of ASU 2010-20 with effect from January 1, 2010, did not have any material impact on the Company's disclosures or consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
4.     SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company has only one reportable segment.
 
5.     TAXATION
 
Bermuda
 
Under current Bermuda law, the Company is not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains.

United States
 
The Company does not accrue U.S. income taxes as the Company is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business and is exempted from a gross basis tax under Section 883 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.
 
A reconciliation between the income tax expense resulting from applying statutory income tax rates and the reported income tax expense has not been presented herein, as it would not provide additional useful information to users of the financial statements as the Company's net income is subject to neither Bermuda nor U.S. tax.
 
6.     DIRECT FINANCING LEASE INTEREST INCOME
 
The charters relating to the Company's two drilling rigs contain interest adjustments clauses, whereby the charter rates are adjusted to reflect the difference between the actual interest rate and a pre-agreed base interest rate calculated on a deemed outstanding loan for the relevant asset on charter. The Company's accounting policy is to adjust lease income to reflect such interest rate adjustments.

Interest rate adjustments reduced direct financing lease interest income by $35.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, by $39.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, and by $4.4 million in the period from July 11, 2008 to December 31, 2008.

 
A-10

 


 
7.      INVESTMENTS IN DIRECT FINANCING LEASES
 
The Company's assets consist of two drilling rigs which are chartered on long term, fixed rate charters to the Seadrill Charterers, both subsidiaries of Seadrill, a related party. The charters extend for a remaining period of approximately 13 years and provide the charterers with various call options to acquire the rigs at certain dates throughout the charters. In addition, at the end of each charter the respective charterer has a non-cancellable obligation to purchase the relevant rig from the Company at a specified fixed price.

The following lists the components of the investments in direct financing leases as of December 31, 2010, presuming that the Seadrill Charterers do not exercise any call options prior to the scheduled end of the charters:

 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Total minimum lease payments to be received
    2,176,773       2,448,333  
 
Less : unearned income
    780,559       900,063  
 
Total investment in direct financing  leases
    1,396,214       1,548,270  
                   
 
Current portion
    149,262       152,056  
 
Long-term portion
    1,246,952       1,396,214  
        1,396,214       1,548,270  

The minimum future gross revenues to be received under the Company's non-cancellable direct financing leases as of December 31, 2010 are as follows, presuming that the Seadrill Charterers do not exercise any call options prior to the scheduled end of the charters:

 
(in thousands of $)
Year ending December 31
 
 
2011
    262,908  
 
2012
    215,757  
 
2013
    215,168  
 
2014
    211,247  
 
2015
    133,603  
 
Thereafter
    1,138,090  
 
Total minimum lease revenues
    2,176,773  
 
8.      SHORT-TERM AND LO NG-TERM DEBT
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Long-term debt due to related parties - parent company:
           
 
U.S. dollar denominated fixed rate debt due 2023
    290,000       -  
 
Less: amounts due  on current account from parent company
    (65,821 )     -  
        224,179       -  
                   
 
Long-term debt due to non-related parties:
               
 
U.S. dollar denominated floating rate debt (LIBOR plus margin) due 2013
    1,099,417       1,255,250  
 
Less : current portion of long-term debt
    (160,500 )     (155,833 )
        938,917       1,099,417  


 
A-11

 


$290 million loan from parent company
 
In 2010 the Company entered into agreement with Ship Finance whereby the latter granted the Company a loan of $290.0 million bearing interest at a fixed rate. The loan is subordinated to the Company's secured term loan facility, and is repayable in full on the earlier of October 1 2023 or the date of sale of the Company's drilling rigs. Ship Finance is entitled to take excess cash from the Company from time to time, and such amounts are recorded within the current account between the Company and Ship Finance. The loan agreement specifies that the balance on the current account will have no interest rate applied and will be settled by offset against the $290.0 million loan repayment.

$1.4 billion secured term loan facility
 
In September 2008 the Company entered into a $1.4 billion secured term loan facility with a syndicate of banks to partly finance the acquisition of its two drilling rigs. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin and has a term of five years. The facility is secured by the Company's assets and a guarantee from Ship Finance to a limit of $200 million. The facility contains a minimum value covenant and covenants which require Ship Finance to maintain certain minimum levels of free cash, working capital and adjusted book equity ratios. As of December 31, 2010, the Company and Ship Finance are in compliance with all of the covenants relating to the facility.

The outstanding debt on this loan facility as of December 31, 2010, is repayable as follows:

 
(in thousands of $)
Year ending December 31
     
 
2011
    160,500  
 
2012
    117,042  
 
2013
    821,873  
 
2014
    -  
 
Thereafter
    -  
 
Total debt
    1,099,415  

The weighted average interest rate for the above floating rate debt denominated in U.S. dollars was 2.70% as at December 31, 2010 (2009: 2.65%). These rates take into consideration the effect of interest rate swaps. At December 31, 2010 the three month dollar LIBOR rate was 0.303% (2009: 0.251%).

9.     SHARE CAPITAL AND CONTRIBUTED SURPLUS
 
       Authorized share capital is as follows:
 
 
2010
   
2009
 
  100 common shares of $1.00 par value each      $100       $100  
 

 
Issued and fully paid share capital is as follows:
 
2010
   
2009
 
  100 common shares of $1.00 par value each      $100       $100  

The Company was incorporated on July 11, 2008 and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ship Finance International Limited, a company incorporated in Bermuda and publicly listed on the New York Stock Exchange (ticker SFL).

In the period from July 11, 2008 to December 31, 2008 the Company issued 100 common shares of par value $1.00 each, and in addition received contributed surplus from its shareholders of $290.0 million. In the year ended December 31, 2010 the Company distributed $290.0 million to its shareholders out of contributed surplus, as permitted by Section 54 of the Bermuda Companies Act.

 
A-12

 


 
10.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Hemen Holding Ltd., a Cyprus company, and Farahead Investment Inc., a Liberian company, together at December 31, 2010, hold approximately 43% of the issued share capital of Ship Finance, the Company's parent.  Hemen Holding Ltd. and Farahead Investment Inc. (hereafter jointly referred to as "Hemen") are both indirectly controlled by trusts established by Mr. John Fredriksen for the benefit of his immediate family. The Company's two drilling rigs, West Hercules and West Taurus , are leased to subsidiaries of Seadrill, in which Hemen also has a significant interest.

In November 2008 the Company acquired two drilling rigs   for $1,690.0 million from subsidiaries of Seadrill. The rigs were chartered back to the Seadrill Charterers, which are subsidiaries of Seadrill, for periods of 15 years, fully guaranteed by Seadrill.  Seadrill Offshore has been granted fixed price purchase options after three, six, eight, 10, and 12 years in the case of West Hercules . Seadrill Deepwater has been granted fixed price purchase options after six, eight, 10 and 12 years in the case of West Taurus .  In addition, the Seadrill Charterers have non-cancellable obligations to purchase the rigs from the Company after 15 years, at the expiry of the relevant charters.

The Balance Sheets include the following amounts due from and to related parties:
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
Amounts due from related parties - parent company:
           
 
Current account with Ship Finance
    -       31,072  
 
Amounts due from other related parties
               
 
Lease payments due from the Seadrill Charterers
    20,254       19,808  
 
 
Long term debt due to related parties - parent company  (see Note 8)
               
 
Fixed rate debt due to Ship Finance in 2023
    290,000       -  
 
Less: amounts due on current account from Ship Finance
    (65,821 )     -  
        224,179       -  
 
At December 31, 2010 the balance of net investments in direct financing leases with the Seadrill Charterers was $1,396.2 million (2009: $1,548.3 million) of which $149.3 million (2009: $152.1 million) represents short-term maturities.

In the year ended December 31, 2010 direct financing lease interest income of $84.1 million was received from the Seadrill Charterers (2009: $91.8 million). In the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008 direct financing lease interest income of $15.0 million was received from the Seadrill Charterers.

In the year ended December 31, 2010 interest expense of $13.1 million was paid to Ship Finance. No interest expense was paid to Ship Finance in the year ended December 31, 2009 or the period from July 11, 2008 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2008.

 
A-13

 


11.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
 
Interest rate risk management
 
The Company has entered into a $1.4 billion floating interest rate secured term loan facility. The Company's charter agreements with the Seadrill Charterers include interest adjustment clauses, whereby the daily charter rate is adjusted to reflect the difference between the actual interest rate and a pre-agreed base interest rate calculated on a deemed outstanding loan for the relevant asset on charter.

On the instruction of the Seadrill Charterers, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps which swap floating rate interest to fixed rate. The counterparties to these contracts are HSH Nordbank AG, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., DnB NOR Bank ASA, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and ING Bank N.V. Credit risk exists to the extent that the counterparties are unable to perform under the contracts, but this risk is considered remote as the counterparties are all banks which participate in the loan facility to which the interest rate swaps are related.

The Company's swap transactions as at December 31, 2010 are designated as hedges against a portion of its long term debt and are summarized as follows:
 
 
Notional Principal (in thousands of $)
Inception date
Maturity date
 
Fixed interest rate
 
 
$585,500 (reducing to $401,417)
December 2008
August 2013
    1.91% - 2.24 %
 
 
Foreign currency risk
 
The majority of the Company's transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the Company.  There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of the Company's cash flows.  The Company has not entered into forward contracts for either transaction or translation risk, which may have an adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Fair Values
 
The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company's financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
2010
Carrying value
   
2010
Fair value
   
2009
Carrying value
   
2009
Fair value
 
 
Non-derivatives:
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    3       3       2       2  
 
Fixed rate long-term debt due to related parties - parent company
    224,179       224,179       -       -  
 
Floating rate long-term debt due to non-related parties
    1,099,417       1,099,417       1,255,250       1,255,250  
 
Derivatives:
                               
 
Interest rate swap contracts – long term payables
    16,370       16,370       1,786       1,786  


 
A-14

 

The above financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as follows:
 
           
Fair value measurements at reporting date using
 
           
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
 
(in thousands of $)
 
December 31, 2010
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
 
Assets:
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    3       3       -       -  
 
Total assets
    3       3       -       -  
 
Liabilities:
                               
 
Fixed rate long-term debt due to related parties - parent company
    224,179       -       224,179       -  
 
Floating rate long-term debt due to non-related parties
    1,099,417       1,099,417                  
 
Interest rate swap contracts –  long term payables
    16,370       -       16,370       -  
 
Total liabilities
    1,339,966       1,099,417       240,549       -  

ASC Topic 820 "Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures" ("ASC 820") emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within levels one and two of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity's own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within level three of the hierarchy).
 
 
Level one inputs utilize unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level two inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in level one that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level two inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, other than quoted prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level three inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are typically based on an entity's own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity. In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, which are highly liquid, is a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair value of the long-term fixed interest rate debt due to parent company is estimated to be equal to the carrying value, based on an analysis of interest rates, credit risks and default risks associated with the terms of the loans.

The fair value for floating rate long-term debt is estimated to be equal to the carrying value since it bears variable interest rates, which are reset on a quarterly basis.

The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated using a well-established independent valuation technique applied to contracted cash flows and LIBOR interest rates as at December 31, 2010.

 
A-15

 


 
Concentrations of risk
 
There is a concentration of credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents to the extent that most of the amounts are carried with Nordea. However, the Company believes this risk is remote.

The Company's operating revenue consists entirely of lease income derived from the charters of its two drilling rigs to the Seadrill Charterers, both subsidiaries of Seadrill. There is thus a concentration of revenue risk with Seadrill.

12.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
Assets Pledged
 
   
2010
 
Book value of assets pledged under ship mortgages
$1,396 million

 
13.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
There are no subsequent events to report.









 
A-16

 

Exhibit 4.11

ISIN NO 001 058883.3





BOND AGREEMENT

between

Ship Finance International Limited
(Issuer)

and

Norsk Tillitsmann ASA
(Bond Trustee)

on behalf of

the Bondholders

in the bond issue

"FRN Ship Finance International Limited Callable Senior Unsecured Bond Issue 2010/2014"







 
 

 
     


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1
Interpretation
3
2
The Bonds
9
3
Listing
10
4
Registration in a Securities Register
10
5
Purchase and transfer of Bonds
11
6
Conditions Precedent
11
7
Representations and Warranties
12
8
Status of the Bonds and security
14
9
Interest
15
10
Maturity of the Bonds and Redemption
15
11
Payments
16
12
Issuer's acquisition of Bonds
18
13
Covenants
18
14
Fees and expenses
21
15
Events of Default
21
16
Bondholders' meeting
23
17
The Bond Trustee
26
18
Miscellaneous
28

 
1

 

This agreement has been entered into on 6 October 2010 between

(1)         Ship Finance International Limited (a company incorporated in Bermuda with Registration No. 34296 as issuer (the " Issuer "), and

(2)         Norsk Tillitsmann ASA (a company incorporated in Norway with Company No. 963 342 624) as bond trustee (the " Bond Trustee ").

 
1
Interpretation
 
1.1
Definitions

In this Bond Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings (certain terms relevant for Clauses 13 and 18.2 and other Clauses may be defined in the relevant Clause):

" Account Manager " means a Bondholder's account manager in the Securities Register.

"Adjusted Total Assets" means:

 
(A)
Total Assets; plus

 
(B)
(on a consolidated basis for the Group) the aggregated book value of the deferred equity contribution relating to the assets acquired from Frontline Ltd.

For the avoidance of doubt, this implies that Adjusted Total Assets shall be:

(A) plus (B)

"Adjusted Total Liability" means:

 
(A)
Total Liabilities; less

 
(B)
(on a consolidated basis for the Group) the aggregated book value of the net present value (NPV), based on a mark-to-market valuation, of interest rate swaps (if any).

For the avoidance of doubt, this implies that Adjusted Total Liability shall be:

 
(A)
minus (B)

" Attachment " means any attachments to this Bond Agreement.

" Bond Agreement " means this bond agreement, including any Attachments to which it refers, and any subsequent amendments and additions agreed between the Parties.

 
2

 
  


" Bond Issue " means the bond issue constituted by the Bonds.

" Bond Reference Rate "   means 3 months NIBOR.

" Bondholder " means a holder of Bond(s), as registered in the Securities Register, from time to time.

" Bondholders' Meeting " means a meeting of Bondholders, as set forth in Clause 16.

" Bonds " means the securities issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Bond Agreement, representing the Bondholders' underlying claim on the Issuer.

" Business Day " means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business and can settle foreign currency transactions in Oslo, London and New York.

" Business Day Convention "   means that if the relevant Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, that date will be the first following day that is a Business Day unless that day falls in the next calendar month, in which case that date will be the first preceding day that is a Business Day ( Modified Following Business Day Convention ).

" Call Option " shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 10.2.

" Change of Control Event " means that any person or group, other than Hemen Holding Ltd., Farahead Investment Inc. and/or other companies which are controlled directly or indirectly by Mr. John Fredriksen, his direct lineal descendants, the personal estate of any of them and any trust created for the benefit of any of the aforementioned persons and their estates, becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Issuer.

" Encumbrance " means any encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge (whether fixed or floating), assignment by way of security, finance lease, sale and repurchase or sale and leaseback arrangement, sale of receivables on a recourse basis or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

" Equity " means Adjusted Total Assets less Adjusted Total Liabilities.

" Equity Ratio " means Equity divided by Adjusted Total Assets.

 " Event of Default " means the occurrence of an event or circumstance specified in Clause 15.1.

" Exchange " means securities exchange or other reputable marketplace for securities, on which the Bonds are listed, or where the Issuer has applied for listing of the Bonds.

" Finance Documents " means (i) this Bond Agreement, (ii) the agreement between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer referred to in Clause 14.2, (iii) any other document

 
3

 
     Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

which is executed at any time by the Issuer or any other party in relation to any amount payable under this Bond Agreement.

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness incurred in respect of:
 
(a)
moneys borrowed, including acceptance credit;
 
(b)
any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;
 
(c)
the amount of any liability in respect of any lease, hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;
 
(d)
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables sold on a non-recourse basis);
 
(e)
any sale and lease back transaction (save for vessel or rig charter parties with purchase options) which is treated as indebtedness under GAAP;
 
(f)
the acquisition cost of any asset to the extent payable after its acquisition or possession by the party liable where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of that asset;
 
(g)
any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price, including without limitation currency or interest rate swaps, caps or collar transactions (and, when calculating the value of the transaction, only the mark-to-market value shall be taken into account);
 
(h)
any amounts raised under any other transactions having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money, whether recorded in the balance sheet or not (including any forward sale of purchase agreement);
 
(i)
any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institutions; and
 
(j)
(without double counting) any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any of the items referred to in( a) through (i) above.

" Financial Statements " means the audited unconsolidated and consolidated annual accounts and financial statements of the Issuer for any financial year, drawn up according to GAAP, such accounts to include a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement.

" Free Cash " means the aggregate book value of the holdings which at all times are available for the Issuer of any:

 
a)
cash in hand or amounts standing to the credit of any current and/or on deposit accounts;
 
b)
time deposits and certificates of deposit issued, and bills of exchange; and
 
c)
undrawn credit lines,

in each case, to which any Group Company is beneficially entitled at that time and to which any such Group Company has free and unrestricted access.

" GAAP " means the generally accepted accounting practice and principles in the United States of America, or if implemented by the Issuer, the International Financial

 
4

 
     

Reporting Standards (IFRS) and guidelines and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any predecessor and successor thereof), in force from time to time.

" Group " means the Issuer and the consolidated Subsidiaries, and a "Group Company" means the Issuer or any of the consolidated Subsidiaries.

" Interest Payment Date " means 7 January, 7 April, 7 July and 7 October each year and the Maturity Date. Any adjustment will be made according to the Business Day Convention.

" ISIN " means International Securities Identification Numbering system – the identification number of the Bonds.

" Issue Date " means 7 October 2010.

" Issuer's Bonds " means Bonds owned by the Issuer, any party or parties who has decisive influence over the Issuer, or any party or parties over whom the Issuer has decisive influence.

" Manager "   means the manager for the Bond Issue.
 
 
"Margin " means   4.00 percentage points per annum.

" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or operations of the Issuer and/or the Group taken as a whole, (b) the Issuer's ability to perform and comply with its obligations under this Bond Agreement; or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Bond Agreement and any Security Documents.

" Material Subsidiary" means:

 
(i)
any Subsidiary whose total consolidated assets represent at least 10 % of the total consolidated assets of the Group, or
 
(ii)
any Subsidiary whose total consolidated net sales represent at least 10 % of the total consolidated net sales of the Group, or
 
(iii)
any other Subsidiary to which is transferred either (A) all or substantially all of the assets of another Subsidiary which immediately prior to the transfer was a Material Subsidiary or (B) sufficient assets of the Issuer that such Subsidiary would have been a Material Subsidiary had the transfer occurred on or before the relevant date,

" Maturity Date " means 7 April 2014 or an earlier maturity date as provided for in this Bond Agreement. Any further adjustment may be made according to the Business Day Convention.

"NIBOR" means that the rate for an interest period will be the rate for deposits in Norwegian Kroner for a period as defined under Bond Reference Rate months which appears on the Reuters Screen NIBR Page as of 12.00 noon, Oslo time, on the day that is two Business Days preceding that Interest Payment Date. If such rate does not

 
5

 
     

appear on the Reuters Screen NIBR Page, the rate for that Interest Payment Date will be determined as if the Bond Reference Rate is quoted by "Reference Banks" as the applicable floating rate option

"NIBOR Reference Rate" means that the rate for an interest period will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in Norwegian Kroner are offered by four large authorised exchange banks in the Oslo market (the "Reference Banks") at approximately 12.00 noon, Oslo time, on the day that is two Business Days preceding that Interest Payment Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period as defined under Bond Reference Rate months commencing on that Interest Payment Date and in a representative amount. The Bond Trustee will request the principal Oslo office of each Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Payment Date shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Payment Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by two major banks in Oslo, selected by the Bond Trustee, at approximately 12.00 noon., Oslo time, on that Interest Payment Date for loans in Norwegian Kroner to leading European banks for a period as defined under Bond Reference Rate months commencing on that Interest Payment Date and in a representative amount.

" NOK " means Norwegian kroner, being the lawful currency of Norway.

 " Outstanding Bonds " means the aggregate value of the total number of Bonds not redeemed or otherwise discharged.

" Party " means a party to this Bond Agreement (including its successors and permitted transferees).

" Paying Agent " means any legal entity as appointed by the Issuer and approved by the Bond Trustee who acts as paying agent on behalf of the Issuer with respect to the Bonds.

" Payment Date " means a date for payment of principal or interest.

" Quarter Date " means each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

" Quarterly Financial Reports " means the unaudited unconsolidated and consolidated management accounts of the Issuer as of each Quarter Date, such accounts to include a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement and management commentary.

" Securities Register Act " means the Norwegian Act relating to Registration of Financial Instruments of 5 July 2002 No. 64.

" Securities Register " means the securities register in which the Bond Issue is registered.

" Subsidiary" means an entity over which another entity or person has control due to (i) direct and indirect ownership of shares or other ownership interests, and/or (ii)

 
6

 
     

agreement, understanding or other arrangement. An entity shall always be considered to be the subsidiary of another entity or person if such entity or person has such number of shares or ownership interests so as to represent the majority of the votes in the entity, or has the right to vote in or vote out a majority of the directors in the entity.

"Tap Issues" shall subsequent issues after Issue Date up to the maximum amount described in Clause 2.2.1.

" Taxes " means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings, and any restrictions and or conditions resulting in a charge together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof and " Tax " and

" Taxation " shall be construed accordingly.

" Total Assets " means, on any date, (on a consolidated basis for the Group) the aggregate book value of those assets which according to GAAP should be included as assets in the balance sheet.

" Total Liabilities " means, on any date, (on a consolidated basis for the Group) the aggregate book value of those liabilities which according to GAAP should be included as liabilities in the balance sheet.

" US Securities Act " means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

" Voting Bonds " means the Outstanding Bonds less the Issuer's Bonds.

" Working Capital " means:

 
(A)
(on a consolidated basis for the Group) the aggregate book value of those assets which according to GAAP should be included as current assets in the balance sheet; less

 
(B)
(on a consolidated basis for the Group) the aggregate book value of those liabilities which according to GAAP should be included as current liabilities in the balance sheet; plus

 
(C)
(on a consolidated basis for the Group) the aggregate book value of the scheduled installments (including any balloons) on long term debt which according to GAAP should be included as current liabilities in the balance sheet.

For the avoidance of doubt, this implies that Working Capital shall be:

(A) less (B) plus (C)

 
7

 
     


 
 
1.2            Construction

In this Bond Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 
(a)
headings are for ease of reference only;
 
(b)
words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;
 
(c)
references to Clauses are references to the Clauses of this Bond Agreement;
 
(d)
references to a time is a reference to Oslo time unless otherwise stated herein;
 
(e)
references to a provision of law is a reference to that provision as it may be amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law, including any determinations, rulings, judgments and other binding decisions relating to such provision or regulation;
 
(f)
references to " control " means the power to appoint a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer or to direct the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise; and
 
(h)
references to a " person " shall include any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, company, corporation, trust, fund, body corporate, unincorporated body of persons, or any state or any agency of a state or association (whether or not having separate legal personality).
 
2
The Bonds
 
2.1
Binding nature of the Bond Agreement

2.1.1
The Bondholders are, through their subscription, purchase or other transfer of Bonds bound by the terms of the Bond Agreement and other Finance Documents, as authority to the Bond Trustee to finalize and execute the Bond Agreement on the Bondholders behalf is set out in the subscription documents, term sheet, sales documents or in any other way, and while all Bond transfers are subject to the terms of this Bond Agreement and all Bond transferees are, in taking transfer of Bonds, deemed to have accepted the terms of the Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents and will automatically become parties to the Bond Agreement upon completed transfer having been registered, without any further action required to be taken or formalities to be complied with, see also Clause 18.1.

2.1.2
The Bond Agreement is available to anyone and may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Issuer shall ensure that the Bond Agreement is available to the general public throughout the entire term of the Bonds.

2.2
The Bonds

2.2.1
The Issuer has resolved to issue a series of Bonds in the maximum amount of NOK 700,000,000 (Norwegian kroner seven hundred million). The Bond Issue may comprise one or more tranches issued on different issue dates. The first tranche will be in the amount of NOK 500,000,000 (Norwegian kroner five hundred million).

 
8

 
     

2.2.2
The Bond Issue is a Tap Issue, under which subsequent issues may take place after Issue Date up to the maximum amount described in Clause 2.2.1, running from the Issue Date and to be closed no later than 5 Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

All Tap Issues will be subject to identical terms in all respects. The rights and obligations of all parties to the Bond Agreement also apply for later Tap Issues. The Bond Trustee will on the issuing of additional Tap Issues make an addendum to the Bond Agreement regulating the conditions for such Tap Issue.

2.2.3
The Bonds will be in denominations of NOK 500,000 each and rank pari passu between themselves.

2.2.4
The Bond Issue will be described as "FRN Ship Finance International Limited Callable Senior Unsecured Bond Issue 2010/2014".

2.2.5
The International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) of the Bond Issue will be NO 001 058883.3.

2.2.6
The tenor of the Bonds is from and including the Issue Date to the Maturity Date.

2.3
Purpose and utilization

2.3.1
The net proceeds of the Bonds shall be employed for the general financing of the Issuer.
 
3
Listing
 
3.1
The Issuer shall apply for listing of the Bonds on Oslo Børs or, at the discretion of the Issuer, on Oslo Børs ASA's Alternative Bond Market (" ABM ").

3.2
If the Bonds are listed, the Issuer shall ensure that the Bonds remain listed until they have been discharged in full.
 
4
Registration in a Securities Register
 
4.1
The Bond Issue and the Bonds shall prior to disbursement be registered in the Securities Register according to the Securities Register Act and the conditions of the Securities Register.

4.2
The Issuer shall promptly arrange for notification to the Securities Register of any changes in the terms and conditions of this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee shall receive a copy of the notification.

4.3
The Issuer is responsible for the implementation of correct registration in the Securities Register. The registration may be executed by an agent for the Issuer provided that the agent is qualified according to relevant regulations.

 
9

 
     
 

4.4
The Bonds have not been registered under the US Securities Act, and the Issuer is under no obligation to arrange for registration of the Bonds under the US Securities Act.
 
5
Purchase and transfer of Bonds
 
5.1
The Bonds are not offered to and may not be subscribed by investors located in the United States except for "Qualified Institutional Buyers" (QIBs) within the meaning of Rule 144A under the US Securities Act. In addition to the subscription agreement each initial purchaser will be required to execute, each US investor that wishes to purchase Bonds, will be required to execute and deliver to the Issuer a certification in a form determined by the Issuer, stating, among other things, that the purchaser is a QIB.

5.2
Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Clause 5 and any other restrictions that may be imposed on Bondholders by local laws to which a Bondholder may be subject (due e.g. to its nationality, its residency, its registered address, its place(s) for doing business), the Bonds are freely transferable and may be pledged.

5.3
Bondholders located in the United States are not permitted to transfer the Bond except (a) subject to an effective registration statement under the US Securities Act, (b) to a person that the Bondholder reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A that is purchasing for its own account, or the account of another QIB, to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or other transfer may be made in reliance on Rule 144A, (c) outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the US Securities Act, and (d) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the US Securities Act provided by Rule 144 there under (if available).

5.4
Notwithstanding the above, a Bondholder which has purchased the Bonds in contradiction to mandatory restrictions applicable may nevertheless utilize its voting rights under this Bond Agreement.
 
6
Conditions Precedent
    
6.1
Disbursement of the net proceeds of the first tranche of Bonds to the Issuer will be subject to the Bond Trustee having received the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to it, at least two Business Days prior to the Issue Date:

 
(a)
the Finance Documents duly executed by all parties thereto;

 
(b)
certified copies of all necessary corporate resolutions to issue the Bonds and execute the Finance Documents;

 
(c)
a power of attorney from the Issuer to relevant individuals for their execution of the relevant Finance Documents, or extracts from the relevant register or similar documentation evidencing the individuals authorized to sign on behalf of the Issuer;

 
10

 
     Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

 
(d)
certified copies of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or other similar official document for the Issuer, evidencing that it is validly existing and (ii) Memorandum of Association of the Issuer;

 
(e)
the latest Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Report;

 
(f)
confirmation that the requirements set forth in Chapter 7 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act (implementing the EU prospectus directive (2003/71 EC) concerning prospectuses have been fulfilled;

 
(g)
to the extent necessary, any public authorisations required for the Bond Issue;

 
(h)
confirmation from the Paying Agent that the Bonds have been registered in the Securities Register;

 
(i)
written confirmation in accordance with Clause 7.3 (if required);

 
(j)
documentation on granting of authority to the Bond Trustee as set out in Clause 2.1;

 
(k)
copies of any written documentation made public by the Issuer or the Manager in connection with the Bond Issue; and

 
(l)
any statements or such legal opinions on the laws of Norway and Bermuda as is reasonably required by the Bond Trustee.

6.2
The Bond Trustee may, in its reasonable opinion, waive the deadline or requirements for documentation as set forth in Clause 6.1.

6.3
Disbursement of the net proceeds from the Bonds is subject to the Bond Trustee's written notice to the Issuer, the Manager and the Paying Agent that the documents have been controlled and that the required conditions precedent have been fulfilled.

6.4
On the Issue Date, subject to receipt of confirmation from the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 6.3, the Manager shall make the net proceeds from the first tranche of the Bond Issue available to the Issuer.

6.5
The Issuer may issue Tap Issues provided that (i) the amount of the aggregate of (x) the Outstanding Bonds prior to such Tap Issue and (y) the requested amount for such Tap Issue shall not exceed the maximum issue amount of NOK 700,000,000 (ii) no Event of Default is continuing  as a result of the making of such Tap Issue, (iii) the documents earlier received by the Bond Trustee, c.f. Clause 6.1, are still valid, (iv) the representations and warranties contained in this Bond Agreement being true and correct and repeated by the Issuer, and (v) that such Tap Issue is in compliance with laws and regulations as of the time of such issue.

 
11

 
     

7
Representations and Warranties
 
7.1
The Issuer represents and warrants to the Bond Trustee (on behalf of the Bondholders) that:

 
(a)
Status
The Issuer is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of the jurisdiction in which it is registered, and has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 
(b)
Power and authority
The Issuer has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 
(c)
Valid, binding and enforceable obligations
This Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document constitute (or will constitute, when executed by the respective parties thereto) legal, valid and binding obligations of such parties, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and (save as provided for therein) no further registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render the said documents enforceable against the Issuer..

 
(d)
Non-conflict with other obligations
The entry into and performance by the Issuer of the Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with (i) any present law or regulation or present judicial or official order; (ii) its memorandum of association, by-laws or other constitutional documents; or (iii) any document or agreement which is binding on the Issuer or any of its assets.

 
(e)
No Event of Default
No Event of Default exists, and no other circumstances exist which constitute or (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfilment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing) would constitute a default under any document which is binding on the Issuer or any of its assets, and which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(f)
Authorizations and consents
All authorisations, consents, licenses or approvals of any governmental authorities required for the Issuer in connection with the execution, performance, validity or enforceability of this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, and the transactions contemplated thereby, have been obtained and are valid and in full force and effect. All authorisations, consents, licenses or approvals of any governmental authorities required for the Issuer to carry on its business as presently conducted and as contemplated by this Bond Agreement, have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 
(g)
Litigation
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency is pending or, to the best of the Issuer's knowledge, threatened which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
12

 
     


 
(h)
Financial Statements
The audited most recent Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Reports of the Group fairly and accurately represent the assets and liabilities and financial condition as at their respective dates, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied from one year to another.

 
(i)
No Material Adverse Effect
Since the date of the most recent Financial Statements, there has been no change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Issuer that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(j)
No misleading information
All documents and information which have been provided  by the Issuer or with the agreement of the Issuer to the subscribers or the Bond Trustee in connection with this Bond Issue represent the latest available financial information concerning the Group.

 
(k)
Environmental compliance
The Issuer and each Group Company is in material compliance with any relevant applicable environmental law or regulation and no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(l)
No withholdings
The Issuer is not required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment which it may become obliged to make to the Bond Trustee (on behalf of the Bondholders) or the Bondholders under this Bond Agreement.

 
(m)
Pari passu ranking
The Issuer's payment obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.


7.2
The representations and warranties set out in Clause 7.1 are made on the execution date of this Bond Agreement, and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Issue Date.

7.3
The Bond Trustee may prior to disbursement require a written statement from the Issuer confirming compliance with Clause 7.1.

7.4
In the event of misrepresentation, the Issuer shall indemnify the Bond Trustee for any economic losses suffered, both prior to the disbursement of the Bonds, and during the term of the Bonds, as a result of its reliance on the representations and warranties provided by such Issuer herein.

 
13

 
 

8
Status of the Bonds and security
 
8.1
The Bonds shall be senior debt of the Issuer. The Bonds shall rank at least pari passu with all other obligations of the Issuer (save for such claims which are preferred by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application) and shall rank ahead of subordinated capital.

8.2
The Bonds are unsecured.
 

9
Interest
  
9.1
The Issuer shall pay interest on the face value of the Bonds from, and including, the Issue Date at the Bond Reference Rate plus the Margin (together the " Floating Rate ").

9.2
Interest payments shall be made in arrears on the Interest Payment Dates each year, the first Interest Payment Date falls in January 2011.

9.3
The relevant interest payable amount shall be calculated based on a period from, and including, one Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next following applicable Interest Payment Date.

9.4
The day count fraction ("Day Count Fraction") in respect of the calculation of the payable interest amount shall be "Actual/360", which means that the number of days in the calculation period in which payment being made divided by 360.

9.5
The applicable Floating Rate on the Bonds is set/reset on each Interest Payment Date by the Bond Trustee commencing on the Interest Payment Date at the beginning of the relevant calculation period.

 
When the interest rate is set for the first time and on subsequent interest rate resets, the next Interest Payment Date, the interest rate applicable up to the next Interest Payment Date and the actual number of calendar days up to that date shall immediately be notified to the Bondholders, the Issuer, the Paying Agent, and if the Bonds are listed, the Exchange.

9.6
The payable interest amount per Bond for a relevant calculation period shall be calculated as follows:

Interest
=
Face
x
Floating
x
Amount
Value
Rate
Day Count Fraction
 
10
Maturity of the Bonds and Redemption
 
10.1
Maturity

The Bonds shall mature in full on the Maturity Date, and shall be repaid at par (100%) by the Issuer.

 
14

 
     

10.2.           Call Option
 
10.2.1
The Issuer may redeem all Bonds (but not part) (" Call Option ") at any time from and including the Interest Payment Date in October 2013 to, but not included, the Maturity Date at 100.50% of par plus accrued interests on redeemed amount.

10.2.2
Exercise of the Call Option shall be notified by the Issuer in writing to the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders and at least thirty Business Days prior to the settlement date of the Call Option.

10.2.3
On the settlement date of the Call Option, the Issuer shall pay to each of the Bondholders holding Bonds to be redeemed, in respect of each such Bond, the principal amount of such Bond (including any premium as stated above) and any unpaid interest accrued up to and including the settlement date

10.2.4
Bonds redeemed by the Issuer in accordance with this clause shall be discharged against the Outstanding Bonds.

10.3.
10.3
Change of control
 
10.3.1
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event each Bondholder shall have a right of early repayment (a " Put Option ") of its Bonds at a price of 100 % of par plus accrued interest.

10.3.2
The Put Option must be exercised within 60 days after the Issuer has given notification to the Bondholders of a Change of Control Event. Such notification shall be given as soon as possible after a Change of Control Event has taken place

 
The Put Option may be exercised by the Bondholders by giving written notice of the request to its Account Manager. The Account Manager shall notify the Paying Agent of the pre-payment request. The settlement date of the Put Option shall be the fifth – 5 – Business Days following the expiry of the 60 day period set out above.
10.3.3
On the settlement date of the Put Option, the Issuer shall pay to each of the Bondholders holding Bonds to be repaid, the principal amount of each such Bond (including any premium pursuant to Clause 10.3.1)) and any unpaid interest accrued up to and including the settlement date.
 
11
Payments
 
11.1
Payment mechanics

11.1.1
The Issuer shall pay all amounts due to the Bondholders under the Bonds and this Bond Agreements by crediting the bank account nominated by each Bondholder in connection with its securities account in the Securities Register.

11.1.2
Payment shall be considered to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank which holds the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, but if the paying bank and the receiving bank are the same, payment shall be considered to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, see however Clause 11.2.

 
15

 
   

11.2
Currency

11.2.1
If the Bonds are denominated in other currencies than NOK, each Bondholder has to provide the Paying Agent (either directly or through its Account Manager) with specific payment instructions, including foreign exchange bank account details. Depending on the currency exchange settlement agreements between the Bondholders' bank and the Paying Agent, cash settlement may be delayed, in which case no default interest or other penalty shall accrue for the amount of the Issuer.

11.2.2
Except as otherwise expressly provided, all amounts payable under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document shall be payable in the same currency as the Bonds are denominated in. If, however, the Bondholder has not given instruction as set out in Clause 11.2.1, within 5 Business Days prior to a Payment Date, the cash settlement will be exchanged into NOK and credited to the NOK bank account registered with the Bondholders account in the Securities Register.

11.2.3
Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, taxes and other liabilities shall be payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

11.3
Set-off and counterclaims

11.3.1
The Issuer may not apply or perform any counterclaims or set-off against any payment obligations pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document.

11.4
Interest in the event of late payment

11.4.1
In the event that payment of interest or principal is not made on the relevant Payment Date, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the Payment Date at an interest rate equivalent to the interest rate according to Clause 9 plus 5.00 percentage points.

11.4.2
The interest charged under this Clause 11.4 shall be added to the defaulted amount on each respective Interest Payment Date relating thereto until the defaulted amount has been repaid in full.

11.4.3
The unpaid amounts shall bear interest as stated above until payment is made, whether or not the Bonds are declared to be in default pursuant to Clause 15.1 (a), cf. Clauses 15.2 - 15.4.

11.5
Irregular payments

11.5.1
In case of irregular payments, the Bond Trustee may instruct the Issuer or Bondholders of other payment mechanisms than described in Clause 11.1 or 11.2 above. The Bond Trustee may also obtain payment information regarding Bondholders' accounts from the Securities Register or Account Managers.

 
16

 
     

12
Issuer's acquisition of Bonds
 
12.1
The Issuer has the right to acquire and own Bonds (Issuer's Bonds). The Issuer's Bonds may at the Issuer's discretion be retained by the Issuer, sold or discharged.
 
13
Covenants
 
13.1
General

13.1.1
The Issuer has undertaken the covenants in this Clause 13 to the Bond Trustee (on behalf of the Bondholders), as further stated below.

13.1.2
The covenants in this Clause 13 shall remain in force from the date of this Bond Agreement and until such time that no amounts are outstanding under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document, unless the Bond Trustee (or the Bondholders Meeting, as the case may be), has agreed in writing to waive any covenant, and then only to the extent of such waiver, and on the terms and conditions set forth in such waiver.

13.2
Information Covenants

13.2.1
The Issuer shall

 
(a)
without being requested to do so, immediately inform the Bond Trustee of any Event of Default as well as of any circumstances which the Issuer understands or should understand may lead to an Event of Default;

 
(b)
without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of any other event which have, or which the Issuer should understand may have, a Material Adverse Effect;

 
(c)
without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee if the Issuer intends to sell or dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets or operations, or change the nature of its business;

 
(d)
without being requested to do so, the Issuer shall, on a consolidated basis, produce Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Reports and make them available on its website in the English language (alternatively by sending them to the Bond Trustee) as soon as they become available, and not later than 150 days after the end of the financial year for Financial Statements and 60 days after the end of the relevant quarter for Quarterly Financial Reports;

 
(e)
at the request of the Bond Trustee, report the balance of the Issuer's Bonds;

 
(f)
without being requested to do so, send the Bond Trustee copies of any creditors' notifications of the Issuer, including but not limited to mergers, de-mergers and reduction of the Issuer's share capital or equity;

 
(g)
without being requested to do so, send a copy to the Bond Trustee of its notices to the Exchange (if listed) which are of relevance for the Issuer's liabilities pursuant to this Bond Agreement;

 
17

 
     


 
(h)
without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of changes in the registration of the Bonds in the Securities Register; and

 
(i)
within a reasonable time, provide such information about the Issuer's financial condition as the Bond Trustee may reasonably request.

13.2.2
The Issuer shall at the request of the Bond Trustee provide the documents and information necessary to maintain the listing and quotation of the Bonds on the Exchange (if listed) and to otherwise enable the Bond Trustee to carry out its rights and duties pursuant to this Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents, as well as applicable laws and regulations.

13.2.3
The Issuer shall in connection with the issue of its Financial Statements under Clause 13.2.1. (d), confirm to the Bond Trustee in writing the Issuer's compliance with the covenants in Clause 13.5. Such confirmation shall be undertaken in a compliance certificate, substantially in the format set out in Attachment 1 hereto, signed by an authorized officer of the Issuer. In the event of non-compliance, the compliance certificate shall describe the non-compliance, the reasons therefore as well as the steps which the Issuer has taken and will take in order to rectify the non-compliance.

13.3
General Covenants

 
(a)
Pari passu ranking
The Issuer's obligations under this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall at all times rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsubordinated creditors save for those whose claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

 
(b)
Mergers
The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no Subsidiary shall, carry out any merger or other business combination or corporate reorganization involving consolidating the assets and obligations of the Issuer or any of the subsidiaries with any other companies or entities if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall notify the Bond Trustee of any such transaction, providing relevant details thereof, as well as, if applicable, its reasons for believing that the proposed transaction would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(c)
De-mergers
The Issuer shall not carry out any de-merger or other corporate reorganization involving splitting the Issuer into two or more separate companies or entities, if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall notify the Bond Trustee of any such transaction, providing relevant details thereof, as well as, if applicable, its reasons for believing that the proposed transaction would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(d)
Continuation of business
 
 
(i)
The Issuer shall not, cease to carry out its business.

 
18

 
     Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

 
(ii)
The Issuer shall procure that no material change is made to the general nature or scope of the business of the Group from that carried on at the date of this Bond Agreement, or as contemplated by this Bond Agreement.

 
(e)
Disposal of business
The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no Subsidiary shall, sell or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of the Group's assets or operations, unless

 
(i)
the transaction is carried out at fair market value, on terms and conditions customary for such transactions; and
 
 
(ii)
such transaction would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(f)
Listing
 
 
The Issuer shall ensure that the Issuer's shares shall remain listed on New York Stock Exchange or another recognized stock exchange.

13.4
Corporate and operational matters

 
(a)
Transactions with shareholders, directors and affiliated companies
The Issuer shall cause all transactions between any Group Company and (i) any shareholder thereof not part of the Group, (ii) any director or senior member of management in any Group Company, (iii) any company in which any Group Company holds more than 10 per cent of the shares, or (iv) or any company, person or entity controlled by or affiliated with any of the foregoing, to be entered on commercial terms, not less favourable to the Group Company than would have prevailed in arms' length transaction with a third party.

All such transactions shall comply with all applicable provisions of applicable corporate law applicable to such transactions..

 
(b)
Compliance with laws
The Issuer shall (and shall ensure that all Group Companies shall) comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations it or they may be subject to from time to time (including any environmental laws and regulations)

13.5           Preservation of equity and Financial Covenants

(a)         Minimum liquidity
The Issuer shall ensure that the Issuer on a consolidated basis maintains Free Cash of at least USD 25,000,000.

(b)         Minimum working capital
The Issuer shall ensure that the Issuer on a consolidated basis at all times maintains a positive Working Capital.

(c)         Equity Ratio
The Issuer shall ensure that the Issuer on a consolidated basis at each Quarter Date have an Equity Ratio of at least 20 %.

 
19

 
    
 
14
Fees and expenses
 
14.1
The Issuer shall cover all its own expenses in connection with this Bond Agreement and fulfilment of its obligations under this Bond Agreement, including preparation of this Bond Agreement, preparation of the Finance Documents and any registration or notifications relating thereto, listing of the Bonds on the Exchange (if applicable), and the registration and administration of the Bonds in the Securities Register.

14.2
The expenses and fees payable to the Bond Trustee shall be paid by the Issuer and are set forth in a separate agreement between the Issuer and the Bond Trustee. Fees and expenses payable to the Bond Trustee which, due to the Issuer's insolvency or similar, are not reimbursed in any other way may be covered by making an equivalent reduction in the payments to the Bondholders.

14.3
The Issuer shall cover all public fees in connection with the Bonds and the Finance Documents. Any public fees levied on the trade of Bonds in the secondary market shall be paid by the Bondholders, unless otherwise provided by law or regulation, and the Issuer is not responsible for reimbursing any such fees.

14.4
In addition to the fee due to the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 14.2 and normal expenses pursuant to Clauses 14.1 and 14.3, the Issuer shall, on demand, cover extraordinary expenses incurred by the Bond Trustee in connection with the Bonds, as determined in a separate agreement between the Issuer and the Bond Trustee.

14.5
The Issuer is responsible for withholding any withholding tax imposed by applicable law on any payments to the Bondholders.
 
15
Events of Default
 
The Bonds may be declared by the Bond Trustee to be in default upon occurrence of any of the following events (which shall be referred to as an " Event of Default ") if:

 
(a)
Non-payment
The Issuer fails to fulfil any payment obligation due under this Bond Agreement or any Finance Document when due, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, it is obvious that such failure will be remedied, and payment in full is made, within 5 – five – Business Days following the original due date.

 
(b)
Breach of other obligations
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary fails to duly perform any other covenant or obligation pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any of the Finance Documents, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, it is obvious that such failure will be remedied and is remedied within 10 – ten – Business Days after notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Bond Trustee.

 
(c)
Cross default
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (i) to (iv) below exceeds a total of USD 25 million, or the equivalent thereof in other currencies;

 
20

 
    


 
(i)
any Financial Indebtedness or guarantee is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period,
 
(ii)
any Financial Indebtedness is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described),
 
(iii)
any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended by a creditor as a result of an event of default (however described), or
 
(iv)
any creditor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

Provided however that default of any Financial Indebtedness by a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default if (i) the Issuer has no outstanding guarantee liability for such Financial Indebtedness, and (ii) the Issuer is not in default of any financial obligation to such Material Subsidiary.

 
(d)
Misrepresentations
Any representation, warranty or statement (including statements in compliance certificates) made under this Bond Agreement or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made.

 
(e)
Insolvency
 
If for the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary

 
(i)
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation  (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) other than solvent liquidation or reorganisation,

 
(ii)
a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, having a Material Adverse Effect.,

 
(iii)
the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer of any of its assets; or

 
(iv)
enforcement of any security over any of its assets,

 
(f)
Creditors' process
 
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary has a substantial proportion of the assets impounded, confiscated, attached or subject to distraint, or is subject to enforcement of any security over any of its assets.

 
(g)
Dissolution, appointment of liquidator or analogous proceedings

 
21

 
     Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

 
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary is resolved to be dissolved or a liquidator, administrator or the like is appointed or requested to be appointed in respect of the Obligor or any Material Subsidiary.

 
(h)
Impossibility or illegality
It is or becomes impossible or unlawful for any Group Company to fulfil or perform any of the terms of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 
(j)
Material adverse effect
Any event or series of events occurs in relation to any Group Company or any Obligor which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bond Trustee, after consultations with the Issuer, has a Material Adverse Effect.
 
15.2
In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 15.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee can, in order to protect the interests of the Bondholders, declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and expenses to be in default and due for immediate payment.

The Bond Trustee may at its discretion, on behalf of the Bondholders, take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds, and all other amounts outstanding under the Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document.

15.3
In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 15.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee shall declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and costs to be in default and due for payment if:

 
(a)
the Bond Trustee receives a demand in writing with respect to the above from Bondholders representing at least 1/5 of the Outstanding Bonds, and the Bondholders' Meeting has not decided on other solutions, or
 
(b)
the Bondholders' Meeting has decided to declare the Outstanding Bonds in default and due for payment.

In either case the Bond Trustee shall on behalf of the Bondholders take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds. The Bond Trustee can request satisfactory security for any possible liability and anticipated expenses, from those Bondholders who requested that the declaration of default be made pursuant to sub clause (a) above and/or those who voted in favour of the decision pursuant to sub clause (b) above.

15.4
In the event that the Bond Trustee pursuant to the terms of Clauses 15.2 or 15.3 declares the Outstanding Bonds to be in default and due for payment, the Bond Trustee shall immediately deliver to the Issuer a notice demanding payment of interest and principal due to the Bondholders under the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and interest on overdue amounts and expenses.

 
16
Bondholders' meeting
 
16.1
Authority of the Bondholders' meeting

 
22

 
     


16.1.1
The Bondholders' Meeting represents the supreme authority of the Bondholders community in all matters relating to the Bonds. If a resolution by or an approval of the Bondholders is required, resolution of such shall be passed at a Bondholders' Meeting. Resolutions passed at Bondholders' Meetings shall be binding upon and prevail for all the Bonds.

16.2
Procedural rules for Bondholders' meetings

16.2.1
A Bondholders' Meeting shall be held at the request of:

 
(a)
the Issuer,
 
(b)
Bondholders representing at least 1/10 of the Outstanding Bonds,
 
(c)
the Exchange, if the Bonds are listed, or
 
(d)
the Bond Trustee.

16.2.2
The Bondholders' Meeting shall be summoned by the Bond Trustee. A request for a Bondholders' Meeting shall be made in writing to the Bond Trustee, and shall clearly state the matters to be discussed.

16.2.3
If the Bond Trustee has not summoned a Bondholders' Meeting within 10 – ten – Business Days after having received such a request, then the requesting party may summons the Bondholders' Meeting itself.

16.2.4
Summons to a Bondholders Meeting shall be dispatched no later than 10 – ten – Business Days prior to the Bondholders' Meeting. The summons and a confirmation of each Bondholder's holdings of Bonds shall be sent to all Bondholders registered in the Securities Register at the time of distribution. The summons shall also be sent to the Exchange for publication.

16.2.5
The summons shall specify the agenda of the Bondholders' Meeting. The Bond Trustee may in the summons also set forth other matters on the agenda than those requested. If amendments to this Bond Agreement have been proposed, the main content of the proposal shall be stated in the summons.

16.2.6
The Bond Trustee may restrict the Issuer to make any changes of Voting Bonds in the period from distribution of the summons until the Bondholders' Meeting, by serving notice to it to such effect.

16.2.7
Matters that have not been reported to the Bondholders in accordance with the procedural rules for summoning of a Bondholders' Meeting may only be adopted with the approval of all Voting Bonds.

16.2.8
The Bondholders' Meeting shall be held on premises designated by the Bond Trustee. The Bondholders' Meeting shall be opened and shall, unless otherwise decided by the Bondholders' Meeting, be chaired by the Bond Trustee. If the Bond Trustee is not present, the Bondholders' Meeting shall be opened by a Bondholder, and be chaired by a representative elected by the Bondholders' Meeting.

 
23

 
    

16.2.9
Minutes of the Bondholders' Meeting shall be kept. The minutes shall state the numbers of Bondholders represented at the Bondholders' Meeting, the resolutions passed at the meeting, and the result of the voting. The minutes shall be signed by the chairman and at least one other person elected by the Bondholders' Meeting. The minutes shall be deposited with the Bond Trustee and shall be available to the Bondholders.

16.2.10
The Bondholders, the Bond Trustee and – provided the Bonds are listed - representatives of the Exchange, have the right to attend the Bondholders' Meeting. The chairman may grant access to the meeting to other parties, unless the Bondholders' Meeting decides otherwise. Bondholders may attend by a representative holding proxy. Bondholders have the right to be assisted by an advisor. In case of dispute the chairman shall decide who may attend the Bondholders' Meeting and vote for the Bonds.

16.2.11
Representatives of the Issuer have the right to attend the Bondholders' Meeting. The Bondholders' Meeting may resolve that the Issuer's representatives may not participate in particular matters. The Issuer has the right to be present under the voting.

16.3
Resolutions passed at Bondholders' meetings

16.3.1
At the Bondholders' Meeting each Bondholder may cast one vote for each Voting Bond owned at close of business on the day prior to the date of the Bondholders' Meeting in accordance with the records registered in the Securities Register. Whoever opens the Bondholders' Meeting shall adjudicate any question concerning which Bonds shall count as the Issuer's Bonds. The Issuer's Bonds shall not have any voting rights.

16.3.2
In all matters, the Issuer, the Bond Trustee and any Bondholder have the right to demand vote by ballot. In case of parity of votes, the chairman shall have the deciding vote, regardless of the chairman being a Bondholder or not.

16.3.3
In order to form a quorum, at least half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds must be represented at the meeting, see however Clause 16.4. Even if less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented, the Bondholders' Meeting shall be held and voting completed.

16.3.4
Resolutions shall be passed by simple majority of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders' Meeting, unless otherwise set forth in Clause 16.3.5.

16.3.5
In the following matters, a majority of at least 2/3 of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders' Meeting is required:

 
(a)
amendment of the terms of this Bond Agreement regarding the interest rate, the tenor, redemption price and other terms and conditions affecting the cash flow of the Bonds;
 
(b)
transfer of rights and obligations of this Bond Agreement to another issuer (Issuer), or

 
24

 
    

 
(c)
change of Bond Trustee.

16.3.6
The Bondholders' Meeting may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

16.3.7
The Bond Trustee shall ensure that resolutions passed at the Bondholders' Meeting are properly implemented.

16.3.8
The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of resolutions passed at the Bondholders' Meeting.

16.4
Repeated Bondholders' meeting

16.4.1.
If the Bondholders' Meeting does not form a quorum pursuant to Clause 16.3.3, a repeated Bondholders' Meeting may be summoned to vote on the same matters. The attendance and the voting result of the first Bondholders' Meeting shall be specified in the summons for the repeated Bondholders' Meeting.

16.4.2
When a matter is tabled for discussion at a repeated Bondholders' Meeting, a valid resolution may be passed even though less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented.
 
17
The Bond Trustee
 
17.1
The role and authority of the Bond Trustee

17.1.1
The Bond Trustee shall monitor the compliance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Bond Agreement and applicable laws and regulations which are relevant to the terms of this Bond Agreement, including supervision of timely and correct payment of principal or interest, inform the Bondholders, the Paying Agent and the Exchange of relevant information which is obtained and received in its capacity as Bond Trustee (however, this shall not restrict the Bond Trustee from discussing matters of confidentiality with the Issuer), arrange Bondholders' Meetings, and make the decisions and implement the measures resolved pursuant to this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee is not obligated to assess the Issuer's financial situation beyond what is directly set forth in this Bond Agreement.

17.1.2
The Bond Trustee may take any step necessary to ensure the rights of the Bondholders in all matters pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee may postpone taking action until such matter has been put forward to the Bondholders' Meeting.

17.1.3
Except as provided for in Clause 17.1.5 the Bond Trustee may reach decisions binding for all Bondholders concerning this Bond Agreement, including amendments to the Bond Agreement and waivers or modifications of certain provisions, which in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the rights or interests of the Bondholders pursuant to this Bond Agreement.

 
25

 
     

17.1.4
Except as provided for in Clause 17.1.5, the Bond Trustee may reach decisions binding for all Bondholders in circumstances other than those mentioned in Clause 17.1.3 provided prior notification has been made to the Bondholders. Such notice shall contain a proposal of the amendment and the Bond Trustee's evaluation. Further, such notification shall state that the Bond Trustee may not reach a decision binding for all Bondholders in the event that any Bondholder submit a written protest against the proposal within a deadline set by the Bond Trustee. Such deadline may not be less than five (5) Business Days following the dispatch of such notification.

17.1.5
The Bond Trustee may not reach decisions pursuant to Clauses 17.1.3 or 17.1.4 for matters set forth in Clause 16.3.5 except to rectify obvious incorrectness, vagueness or incompleteness.

17.1.6
The Bond Trustee may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

17.1.7
The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of decisions made by the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 17.1 unless such notice obviously is unnecessary.

17.1.8
The Bondholders' Meeting can decide to replace the Bond Trustee without the Issuer's approval, as provided for in Clause 16.3.5.

17.2
Liability and indemnity

17.2.1
The Bond Trustee is liable only for direct losses incurred by Bondholders or the Issuer as a result of negligence or wilful misconduct by the Bond Trustee in performing its functions and duties as set forth in this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee is not liable for the content of information provided to the Bondholders on behalf of the Issuer.

17.2.2
The Issuer is liable for, and shall indemnify the Bond Trustee fully in respect of, all losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of negligence by the Issuer (including its directors, management, officers, employees, agents and representatives) to fulfil its obligations under the terms of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Documents, including losses incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of the Bond Trustee's actions based on misrepresentations made by the Issuer in connection with the establishment and performance of this Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

17.3
Change of Bond Trustee

17.3.1
Change of Bond Trustee shall be carried out pursuant to the procedures set forth in Clause 16. The Bond Trustee shall continue to carry out its duties as bond trustee until such time that a new Bond Trustee is elected.

17.3.2
The fees and expenses of a new bond trustee shall be covered by the Issuer pursuant to the terms set out in Clause 14, but may be recovered wholly or partially from the Bond Trustee if the change is due to a breach of the Bond Trustee duties pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement or other circumstances for which the Bond Trustee is liable.

 
26

 
     

17.3.3
The Bond Trustee undertakes to co-operate so that the new bond trustee receives without undue delay following the Bondholders' Meeting the documentation and information necessary to perform the functions as set forth under the terms of this Bond Agreement.

 
18
Miscellaneous
 
18.1
The community of Bondholders

18.1
By virtue of holding Bonds, which are governed by this Bond Agreement (which pursuant to Clause 2.1.1 is binding upon all Bondholders), a community exists between the Bondholders, implying, inter alia, that

 
(a)
the Bondholders are bound by the terms of this Bond Agreement,
 
 
(b)
the Bond Trustee has power and authority to act on behalf of the Bondholders,
 
 
(c)
the Bond Trustee has, in order to administrate the terms of this Bond Agreement, access to the Securities Register to review ownership of Bonds registered in the Securities Register,
 
 
(d)
this Bond Agreement establishes a community between Bondholders meaning that;
 
 
(i)
the Bonds rank pari passu between each other,
 
(ii)
the Bondholders may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Issuer and may not themselves institute legal proceedings against the Issuer, however not restricting the Bondholders to exercise their individual rights derived from the Bond Agreement.
 
(iii)
the Issuer may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Bondholders,
 
(iv)
the Bondholders may not cancel the Bondholders' community, and that
 
(v)
the individual Bondholder may not resign from the Bondholders' community.

18.2
Defeasance

18.2.1
The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have certain obligations discharged (see Clause 18.2.2) upon complying with the following conditions (" Covenant Defeasance ");

 
(a)
the Issuer shall have irrevocably pledged to the Bond Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders cash or government obligations accepted by the Bond Trustee (the " Defeasance Pledge ") in such amounts as will be sufficient for the payment of principal (including if applicable premium payable upon exercise of a Call Option) and interest on the Outstanding Bonds to Maturity Date (or redemption upon a exercise of a notified Call Option);

 
(b)
the Issuer shall, if required by the Bond Trustee, provide a legal opinion reasonable acceptable to the Bond Trustee to the effect that the Bondholders

 
27

 
    

 
will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes (hereunder US federal or Norwegian, if applicable) as a result of the Defeasance Pledge and Covenant Defeasance, and will be subject to such income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Defeasance Pledge had not occurred;

 
(c)
no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of establishment of the Defeasance Pledge, or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 181 st day after the date of establishment of the pledge;

 
(d)
neither the Defeasance Pledge nor the Covenant Defeasance results in a breach or violation of any material agreement or instrument binding upon any Obligor, or the articles of association or other corporate documents governing any Obligor;

 
(e)
the Issuer shall have delivered to the Bond Trustee a certificate signed by its Chief Executive Officer that the Defeasance Pledge was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Bondholders over any other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others;

 
(f)
the Issuer shall have delivered to the Bond Trustee any certificate or legal opinion reasonably required regarding the Covenant Defeasance or Defeasance Pledge (including certificate from its Chief Executive Officer and a legal opinion from its legal counsel to the effect that all conditions for Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and that the Defeasance Pledge (i) will not be subject to any rights of creditors of any Obligor, (ii) will constitutes a valid, perfected and enforceable security interest in favour of the Bond Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders, and (iii) will, after the 181 st day following the establishment, the funds and assets so pledged will not be subject to the effects of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally under the laws of the jurisdiction where the Defeasance Pledge was established and the corporate domicile of the Issuer.

18.2.2
Upon the exercise by the Issuer of its option under Clause 18.2.1;

 
(a)
all Obligors shall be released from their obligations under all provisions in Clause 13, except 13.2.1 (a), (e), (h) and (i).

 
(b)
the Issuer shall not (and shall ensure that all Group Companies shall not) take any actions that may cause the value of the Security Interest created by this Covenant Defeasance to be reduced, and shall at the request of the Bond Trustee execute, or cause to be executed, such further documentation and perform such other acts as the Bond Trustee may reasonably require in order for the Security Interests to remain valid, enforceable and perfected by the Bond Trustee for the account of the Bondholders;

 
(c)
any Security Interests other than the Defeasance Pledge shall be discharged, and the Bond Trustee shall take all steps reasonably possible for it to cause such discharge to be effected, by way of deletion of the relevant Security Document from the relevant register, notice to third parties or as otherwise required;

 
28

 
    

 
(d)
all other provisions of the Bond Agreement (except (a) – (c) above) shall remain fully in force without any modifications.

18.2.3
All moneys amount covered by the Defeasance Pledge shall be applied by the Bond Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of this Bond Agreement, to the payment to the Bondholders of all sums due to them under this Bond Agreement on the due date thereof.

Any excess funds not required for the payment of principal, premium and interest to the Bondholders (including any expenses, fees etc. due to the Bond Trustee hereunder) shall be returned to the Issuer.

18.3
Limitation of claims

18.3.1
All claims under the Bonds and this Bond Agreement for payment, including interest and principal, shall be subject to the time-bar provisions of the Norwegian Limitation Act of May 18, 1979 No. 18.

18.4
Access to information

18.4.1
The Bond Agreement is available to anyone and copies may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Issuer shall ensure that the Bond Agreement is available in copy form to the general public until all the Bonds have been fully discharged.

18.4.2
The Bond Trustee shall, in order to carry out its functions and obligations under the Bond Agreement, have access to the Securities Register for the purposes of reviewing ownership of the Bonds registered in the Securities Register.

18.5
Amendments

18.5.1
All amendments of this Bond Agreement shall be made in writing, and shall unless otherwise provided for by this Bond Agreement, only be made with the approval of all parties hereto.

18.6
Notices, contact information
 
 
18.6.1
Written notices, warnings, summons etc to the Bondholders made by the Bond Trustee shall be sent via the Securities Register with a copy to the Issuer and the Exchange. Information to the Bondholders may also be published at the web site www.stamdata.no.

18.6.2
The Issuer's written notifications to the Bondholders shall be sent via the Bond Trustee, alternatively through the Securities Register with a copy to the Bond Trustee and the Exchange.

 
29

 
    

18.6.3
Unless otherwise specifically provided, all notices or other communications under or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee and any Obligor shall be given or made in writing, by letter, or telefax. Any such notice or communication addressed shall be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 
(a)
if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party;
 
(b)
if by telefax, when received.

However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt, or after 3:00 p.m. on such a business day, shall only be deemed to be given at 9:00 a.m. on the next business day in that place.

18.6.4
The Issuer and the Bond Trustee shall ensure that the other party is kept informed of changes in postal address, e-mail address, telephone and fax numbers and contact persons

18.7
Dispute resolution and legal venue

18.7
This Bond Agreement and all disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and any Obligor, shall be governed by Norwegian law.

All disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and any Obligor, shall be exclusively resolved by the courts of Norway, with the District Court of Oslo as sole legal venue.

*****

This Bond Agreement has been executed in two originals, of which the Issuer and the Bond Trustee retain one each.


 Issuer  
 Bond Trustee
 
By:
Position:
 
By:
Position:
 
 
 
 

SK 23153 0001 1183144

 
30

 
     

 
 
 


Exhibit 4.12
 

 
Execution version


ISIN NO 001 0599699










BOND AGREEMENT

between

Ship Finance International Limited
(Issuer)

and

Norsk Tillitsmann ASA
(Bond Trustee)

on behalf of

the Bondholders

in the bond issue

Ship Finance International Limited Senior Unsecured Callable Convertible Bond Issue 2011/2016









 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS


1
Interpretation
2
2
The Bonds
9
3
Listing
9
4
Registration in a Securities Register
10
5
Conditions Precedent
10
6
Representations and Warranties
11
7
Status of the Bonds and security
13
8
Interest
13
9
Maturity of the Bonds, Call Option, Change of Control and Share Settlement Option
14
10
Payments
18
11
Issuer's acquisition of Bonds
19
12
Conversion terms
20
13
Adjustment of the Conversion Price
22
14
Merger and de-merger
34
15
Covenants
35
16
Fees and expenses
39
17
Events of Default
40
18
Bondholders' Meeting
42
19
The Bond Trustee
45
20
Miscellaneous
46

 


 
1

 


This agreement has been entered into on 8 February 2011 between

 
(1)
Ship Finance International Limited (a company incorporated in Bermuda with Registration No. 34296 as issuer (the " Issuer "), and

 
(2)
Norsk Tillitsmann ASA (a company incorporated in Norway with Company No. 963 342 624) as bond trustee (the " Bond Trustee ").

 
1
Interpretation
 
1.1
Definitions

In this Bond Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings (certain terms relevant for Clauses 15 and 20.2 and other Clauses may be defined in the relevant Clause):

" Account Manager " means a Bondholder's account manager in the Securities Register.

" Additional Redemption Settlement Shares " means as described in clause 9.5.

" Additional Shares " means as described in clause 13.12.

" Attachment " means any attachments to this Bond Agreement.

" Banking Day " means any day on which Norwegian commercial banks are open for general business and when Norwegian commercial banks can settle foreign currency transactions, being any day on which the Norwegian Central Bank's Settlement System is open.

" Bond Agreement " means this bond agreement, including any Attachment to which it refers, and any subsequent amendments and additions agreed between the Parties.

" Bond Issue " means the bond issue constituted by the Bonds.

" Bondholder " means a holder of Bond(s), as registered in the Securities Register, from time to time.

" Bondholders' Meeting " means a meeting of Bondholders, as set forth in Clause 18.

" Bonds " means the securities issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Bond Agreement, representing the Bondholders' underlying claim on the Issuer.

" Call Option " shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 9.2.

" Call Option Notice " shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 9.2.

 
2

 


" Cash Dividend " means as described in clause 13.3.

" Cash Settlement Amount " means as described in clause 9.4.

" Cash Settlement Option " means as described in clause 12.8.

" Change of Control Conversion Date " means the date falling ten (10) Banking Days after a Bondholder has given a notice of conversion following the occurrence of a Change of Control Event.

" Change of Control Conversion Period " means the period commencing on the date on which a Change of Control Event occurs and ending sixty (60) calendar days following such date or, if later, sixty (60) calendar days following the notification of a Change of Control Event (cf. clause 15.2.1(j)).

" Change of Control Conversion Price " shall have the meaning set forth in clause 9.3.

" Change of Control Put Date " shall have the meaning set forth in clause 9.3

" Change of Control Event " means that any person or group, other than Hemen Holding Ltd., Farahead Investment Inc. and/or other companies which are controlled directly or indirectly by Mr. John Fredriksen, his direct lineal descendants, the personal estate of any of them and any trust created for the benefit of any of the aforementioned persons and their estates, becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding Shares of the Issuer.

" Change of Control Put Date " means as described in clause 9.3.2.

" Conversion Date " means the date falling ten (10) Banking Days after the Paying Agent has received an exercise notice pursuant to clause 12.1.

" Conversion Period " means the entire term of the Bonds, subject to the Conversion Right being exercised within the Exercise Period.

" Conversion Price " means USD 27.05 per Share, subject to adjustments as provided in clauses 13 and 14.

" Conversion Right " means the right of each Bondholder to convert each Bond into Shares at the Conversion Price in effect on the relevant Conversion Date. Based on the initial Conversion Price, each Bond will convert into 3,696.86 Shares, subject to clauses 12, 13 and 14.

" Current Market Price " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Current Value " means as described in clause 9.4.

" Date of Pricing " means 2 February 2011.

 
3

 


" Dealing Day " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Decisive Influence " means the ability to control the affairs or policies of an entity, whether by contract, by the possession of majority voting control in such entity's general meeting or by the ability to appoint the majority of the board of directors or other relevant governing body of such entity.

" Dividend " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Encumbrance " means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge (whether fixed or floating), assignment by way of security, finance lease, sale and repurchase or sale and leaseback arrangement, sale of receivables on a recourse basis or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

" Event of Default " means the occurrence of an event or circumstance specified in Clause 17.1.

" Exchange " means a securities exchange or other reputable marketplace for securities, on which the Bonds are listed, or where the Issuer has applied for listing of the Bonds.

" Excluded Subsidiary " means as described in clause 15.5.

" Exercise Period " means the period commencing on the 41st Banking Day following the Issue Date and ending on the tenth (10) Banking Day prior to the Maturity Date or, if earlier, the tenth (10) Banking Day prior to the date for redemption of the Bonds pursuant to clause 9.2 (both days inclusive).

" Fair Market Value " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Finance Documents " means (i) this Bond Agreement, (ii) the agreement between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer referred to in Clause 16.2, (iii) any other document which is executed at any time by the Issuer or any other party in relation to any amount payable under this Bond Agreement.

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness incurred in respect of:
 
 
(a)
moneys borrowed, including acceptance credit;
 
(b)
any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;
 
(c)
the amount of any liability in respect of any lease, hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;
 
(d)
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables sold on a non-recourse basis);
 
(e)
any sale and lease back transaction (save for vessel or rig charter parties with purchase options) which is treated as indebtedness under GAAP;
 
(f)
the acquisition cost of any asset to the extent payable after its acquisition or possession by the party liable where the deferred payment is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of that asset;
 
(g)
any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price, including without limitation currency or interest rate swaps, caps or collar transactions (and, when calculating the value of the transaction, only the mark-to-market value shall be taken into account);
 
(h)
any amounts raised under any other transactions having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money, whether recorded in the balance sheet or not (including any forward sale of purchase agreement);
 
(i)
any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institutions; and
 
(j)
(without double counting) any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any of the items referred to in (a) through (i) above.

 
4

 


" Financial Statements " means the audited unconsolidated and consolidated annual accounts and financial statements of the Issuer for any financial year, drawn up according to GAAP, such accounts to include a profit and loss account, balance sheet and cash flow statement.

" GAAP " means the generally accepted accounting practice and principles in the United States of America, or if implemented by the Issuer, the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and guidelines and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any predecessor and successor thereof), in force from time to time.

" Group " means the Issuer and the consolidated Subsidiaries.

"Group Company" means the Issuer or any of the consolidated Subsidiaries.

" Independent Financial Adviser " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Interest Payment Date " means 10 February and 10 August each year, commencing on 10 August 2011. The final payment of interest will be made on the Maturity Date in respect of the period from (and including) 10 August 2015 to (but excluding) the Maturity Date.

" Interest Period " means as set forth in clause 8.4.

" ISIN " means International Securities Identification Numbering system – the identification number of the Bonds.

" Issue Date " means 10 February 2011.

" Issuer's Bonds " means Bonds owned by the Issuer, any party or parties who has Decisive Influence over the Issuer, or any party or parties over whom the Issuer has Decisive Influence.

" Managers "   means the managers for the Bond Issue.

" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or operations of the Issuer and/or the Group taken as a whole, (b) the Issuer's ability to perform and comply with its obligations under this Bond Agreement; or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Bond Agreement.
" Material Subsidiary" means:

 
(i)
any Subsidiary whose total consolidated assets represent at least 10 % of the total consolidated assets of the Group, or
 
(ii)
any Subsidiary whose total consolidated net sales represent at least 10 % of the total consolidated net sales of the Group, or
 
(iii)
any other Subsidiary to which is transferred either (A) all or substantially all of the assets of another Subsidiary which immediately prior to the transfer was a Material Subsidiary or (B) sufficient assets of the Issuer that such Subsidiary would have been a Material Subsidiary had the transfer occurred on or before the relevant date,


 
5

 

" Maturity Date " means 10 February 2016 or an earlier maturity date as provided for in this Bond Agreement.

" Non-Cash Dividend " means as described in clause 13.3.

" Outstanding Bonds " means the aggregate value of the total number of Bonds not redeemed or otherwise discharged.

" Parity Value " means as set forth in clause 9.2.

" Party " means a party to this Bond Agreement (including its successors and permitted transferees).

" Paying Agent " means any legal entity as appointed by the Issuer and approved by the Bond Trustee who acts as paying agent on behalf of the Issuer with respect to the Bonds.

" Payment Date " means a date for payment of principal, interest or any other amount payable pursuant to this Bond Agreement.

" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance which could, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, issue of a certificate and/or the fulfilment of any other requirement provided for in clause 17.1, become an Event of Default.

" Project Finance Indebtedness " means as defined in clause 15.5.

" Quarter Date " means each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

" Quarterly Financial Reports " means the unaudited unconsolidated and consolidated management accounts of the Issuer as of each Quarter Date, such accounts to include a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement and management commentary.

" Redemption Settlement Shares " means as described in clause 19.4.

" Reference Date " means as described in clause 13.12.

" Reference Price " means USD 20.04 per Share (being the closing share price of a Share on the New York Stock Exchange on 1 February 2011), always provided that, in connection with any determination of the Change of Control Conversion Price, the Reference Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions relating to the adjustment of the Conversion Price.

" Relevant Indebtedness " means as described in clause 15.5.

" Relevant Stock Exchange " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Remaining Bonds " means the aggregate principal amount of all Bonds outstanding at any time (being equal to the aggregate principal amount of Bonds issued on the Issue Date less the principal amount of Bonds redeemed by the Issuer or converted into Shares by such time).


 
6

 

" Retroactive Adjustment " means as described in clause 13.12.

" Securities " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Securities Depository " means The Norwegian Central Securities Depository (Verdipapirsentralen ASA).

" Securities Register " means the securities register in which the Bond Issue is registered.
 
 
" Securities Register Act " means the Norwegian Act relating to Registration of Financial Instruments of 5 July 2002 No. 64.

" Share Settlement Option " means as described in clause 9.4.

" Share Settlement Option Notice " means as described in clause 9.4.

" Share Settlement Reference Date " means as described in clause 9.5.

" Share Settlement Retroactive Adjustment " means as described in clause 9.5.

" Shareholders " means holders of Shares.

" Shares " means fully paid ordinary shares of the Issuer, with par value USD 2], currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange including such ordinary shares of the Issuer which, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Bond Agreement, shall be issued following any Bondholder's exercise of its Conversion Right.

" Specified Date " means as described in clause 13.7 or, as the case may be, clause 13.8.

" Specified Share Day " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Spin-Off " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Spin-Off Securities " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Subsidiary" means an entity over which another entity or person has control due to (i) direct and indirect ownership of shares or other ownership interests, and/or (ii) agreement, understanding or other arrangement. An entity shall always be considered to be the subsidiary of another entity or person if such entity or person has such number of shares or ownership interests so as to represent the majority of the votes in the entity, or has the right to vote in or vote out a majority of the directors in the entity.

" Taxes " means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings, and any restrictions and or conditions resulting in a charge together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof and " Tax " and " Taxation " shall be construed accordingly.

 
7

 



" USD " and " US dollars " means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

" US Securities Act " means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

" Valuation Date " means as described in clause 9.4.

" Volume Weighted Average Price " means as described in clause 13.15.

" Voting Bonds " means the Outstanding Bonds less the Issuer's Bonds.
 
1.2              Construction

In this Bond Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 
(a)
headings are for ease of reference only;
 
(b)
words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;
 
(c)
references to Clauses are references to the Clauses of this Bond Agreement;
 
(d)
references to a time is a reference to Oslo time unless otherwise stated herein;
 
(e)
references to a provision of law is a reference to that provision as it may be amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law, including any determinations, rulings, judgments and other binding decisions relating to such provision or regulation;
 
(f)
references to a " person " shall include any individual, firm, partnership, joint venture, company, corporation, trust, fund, body corporate, unincorporated body of persons, or any state or any agency of a state or association (whether or not having separate legal personality).
 
 
2
The Bonds
 
2.1
Binding nature of the Bond Agreement

2.1.1
The Bondholders are, through their subscription, purchase or other transfer of Bonds bound by the terms of the Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents, as authority to the Bond Trustee to finalize and execute the Bond Agreement on the Bondholders behalf is set out in the subscription documents, term sheet, sales documents or in any other way, and while all Bond transfers are subject to the terms of this Bond Agreement and all Bond transferees are, in taking transfer of Bonds, deemed to have accepted the terms of the Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents and will automatically become parties to the Bond Agreement upon completed transfer having been registered, without any further action required to be taken or formalities to be complied with, see also Clause 20.1.

2.1.2
The Bond Agreement is available to anyone and may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Issuer shall ensure that the Bond Agreement is available to the general public throughout the entire term of the Bonds.

 
8

 


2.2
The Bonds

2.2.1
The Issuer has resolved to issue a series of Bonds in the amount of USD 125,000,000 (United States dollars one hundred twenty five million). The Bond Issue will comprise a single tranche issued on the Issue Date.

2.2.2
The Bonds will be in denominations of USD 100,000 each and rank pari passu between themselves.

2.2.3
The Bond Issue will be described as "Ship Finance International Limited Senior Unsecured Callable Convertible Bond Issue 2011/2016".

2.2.4
The International Securities Identification Number (ISIN) of the Bond Issue will be NO 001 0599699.

2.2.5
The tenor of the Bonds is from and including the Issue Date to the Maturity Date.

2.3
Purpose and utilization

2.3.1
The net proceeds of the Bonds shall be employed for the general corporate purposes of the Issuer.

 
3
Listing
 
3.1
The Bonds will not be listed on any Exchange on the Issue Date. An application may subsequently be made for a listing of the Bonds on an Exchange at the discretion of the Issuer.

3.2
If the Bonds are listed, the Issuer shall ensure that the Bonds remain listed until they have been discharged in full.

 
4
Registration in a Securities Register
 
4.1
The Bond Issue and the Bonds shall prior to disbursement be registered in the Securities Register according to the Securities Register Act and the conditions of the Securities Register.

4.2
The Issuer shall promptly arrange for notification to the Securities Register of any changes in the terms and conditions of this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee shall receive a copy of the notification.

4.3
The Issuer is responsible for the implementation of correct registration in the Securities Register. The registration may be executed by an agent for the Issuer provided that the agent is qualified according to relevant regulations.

4.4
The Bonds and the Shares to be issued upon conversion of the Bonds have not been registered under the US Securities Act, and the Issuer is under no obligation to arrange for registration of the Bonds or such Shares under the US Securities Act. Beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the 40 th calendar day thereafter, beneficial interests in the Bonds and Shares issuable upon conversion of the Bonds may be transferred only in an offshore transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S under the US Securities Act to a person other than a U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) or pursuant to another exemption from registration under the US Securities Act.


 
9

 

5
Conditions Precedent
 
5.1
Disbursement of the net proceeds of the Bond Issue to the Issuer will be subject to the Bond Trustee having received the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to it, at least two (2) Banking Days prior to the Issue Date:

 
(a)
the Finance Documents duly executed by all parties thereto;

 
(b)
certified copies of all necessary corporate resolutions to issue the Bonds and execute the Finance Documents;

 
(c)
a power of attorney from the Issuer to relevant individuals for their execution of the relevant Finance Documents, or extracts from the relevant register or similar documentation evidencing the individuals authorized to sign on behalf of the Issuer;

 
(d)
certified copies of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or other similar official document for the Issuer, evidencing that it is validly existing and (ii) the Memorandum of Association and by-laws of the Issuer;

 
(e)
the latest Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Report;

 
(f)
to the extent necessary, any public authorisations required for the Bond Issue;

 
(g)
satisfactory evidence that a prospectus for the offering of the Bonds is not required according to the prospectus requirements in Bermuda or any other jurisdiction relevant for the Issuer;

 
(h)
confirmation from the Paying Agent that the Bonds have been registered in the Securities Register;

 
(i)
written confirmation in accordance with Clause 6.3 (if required);

 
(j)
documentation on granting of authority to the Bond Trustee as set out in Clause 2.1;

 
(k)
copies of any written documentation made public by the Issuer or the Managers in connection with the Bond Issue; and

 
(l)
any statements or such legal opinions on the laws of Norway and Bermuda as is reasonably required by the Bond Trustee.

5.2
The Bond Trustee may, in its reasonable opinion, waive the deadline or requirements for documentation as set forth in Clause 5.1.

5.3
Disbursement of the net proceeds from the Bonds is subject to the Bond Trustee's written notice to the Issuer, the Managers and the Paying Agent that the documents have been controlled and that the required conditions precedent have been fulfilled.

5.4
On the Issue Date, subject to receipt of confirmation from the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 5.3, the Managers shall make the net proceeds from the Bond Issue available to the Issuer.

 
10

 


 
6
Representations and Warranties
 
6.1
The Issuer represents and warrants to the Bond Trustee (on behalf of the Bondholders) that:

(a)          Status
The Issuer is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of the jurisdiction in which it is registered, and has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

(b)          Power and authority
The Issuer has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate actions to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents, hereunder to issue and allot, free from pre-emption rights, sufficient Shares to enable the Conversion Right to be satisfied in full at the Conversion Price.

(c)          Valid, binding and enforceable obligations
This Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document constitute (or will constitute, when executed by the respective parties thereto) legal, valid and binding obligations of such parties, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and (save as provided for therein) no further registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render the said documents enforceable against the Issuer.

(d)          Non-conflict with other obligations
The entry into and performance by the Issuer of the Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with (i) any present law or regulation or present judicial or official order; (ii) its memorandum of association, by-laws or other constitutional documents; or (iii) any document or agreement which is binding on the Issuer or any of its assets.

(e)          No Event of Default
No Event of Default exists, and no other circumstances exist which constitute or (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfilment of any other applicable condition, or any combination of the foregoing) would constitute a default under any document which is binding on the Issuer or any of its assets, and which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f)           Authorizations and consents
All authorisations, consents, licenses or approvals of any governmental authorities required for the Issuer in connection with the execution, performance, validity or enforceability of this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, and the transactions contemplated thereby, have been obtained and are valid and in full force and effect. All authorisations, consents, licenses or approvals of any governmental authorities required for the Issuer to carry on its business as presently conducted and as contemplated by this Bond Agreement, have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(g)           Litigation
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency is pending or, to the best of the Issuer's knowledge, threatened which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 
11

 

(h)           Financial Statements
The most recent Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Reports of the Group fairly and accurately represent the assets and liabilities and financial condition as at their respective dates, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied from one year to another.

(i)           No Material Adverse Effect
Since the date of the most recent Financial Statements, there has been no change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Issuer that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j)           No misleading information
All documents and information which have been provided  by the Issuer or with the agreement of the Issuer to the subscribers or the Bond Trustee in connection with this Bond Issue represent the latest available financial information concerning the Group.

(k)           Environmental compliance
The Issuer and each Group Company is in material compliance with any relevant applicable environmental law or regulation and no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(l)           No withholdings
The Issuer is not required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment which it may become obliged to make to the Bond Trustee (on behalf of the Bondholders) or the Bondholders under this Bond Agreement.

(m)           Pari passu ranking
The Issuer's payment obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

6.2
The representations and warranties set out in Clause 6.1 are made on the execution date of this Bond Agreement, and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Issue Date.

6.3
The Bond Trustee may prior to disbursement require a written statement from the Issuer confirming compliance with Clause 6.1.

6.4
In the event of misrepresentation, the Issuer shall indemnify the Bond Trustee for any economic losses suffered, both prior to the disbursement of the Bonds, and during the term of the Bonds, as a result of its reliance on the representations and warranties provided by such Issuer herein.

 
7
Status of the Bonds and security
 
7.1
The Bonds shall be senior debt of the Issuer. The Bonds shall rank at least pari passu with all other obligations of the Issuer (save for such claims which are preferred by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application) and shall rank ahead of subordinated capital.

7.2
The Bonds are unsecured.


 
12

 

 
8           Interest
 
8.1
The Issuer shall pay interest on the face value of the Bonds from, and including, the Issue Date at a fixed rate of 3.75 per cent per annum.

8.2
Interest payments shall be made semi-annually in arrears on the Interest Payment Dates in each year, the first Interest Payment Date falls on 10 August 2011.

8.3
The day count fraction in respect of the calculation of the payable interest amount shall be "30/360", which means that the number of days in the calculation period in respect of which payment is being made divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with twelve 30-days months.

8.4
" Interest Period " means the period beginning on (and including) the Issue Date and ending on (but excluding) the first Interest Payment Date and each successive period beginning on (and including) an Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.


9
Maturity of the Bonds, Call Option, Change of Control and Share Settlement Option

9.1
Maturity

The Bonds shall mature in full on the Maturity Date, and shall be repaid at par (100%) by the Issuer.

9.2
Call Option

 
The Issuer may

 
i)
on or any time after the date falling three (3) years and twenty one (21) days after the Issue Date, and provided that the Parity Value on each of at least twenty (20) Dealing Days within a period of thirty (30) consecutive Dealing Days, ending not earlier than the Dealing Day prior to the giving of notice of redemption to Bondholders pursuant to this clause, shall have exceeded USD 130,000; and/or
 
 
ii)
at any time during the term of the Bonds, and provided that 90 per cent or more  of the Bonds issued on the Issue Date shall have been redeemed or converted into Shares,
 
call the Remaining Bonds (the " Call Option ") at their par value plus accrued interest.
 
Should the Issuer exercise the Call Option, the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders must be informed of this (the Bondholders in writing via the Securities Depository) no later than twenty (20) Banking Days before the date of redemption (the " Call Option Notice ").

For the avoidance of doubt, each Bondholder may within the Exercise Period elect to exercise its Conversion Right after having received the Call Option Notice.



 
13

 

" Parity Value " means, in respect of any Dealing Day, the USD amount calculated as follows:

 
PV
=
N x VWAP
 
where
   
 
PV
=
the Parity Value
 
N
=
the number of Shares determined by dividing USD 100,000 (being the face value of each Bond) by the Conversion Price in effect on such Dealing Day (rounded down, if necessary, to the nearest whole number of Shares).
 
VWAP
=
the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share on such Dealing Day (provided that if on any such Dealing Day the Shares shall have been quoted cum-Dividend or cum-any other entitlement, the closing price on such Dealing Day shall be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any such Dividend or entitlement per Share as at the date of first public announcement of such Dividend or entitlement (or, if that is not a Dealing Day, the immediately preceding Dealing Day)).


9.3
Change of Control

 
If a Change of Control Event has occurred, each Bondholder shall at any time in the Change of Control Conversion Period be entitled, at its option, to:

 
9.3.1
require early redemption of its Bonds (Put Option) at 100% of their par value plus accrued interest; or

 
9.3.2
convert its Bonds at the Change of Control Conversion Price, which shall be calculated as set out below, but in each case adjusted, if appropriate, under the provisions of clauses 13 and 14 (provided that no adjustment to the Conversion Price will be made in respect of such Change of Control Event other than pursuant to this clause 9.3 in respect of exercise of the conversion right in the Change of Control Conversion Period):
 
  COCCP= [RPX(N-n)]+[OCPxn)]
         N
 
 
where:
   
       
 
COCCP
 
is the Change of Control Conversion Price;
 
RP
 
is the Reference Price;
 
OCP
 
is the current Conversion Price on the relevant Conversion Date;
 
N
 
is the number of days from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the Maturity Date; and
 
n
 
is the number of days from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the date of the Change of Control Event.


 
14

 

To exercise either such option, a Bondholder must notify the Paying Agent (via its Account Manager) within the Change of Control Conversion Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the aforesaid is an option exercisable at the sole discretion of each Bondholder, and each Bondholder may elect not to exercise such option and to continue to hold its Bonds.

In the event of an early redemption pursuant to this clause 9.3, settlement shall be three (3) Banking Days after the Paying Agent has received such request (the " Change of Control Put Date ").

In the event of conversion pursuant to this clause 9.3, the Issuer shall no later than on the Change of Control Conversion Date issue to and in the names of the relevant Bondholder the number of Shares which are necessary in order to fulfil the Issuer's obligations to issue new Shares to the relevant Bondholder pursuant to its Conversion Rights.

The number of Shares required to be issued shall be determined by dividing the principal amount of the Bonds by the Change of Control Conversion Price in effect on the relevant Conversion Date.

The terms and conditions set out in clauses 15 - 17 shall (to the extent applicable) apply for any conversion of Bonds to Shares according to this clause 9.3.

9.4
Share Settlement Option

 
Notwithstanding any provisions of this clause 9, the Issuer may elect to satisfy its obligation to redeem the Bonds pursuant to clause 9.1 hereof by exercising its option (the " Share Settlement Option ") with respect to all, but not some only, of the Bonds to be redeemed on the relevant due date for redemption, provided that on such due date for redemption the Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and no Event of Default shall have occurred.

To exercise its Share Settlement Option, the Issuer shall give a notice to such effect (the " Share Settlement Option Notice ") to the Bond Trustee and to the Bondholders (in the case of the Bondholders, in writing via the Securities Depository). The Share Settlement Option Notice shall be given not more than 60 nor less than 30 calendar days prior to the Maturity Date.

Where the Issuer shall have exercised the Share Settlement Option, the Issuer shall, in lieu of redeeming the Bonds in cash, effect redemption in respect of the Bonds by:

 
(a)
issuing or transferring and delivering to the relevant Bondholder such number of Shares as is determined by dividing the aggregate principal amount of such Bondholder's Bonds by the Conversion Price in effect on the Valuation Date;

 
(b)
making payment to the relevant Bondholder of an amount (the " Cash Settlement Amount ") equal to the amount (if any) by which the aggregate principal amount of such Bonds exceeds the product of the Current Value of a Share on the Valuation Date and the whole number of Shares deliverable to such Bondholder in accordance with (a) above in respect of such Bonds; and

 
(c)
making or procuring payment to the relevant Bondholder in cash of any accrued and unpaid interest in respect of such Bonds up to the relevant redemption date.


 
15

 

" Valuation Date " means the date falling three Dealing Days prior to the due date for redemption of the relevant Bonds.

Fractions of Shares will not be issued or transferred or delivered pursuant to this clause 9.4 and no cash payment will be made in lieu thereof.

Shares to be delivered in the manner contemplated in this clause 9.4 (other than pursuant Clause 9.5 below) upon exercise of the Share Settlement Option are referred to as " Redemption Settlement Shares ".

If the Issuer does not give a Share Settlement Option Notice in the manner and by the time set out in this clause 9.4, or if, having given a Share Settlement Option Notice, the Shares shall cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or trading in the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange is suspended or an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred, the Bonds shall be redeemed for cash in accordance with the provisions of clause 9.1, as the case may be (and any Share Settlement Option Notice shall be annulled).

When used in this clause 9.4, the " Current Value " in respect of a Share on the Valuation Date shall mean 99% of the average of the Volume Weighted Average Price of the Shares for the fifteen consecutive Dealing Days ending on the Valuation Date, translated (if not in USD) into USD at the spot rate of exchange prevailing at the close of business on each such Dealing Day.

If the Issuer elects to exercise the Share Settlement Option with respect to the Bonds, the following provisions shall apply:

 
(a)
Shares to be issued or transferred and delivered as contemplated by this clause 9.4 shall be deemed to be issued or transferred and delivered as of the relevant due date for redemption or, in the case of any Additional Redemption Settlement Shares, as of the relevant Share Settlement Reference Date. The Issuer shall, no later than 15 Banking Days after the Valuation Date, register the new Shares on the Relevant Stock Exchange and in the Securities Depository.

 
(b)
A Bondholder must pay any taxes and capital, stamp, issue and registration and transfer taxes or duties arising on the relevant Redemption Settlement Shares  (other than any taxes and capital, stamp, issue and registration duties payable in Norway or Bermuda arising on conversion and on the issue and delivery of Shares, which shall be paid by the Issuer) and such Bondholder must pay all, if any, taxes arising by reference to any disposal or deemed disposal of a Bond or interest thereon in connection with such redemption.

 
(c)
The Redemption Settlement Shares will be fully paid and will in all respects rank pari passu with the fully paid Shares in issue on the relevant due date for redemption or, in the case of Additional Redemption Shares, on the relevant Share Settlement Reference Date, except in any such case for any right excluded by mandatory provisions of applicable law and except that such Shares or, as the case may be, Additional Redemption Shares will not rank for any rights, distributions or payments the record date (or other due date for the establishment of entitlement) for which falls prior to the relevant due date for redemption or, as the case may be, the relevant Share Settlement Reference Date.


 
16

 

9.5
If the Valuation Date in relation to the conversion of any Bond shall be after the record date in respect of any consolidation or sub-division as is mentioned in clause 13.1, or after the record date or other due date for the establishment of entitlement for any such issue, distribution, grant or offer (as the case may be) as is mentioned in clause 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 13.5 or 13.6, or after any such issue or grant as is mentioned in clause 13.6 and 13.7, but before the relevant adjustment becomes effective under clause 13 (such adjustment, a " Share Settlement Retroactive Adjustment "), then the Issuer shall (conditional upon the relevant adjustment becoming effective) procure that there shall be issued or transferred and delivered to the relevant Bondholder, such additional number of Shares (if any) (the " Additional Redemption Settlement Shares ") as, together with the Shares issued or to be transferred and delivered on redemption of the relevant Bond, is equal to the number of Shares which would have been required to be issued or delivered on redemption of such Bond if the relevant adjustment (more particularly referred to in the said provisions of clause 14) to the Conversion Price had been made and become effective immediately prior to the relevant Valuation Date. Additional Redemption Settlement Shares will be delivered to Bondholders not later than 10 Banking Days following the date the relevant Share Settlement Retroactive Adjustment becomes effective (the " Share Settlement Reference Date ").

 
10
Payments
 
10.1
Payment mechanics

10.1.1
The Issuer shall pay all amounts due to the Bondholders under the Bonds and this Bond Agreement by crediting the bank account nominated by each Bondholder in connection with its securities account in the Securities Register.

10.1.2
Payment shall be considered to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank which holds the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, but if the paying bank and the receiving bank are the same, payment shall be considered to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, see however Clause 10.2.

10.2
Currency

10.2.1
Each Bondholder has to provide the Paying Agent (either directly or through its Account Manager) with specific payment instructions, including foreign exchange bank account details. Depending on the currency exchange settlement agreements between the Bondholders' bank and the Paying Agent, cash settlement may be delayed, in which case no default interest or other penalty shall accrue for the amount of the Issuer.

10.2.2
Except as otherwise expressly provided, all amounts payable under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document shall be payable in the same currency as the Bonds are denominated in.

10.2.3
Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, taxes and other liabilities shall be payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

10.3
Set-off and counterclaims

10.3.1
The Issuer may not apply or perform any counterclaims or set-off against any payment obligations pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document.

10.4
Interest in the event of late payment

10.4.1
In the event that payment of interest, principal or any other amount is not made on the relevant Payment Date, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the Payment Date at an interest rate equivalent to the interest rate according to Clause 8 plus 5.00 percentage points.


 
17

 

10.4.2
The interest charged under this Clause 10.4 shall be added to the defaulted amount on each respective Interest Payment Date relating thereto until the defaulted amount has been repaid in full.

10.4.3
The unpaid amounts shall bear interest as stated above until payment is made, whether or not the Bonds are declared to be in default pursuant to Clause 17.1 (a), cf. Clauses 17.2 - 17.4.

10.5
Irregular payments

10.5.1
In case of irregular payments, the Bond Trustee may instruct the Issuer or Bondholders of other payment mechanisms than described in Clause 10.1 or 10.2 above. The Bond Trustee may also obtain payment information regarding Bondholders' accounts from the Securities Register or Account Managers.

 
11
Issuer's acquisition of Bonds
 
11.1
The Issuer and its Subsidiaries have the right to acquire and own Bonds (" Issuer's Bonds "). The Issuer's Bonds may at the Issuer's discretion be retained by the Issuer, sold or discharged.
 
12
Conversion terms
 
12.1
Each Bondholder may exercise one or more of his Conversion Right(s) at the Conversion Price at any time during the Exercise Period provided that notification thereof is given pursuant to clause 12.4.

Conversion Rights may not be exercised (i) following the giving of notice by the Bond Trustee pursuant to clause 17 or (ii) in respect of a Bond which the relevant Bondholder has exercised its right to require the Issuer to redeem pursuant to the terms set forth in this Bond Agreement.

12.2
The Conversion Right cannot be separated from the Bond.

12.3
The number of Shares to be issued on exercise of a Conversion Right shall be determined by dividing the principal amount of the relevant Bond by the Conversion Price in effect on the relevant Conversion Date. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to clauses 9.3.2, 13 and 14.

12.4
In order to exercise a Conversion Right, the Bondholder shall deliver to the Paying Agent (via such Bondholder's Account Manager) a duly completed, irrevocable and signed exercise notice. Request for conversion takes place by the Bondholder notifying his Account Manager of the number of Bonds which shall be converted. The Account Manager will then promptly forward the request to the Issuer (via the Paying Agent).

12.5
Conversion will be effected by a set-off of the total nominal value of the Bonds to be converted against the issuing of the whole number of Shares resulting from dividing the total nominal value of the Bonds to be converted by the Conversion Price. Any excess amount beyond the whole number of Shares converted by the Bonds shall fall to the Issuer.

The Issuer shall pay all (if any) taxes and capital, stamp, issue and registration duties payable in Norway, the USA or Bermuda arising on conversion and on the issue and delivery of Shares upon conversion.

Interest accrued since the last Interest Payment Date but not due on a Conversion Date shall not be paid in cash nor kind to the Bondholders, but shall accrue to the Issuer unless the Conversion Date shall fall on an Interest Payment Date and/or the Change of Control Put Date (not including any such date falling on the Maturity Date), then interest due shall be paid to the relevant Bondholder.


 
18

 

12.6
The Issuer shall (if relevant via the Paying Agent) on or with effect from the Conversion Date (i) carry the conversion into effect by issuing the relevant number of new Shares, (ii) ensure the due registration of the new Shares in the Securities Depository (at the account of the converting Bondholder) (and shall deliver any such documents and do any acts necessary in relation thereto), and (iii) ensure that the number of Remaining Bonds shall be written down.

12.7
Shares issued upon conversion of the Bonds will be fully paid and will in all respects rank pari passu with the Shares in issue on the relevant Conversion Date or, in the case of Additional Shares, on the relevant Reference Date, except in any such case for any right excluded by mandatory provisions of applicable law and except that such Shares or, as the case may be, Additional Shares will not rank for any rights, distributions or payments the record date (or other due date for the establishment of entitlement) for which falls prior to the relevant Conversion Date or, as the case may be, the relevant Reference Date.

12.8
In the event the Paying Agent receives an exercise notice from any Bondholder for exercise of its Conversion Right(s) in accordance with clause 12.4, the Issuer may in its sole discretion elect to settle, in whole or in part, its obligation to issue Shares by cash payment (the " Cash Settlement Option ") on the following terms and conditions:

 
12.8.1
in order to exercise the Cash Settlement Option, the Issuer shall deliver to the Paying Agent a duly completed, irrevocable and signed exercise notice within five (5) Banking Days after the Paying Agent has received an exercise notice for the Conversion Right(s);

 
12.8.2
the cash settlement amount shall be calculated as the product of (i) the number of Shares deliverable by the Issuer in accordance with the exercised Conversion Right(s), or such lesser number of Shares in the event of a partial exercise of the Cash Settlement Option, based on the Conversion Price in effect on the relevant Conversion Date (including any Additional Shares deliverable in accordance with clause 13.2), and (ii) the arithmetic average of the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share for the fifteen (15) consecutive Dealing Days (the " VWAP Period ") immediately subsequent to the date the Issuer has notified the Paying Agent that it will exercise its Cash Settlement Option in respect of the relevant exercise of Conversion Right(s), provided that if any Dividend or other entitlement in respect of the Shares is announced on or prior to the relevant Conversion Date in circumstances where the record date or other due date for the establishment of entitlement in respect of such Dividend or other entitlement shall be on or after the relevant Conversion Date and on any Dealing Day in the VWAP Period the Volume Weighted Average Price is based on a price ex-Dividend or other entitlement, then the Volume Weighted Average Price for such Dealing Day shall be increased by Dividend or other entitlement per Share as at the date of first public announcement of such Dividend or entitlement (or, if that is not a Dealing Day, the immediately preceding Dealing Day);

 
12.8.3
the cash payment is due and payable to the relevant Bondholders on the 3rd Banking Day following the end of the VWAP Period, however, in no event later than on the Maturity Date; and

 
12.8.4
notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions, if the Paying Agent receives an exercise notice in accordance with clause 12.4 on a date falling on or later than twenty (20) Dealing Days prior to the Maturity Date, the Issuer shall within the date falling two (2) Dealing Days notify the Paying Agent that it will exercise the Cash Settlement Option. If the VWAP Period in such event would otherwise end later than the Maturity Date, the VWAP Period shall be adjusted to commence on the date falling seventeen (17) Dealing Days prior to the Maturity Date and ending on the 3rd Dealing Day preceding the Maturity Date.

 
19

 


 
13
Adjustment of the Conversion Price
 
Upon the happening of any of the events described below, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as follows:

13.1
If and whenever there shall be a consolidation or subdivision of the Shares, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such consolidation or subdivision by the following fraction:

 
A
 
B

where:
 
 
A
is the aggregate number of Shares in issue immediately before such consolidation or subdivision, as the case may be; and
 
 
B
is the aggregate number of Shares in issue immediately after, and as a result of,  such consolidation or subdivision, as the case may be.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date the consolidation or subdivision,  as the case may be, takes effect.

13.2
If and whenever the Issuer shall issue any Shares credited as fully paid to the Shareholders by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) other than (1) where any such Shares issued instead of the whole or part of a Dividend in cash which the Shareholders would or could otherwise have received or (2) where the Shareholders may elect to receive a Dividend in cash in lieu of such Shares, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue by the following fraction:

 
A
 
B

where:

 
A
is the aggregate nominal amount of the Shares in issue immediately before such issue; and
 
 
B
is the aggregate nominal amount of the Shares in issue immediately after such issue.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares.

13.3
If and whenever the Issuer shall pay or make any Dividend to Shareholders, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the relevant Dividend by the following fraction:

 
A-B
 
   A
 
where:
 
 
A
is the Current Market Price of one Share on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Dividend on the Relevant Stock Exchange or, in the case of a purchase of Shares or any receipts or certificates representing Shares by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, on which such Shares are purchased or, in the case of a Spin-Off, is the mean of the Volume Weighted Average Prices of a Share for the five consecutive Dealing Days ending on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Spin-Off; and
 
 
B
is the portion of the Fair Market Value, with such portion being determined by dividing the Fair Market Value of the aggregate Dividend by the number of Shares entitled to receive the relevant Dividend (or, in the case of a purchase of Shares or any receipts or certificates representing shares by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, by the number of Shares in issue immediately prior to such purchase), of the Dividend attributable to one Share.
 


 
20

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Dividend on the Relevant Stock Exchange or, in the case of a purchase of Shares or any receipts or certificates representing Shares, on the date such purchase is made or, in the case of a Spin-Off, the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Spin-Off.

For the purposes of the above, the Fair Market Value of a Cash Dividend shall (subject as provided in paragraph (a) of the definition of " Dividend " and in the definition of " Fair Market Value ") be determined as at the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Dividend on the Relevant Stock Exchange, and in the case of a Non-Cash Dividend, the Fair Market Value of the relevant Dividend shall be the Fair Market Value of the relevant Spin-Off Securities or, as the case may be, the relevant property or assets.

" Non-Cash Dividend " means any Dividend which is not a Cash Dividend, and shall include a Spin-Off.

" Cash Dividend " means (i) any Dividend which is to be paid or made in cash (in whatever currency), but other than falling within paragraph (b) of the definition of "Spin-Off" and (ii) any Dividend determined to be a Cash Dividend pursuant to paragraph (a) of the definition of "Dividend", and for the avoidance of doubt, a Dividend falling within paragraph (c) or (d) of the definition of "Dividend" shall be treated as being a Non-Cash Dividend.

13.4
If and whenever the Issuer shall issue Shares to Shareholders as a class by way of rights, or issue or grant to Shareholders as a class by way of rights, options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares, in each case at a price per Share which is less than 95 per cent. of the Current Market Price per Share on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the date of the first public announcement of the terms of the issue or grant of such Shares, options, warrants or other rights, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:

 
A+B
 
A+C 
 
where:

 
A
is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such announcement;
 
 
B
is the number of Shares which the aggregate amount (if any) payable for the Shares issued by way of rights, or for the options or warrants or other rights issued by way of rights and for the total number of Shares deliverable on the exercise thereof, would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and
 
 
C
is the number of Shares issued or, as the case may be, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such options, warrants or rights calculated as at the date of issue of such options, warrants or rights.
 
Such adjustment shall become effective on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex-rights, ex-options or ex-warrants on the Relevant Stock Exchange.


 
21

 

13.5
If and whenever the Issuer shall issue any Securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares) to Shareholders as a class by way of rights or grant to Shareholders as a class by way of rights any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:

 
A-B
 
  A
 
where:

 
A
is the Current Market Price of one Share on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the first date on which the terms of such issue or grant are publicly announced; and
 
 
B
is the Fair Market Value on the date of such announcement of the portion of the rights attributable to one Share.
 
Such adjustment shall become effective on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex-rights, ex-options or ex-warrants on the Relevant Stock Exchange.

13.6
If and whenever the Issuer shall issue (otherwise than as mentioned in clause 13.4 above) wholly for cash or for no consideration any Shares (other than Shares issued on conversion of the Bonds or on the exercise of any rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for or purchase of, Shares) or issue or grant (otherwise than as mentioned in clause 13.4 above) wholly for cash or for no consideration any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares (other than the Bonds), in each case at a price per Share which is less than 95 per cent. of the Current Market Price per Share on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the date of the first public announcement of the terms of such issue or grant, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:
 
 
A+B
 
A+C

where:

 
A
is the number of Shares in issue immediately before the issue of such Shares or the grant of such options, warrants or rights;
 
 
B
is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration (if any) receivable for the issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, for the Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon the exercise of any such options, warrants or rights, would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and
 
 
 
C
is the number of Shares to be issued pursuant to such issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such options, warrants or rights calculated as at the date of issue of such options, warrants or rights.
 
Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, the grant of such options, warrants or rights.


 
22

 

13.7
If and whenever the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer) any other company, person or entity (otherwise than as mentioned in clause 13.4, 13.5 or 13.6 above) shall issue wholly for cash or for no consideration any Securities (other than the Bonds), which by their terms of issue carry (directly or indirectly) rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, Shares (or shall grant any such rights in respect of existing Securities so issued) or Securities which by their terms might be redesignated as Shares, and the consideration per Share receivable upon conversion, exchange, subscription or redesignation is less than 95 per cent. of the Current Market Price per Share on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the date of the first public announcement of the terms of issue of such Securities (or the terms of such grant), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue (or grant) by the following fraction:

 
A+B
 
A+C

where:

 
A
is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such issue or grant (but where the relevant Securities carry rights of conversion into or rights of exchange or subscription for Shares which have been issued by the Issuer for the purposes of or in connection with such issue, less the number of such Shares so issued);
 
 
B
is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration (if any) receivable for the Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to such Securities or, as the case may be, for the Shares to be issued or to arise from any such redesignation would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and
 
 
C
is the maximum number of Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange of such Securities or upon the exercise of such right of subscription attached thereto at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate or, as the case may be, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued or arise from any such redesignation.
 
Provided that if at the time of issue of the relevant Securities or date of grant of such rights (as used in this clause 13.7 the " Specified Date ") such number of Shares is to be determined by reference to the application of a formula or other variable feature or the occurrence of any event at some subsequent time (which may be when such Securities are converted or exchanged or rights of subscription are exercised or, as the case may be, such Securities are redesignated or at such other time as may be provided) then for the purposes of this clause 13.7, "C" shall be determined by the application of such formula or variable feature or as if the relevant event occurs or had occurred as at the Specified Date and as if such conversion, exchange, subscription, purchase or acquisition or, as the case may be, redesignation had taken place on the Specified Date.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Securities or, as the case may be, the grant of such rights.


 
23

 

13.8
If and whenever there shall be any modification of the rights of conversion, exchange or subscription attaching to any such Securities (other than the Bonds) as are mentioned in clause 13.7 above (other than in accordance with the terms (including terms as to adjustment) applicable to such Securities upon issue) so that following such modification the consideration per Share receivable has been reduced and is less than 95 per cent. of the Current Market Price per Share on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the date of the first public announcement of the proposals for such modification, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such modification by the following fraction:
 
 
A+B
 
A+C

where:

 
A
is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such modification (but where the relevant Securities carry rights of conversion into or rights of exchange or subscription for Shares which have been issued, purchased or acquired by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (or at the direction or request or pursuant to any arrangements with the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer) for the purposes of or in connection with such issue, less the number of such Shares so issued, purchased or acquired);
 
 
B
is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration (if any) receivable for the Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to the Securities so modified would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share or, if lower, the existing conversion, exchange or subscription price of such Securities; and
 
 
C
is the maximum number of Shares which may be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange of such Securities or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto at the modified conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate but giving credit in such manner as an Independent Financial Adviser shall consider appropriate for any previous adjustment under this clause 13.8 or clause 13.7 above.
 
Provided that if at the time of such modification (as used in this clause 13.8 the " Specified Date ") such number of Shares is to be determined by reference to the application of a formula or other variable feature or the occurrence of any event at some subsequent time (which may be when such Securities are converted or exchanged or rights of subscription are exercised or at such other time as may be provided) then for the purposes of this clause 13.8, "C" shall be determined by the application of such formula or variable feature or as if the relevant event occurs or had occurred as at the Specified Date and as if such conversion, exchange or subscription had taken place on the Specified Date.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of modification of the rights of conversion, exchange or subscription attaching to such Securities.


 
24

 

13.9
If and whenever the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer) any other company, person or entity shall offer any Securities in connection with which offer Shareholders as a class are entitled to participate in arrangements whereby such Securities may be acquired by them (except where the Conversion Price falls to be adjusted under clause 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 13.6 or 13.7 or clause 9.3 (or would fall to be so adjusted if the relevant issue or grant was at less than 95 per cent. of the Current Market Price per Share on the relevant Dealing Day) or under clause 13.5) the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately before the making of such offer by the following fraction:

 
A-B
 
  A

where:

 
A
is the Current Market Price of one Share on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the date on which the terms of such offer are first publicly announced; and
 
 
B
is the Fair Market Value on the date of such announcement of the portion of the relevant offer attributable to one Share.
 
Such adjustment shall become effective on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex-rights on the Relevant Stock Exchange.

13.10
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, where the events or circumstances giving rise to any adjustment pursuant to this clause 13.10 have already resulted or will result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price or where the events or circumstances giving rise to any adjustment arise by virtue of any other events or circumstances which have already given or will give rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price or where more than one event which gives rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price occurs within such a short period of time that, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, a modification to the operation of the adjustment provisions is required to give the intended result, such modification shall be made to the operation of the adjustment provisions as may be advised by an Independent Financial Adviser to be in its opinion appropriate to give the intended result.

13.11
For the purpose of any calculation of the consideration receivable or price pursuant to clauses 13.4, 13.6, 13.7 and 13.8, the following provisions shall apply:

 
13.11.1
the aggregate consideration receivable or price for Shares issued for cash shall be the amount of such cash;

 
13.11.2
(x) the aggregate consideration receivable or price for Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon the conversion or exchange of any Securities shall be deemed to be the consideration or price received or receivable for any such Securities and (y) the aggregate consideration receivable or price for Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon the exercise of rights of subscription attached to any Securities or upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights shall be deemed to be that part (which may be the whole) of the consideration or price received or receivable for such Securities or, as the case may be, for such options, warrants or rights which are attributed by the Issuer to such rights of subscription or, as the case may be, such options, warrants or rights or, if no part of such consideration or price is so attributed, the Fair Market Value of such rights of subscription or, as the case may be, such options, warrants or rights as at the date of the first public announcement of the terms of issue of such Securities or, as the case may be, such options, warrants or rights, plus in the case of each of  (x) and (y) above, the additional minimum consideration receivable or price (if any) upon the conversion or exchange of such Securities, or upon the exercise of such rights or subscription attached thereto or, as the case may be, upon exercise of such options, warrants or rights and (z) the consideration receivable or price per Share upon the conversion or exchange of, or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached to, such Securities or, as the case may be, upon the exercise of such options, warrants or rights shall be the aggregate consideration or price referred to in (x) or (y) above (as the case may be) divided by the number of Shares to be issued upon such conversion or exchange or exercise at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate;

 
25

 


 
13.11.3
if the consideration or price determined pursuant to Clause 13.11.1 or 13.11.2 above (or any component thereof) shall be expressed in a currency other than US dollars it shall be converted into US dollars at such rate of exchange as may be determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser to be the spot rate ruling at the close of business on the date of the first public announcement of the terms of issue of such Securities (or if no such rate is available on that date, the equivalent rate on the immediately preceding date on which such rate is available); and

 
13.11.4
in determining consideration or price pursuant to the above, no deduction shall be made for any commissions or fees (howsoever described) or any expenses paid or incurred for any underwriting, placing or management of the issue of the relevant Shares or Securities or otherwise in connection therewith.

13.12
If the Conversion Date in relation to the conversion of any Bond shall be after any consolidation or sub-division as is mentioned in clause 13.1, or after the record date or other due date for the establishment of entitlement for any such issue, distribution, grant or offer (as the case may be) as is mentioned in clauses 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 13.5 or 13.9, or after any such issue or grant as is mentioned in clause 13.6 and 13.7, in any case in circumstances where the relevant Conversion Date falls before the relevant adjustment becomes effective under clause 13 (such adjustment, a " Retroactive Adjustment "), then the Issuer shall (conditional upon the relevant adjustment becoming effective) procure that there shall be issued or delivered to the converting Bondholder, such additional number of Shares (if any) (the " Additional Shares ") as, together with the Shares issued or to be issued or delivered on conversion of the relevant Bond (together with any fraction of a Share not so issued), is equal to the number of Shares which would have been required to be issued or delivered on conversion of such Bond if the relevant adjustment (more particularly referred to in the said provisions of clause 13) to the Conversion Price had in fact been made and become effective immediately prior to the relevant Conversion Date. Additional Shares will be delivered to Bondholders not later than 10 Banking Days following the date the relevant Retroactive Adjustment becomes effective (the " Reference Date ").

13.13
No adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price where Shares or other Securities  (including rights, warrants and options) are issued, offered, exercised, allotted,  appropriated, modified or granted to, or for the benefit of, employees or former employees (including Directors holding or formerly holding executive office or the personal service company of any such person) or their spouses or relatives, in each case, of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any associated company or to trustees to be held for the benefit of any such person, in any such case pursuant to any employees' share or option scheme.

13.14
On any adjustment, the resultant Conversion Price, if not an integral multiple of USD 0.01, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole multiple of USD 0.01. No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price where such adjustment (rounded down if applicable) would be less than 1 per cent. of the Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment not required to be made, and/or any amount by which the Conversion Price has been rounded down, shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and such subsequent adjustment shall be made on the basis that the adjustment not required to be made had been made at the relevant time.

Notice of any adjustments to the Conversion Price shall be given by the Issuer to Bondholders and the Bond Trustee promptly after the determination thereof.

The Conversion Price shall not in any event be reduced to below the nominal value of the Shares and the Issuer undertakes that it shall not take any action, and shall procure that no action is taken, that would otherwise result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price to below such nominal value.

 
26

 


13.15
" Current Market Price " means, in respect of a Share at a particular date, the average of the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share for the five consecutive Dealing Days ending on the Dealing Day immediately preceding such date; provided that if at any time during the said five-dealing-day period the Volume Weighted Average Price shall have been based on a price ex-Dividend (or ex- any other entitlement) and during some other part of that period the Volume Weighted Average Price shall have been based on a price cum-Dividend (or cum- any other entitlement), then:

 
13.15.1
if the Shares to be issued or transferred do not rank for the Dividend (or entitlement) in question, the Volume Weighted Average Price on the dates on which the Shares shall have been based on a price cum-Dividend (or cum- any other entitlement) shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any such Dividend or entitlement per Share as at the date of first public announcement of such Dividend (or entitlement); or

 
13.15.2
if the Shares to be issued or transferred do rank for the Dividend (or entitlement) in question, the Volume Weighted Average Price on the dates on which the Shares shall have been based on a price ex-Dividend (or ex- any other entitlement) shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof increased by an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any such Dividend or entitlement per Share as at the date of first public announcement of such Dividend (or entitlement),

and provided further that, if on each of the said five Dealing Days the Volume Weighted Average Price shall have been based on a price cum-Dividend (or cum- any other entitlement) in respect of a Dividend (or other entitlement) which has been declared or announced but the Shares to be issued do not rank for that Dividend (or other entitlement) the Volume Weighted Average Price on each of such dates shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any such Dividend or entitlement per Share as at the date of the first public announcement of such Dividend or entitlement, and provided further that, if the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share is not available on one or more of the said five Dealing Days, then the average of such Volume Weighted Average Prices which are available in that five-dealing-day period shall be used (subject to a minimum of two such prices) and if only one, or no, such Volume Weighted Average Price is available in the relevant period the Current Market Price shall be determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser.

" Dealing Day " means a day on which the Relevant Stock Exchange is open for business, (other than a day on which the Relevant Stock Exchange is scheduled to or does close prior to its regular weekday closing time).

" Dividend " means any dividend or any form of distribution to Shareholders (including a Spin-Off) whether of cash, assets or other property, and whenever paid or made and however described (and for these purposes a distribution of assets includes without limitation an issue of Shares, or other Securities credited as fully or partly paid up by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves) provided that:

 
(a)
where a Dividend in cash is announced which is to be, or may at the election of a Shareholder or Shareholders be, satisfied by the issue or delivery of Shares or other property or assets, or where a capitalisation of profits or reserves is announced which is to be, or may at the election of a Shareholder or Shareholders be, satisfied by the payment of the Dividend in cash, then for the purposes of this definition the Dividend in question shall be treated as a Cash Dividend of the greater of (i) such cash amount and (ii) the Fair Market Value (on the date of the first public announcement of such Dividend or capitalisation (as the case may be) or if later, the date on which the number of Shares (or amount of property or assets, as the case may be) which may be issued or delivered is determined), of such Shares or other property or assets;

 
27

 


 
(b)
any issue of Shares falling within clause 13.2 shall be disregarded;
   
 
(c)
a purchase or redemption or buy back of share capital of the Issuer by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not constitute a Dividend unless,  in the case of purchases, redemptions or buy backs of Shares by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the weighted average price per Share (before expenses) on any one day (a " Specified Share Day ") in respect of such purchases, redemptions or buy backs (translated, if not in US dollars, into US dollars at the spot rate ruling at the close of business on such day as determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser (or if no such rate is available on that date, the equivalent rate on the immediately preceding date on which such rate is available), exceeds by more than 5 per cent. the average of the closing prices of the Shares on the Relevant Stock Exchange (as published by or derived from the Relevant Stock Exchange) on the five Dealing Days immediately preceding the Specified Share Day or, where an announcement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt for these purposes, any general authority for such purchases approved by a general meeting of Shareholders or any notice convening such a meeting of Shareholders) has been made of the intention to purchase Shares at some future date at a specified price, on the five Dealing Days immediately preceding the date of such announcement, in which case such purchase shall be deemed to constitute a Dividend in US dollars to the extent that the aggregate price paid (before expenses) in respect of such Shares purchased by the Issuer or, as the case may be, any of its Subsidiaries (translated where appropriate into US dollars as provided above) exceeds the product of (i) 105 per cent. of the average closing price of the Shares determined as aforesaid and (ii) the number of Shares so purchased; and

 
(d)
if the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall purchase any receipts or certificates representing Shares, the provisions of paragraph (c) shall be applied in respect thereof in such manner and with such modifications (if any) as shall be determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser.

" Fair Market Value " means, with respect to any property on any date, the fair market value of that property as determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser provided, that (i) the Fair Market Value of a Cash Dividend paid or to be paid shall be the amount of such Cash Dividend; (ii) the Fair Market Value of any other cash amount shall be the amount of such cash; (iii) where Securities, Spin-Off Securities, options, warrants or other rights are publicly traded in a market of adequate liquidity (as determined by an Independent Financial Adviser), the fair market value (a) of such Securities or Spin-Off Securities shall equal the arithmetic mean of the daily Volume Weighted Average Prices of such Securities or Spin-Off Securities and (b) of such options, warrants or other rights shall equal the arithmetic mean of the daily closing prices of such options, warrants or other rights, in the case of both (a) and (b) during the period of five trading days on the relevant market commencing on such date (or, if later, the first such trading day such Securities or Spin-Off Securities, options, warrants or other rights are publicly traded); and (iv) in the case of (i) converted into US dollars  (if declared or paid in a currency other than US dollars ) at the rate of exchange used to determine the amount payable to Shareholders who were paid or are to be paid or are entitled to be paid the Cash Dividend in US dollars; and in any other case, converted into US dollars  (if expressed in a currency other than US dollars ) at such rate of exchange as may be determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser to be the spot rate ruling at the close of business on that date (or if no such rate is available on that date the equivalent rate on the immediately preceding date on which such a rate is available).

 
28

 


" Independent Financial Adviser " means an independent investment bank of international repute appointed by the Issuer and approved in writing by the Bond Trustee or, if the Issuer fails to make such appointment and such failure continues for a reasonable period (as determined by the Bond Trustee) and the Bond Trustee is indemnified and/or secured as to costs to its satisfaction against the costs, fees and expenses of such adviser, appointed by the Bond Trustee following notification to the Issuer.

" Relevant Stock Exchange " means the New York Stock Exchange or, if at the relevant time, the Shares are listed and admitted to trading on one or more stock exchanges other than the New York Stock Exchange, the principal stock exchange or securities market on which the Shares are then listed or quoted or dealt in.

" Securities " means any securities including, without limitation, Shares, or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase or acquire Shares.

" Spin-Off " means:
 

 
(a)
a distribution of Spin-Off Securities by the Issuer to Shareholders as a class; or
 
 
(b)
any issue, transfer or delivery of any property or assets (including cash or shares or securities of or in or issued or allotted by any entity) by any entity (other than the Issuer) to Shareholders as a class, pursuant in each case to any arrangements with the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

" Spin-Off Securities " means equity share capital of an entity other than the Issuer or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase equity share capital of an entity other than the Issuer.

" Volume Weighted Average Price " means, in respect of a Share, Security or, as the case may be, a Spin-Off Security on any Dealing Day, the volume-weighted average price of a Share, Security or, as the case may be, a Spin-Off Security published by or derived (in the case of a Share) from the Relevant Stock Exchange or (in the case of a Security or Spin-Off Security) from the principal stock exchange or securities market on which such Securities or Spin-Off Securities are then listed or quoted or dealt in, if any or, in any such case, such other source as shall be determined to be appropriate by an Independent Financial Adviser on such Dealing Day, provided that if on any such Dealing Day where such price is not available or cannot otherwise be determined as provided above, the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share, Security or a Spin-Off Security, as the case may be, in respect of such Dealing Day shall be the Volume Weighted Average Price, determined as provided above, on the immediately preceding Dealing Day on which the same can be so determined.

References to any issue or offer or grant to Shareholders "as a class" or "by way of rights" shall be taken to be references to an issue or offer or grant to all or substantially all Shareholders other than Shareholders to whom, by reason of the laws of any territory or requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any other stock exchange or securities market in any territory or in connection with fractional entitlements, it is determined not to make such issue or offer or grant.

In making any calculation or determination of Current Market Price or Volume Weighted Average Price, such adjustments (if any) shall be made as an Independent Financial Adviser considers appropriate to reflect any consolidation or sub-division of the Shares or any issue of Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, or any like or similar event.

 
29

 


13.16
If changes are made in the share capital other than those mentioned above, which are unfavourable to the Bondholders compared to the Shareholders, the Bond Trustee and the Issuer shall agree on a new Conversion Price. This also applies to other transactions, which are unfavourable to the Bondholders.

13.17
If the Conversion Price is below par value of the Shares, par value of the Shares still applies, and the Issuer shall upon conversion pay the Bondholders the difference between the par value of the Shares and the Conversion Price.

13.18
If an adjustment of the Conversion Price requires a conversion to USD, the exchange rate shall be the official reference rate provided by the European Central Bank on the date triggering such adjustments. For the avoidance of doubt, when calculating weighted averages over several days, each day should apply the official reference rate for that day.

 
14
Merger and de-merger
 
14.1
In the case of any consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Issuer with any other corporation (other than a consolidation, amalgamation or merger in which the Issuer is the continuing corporation), or in the case of any sale or transfer of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer will take such steps as shall be required by the Bond Trustee (including the execution of an agreement supplemental to or amending the Bond Agreement) to ensure that each Bond then outstanding will (during the period in which Conversion Rights may be exercised) be converted into the class and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or transfer by a holder of the number of Shares which would have become liable to be issued upon exercise of Conversion Rights immediately prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or transfer. Such supplemental agreement deed will provide for adjustments which will be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in clause 13. The above will apply, mutatis mutandis to any subsequent consolidations, amalgamations, mergers, sales or transfers.

14.2
If the Issuer decides on a merger in which the Issuer is the acquiring company, and the shareholders of the acquired company receive settlement in the form of shares only, subject to confirmation from an Independent Financial Adviser that such is the case, no adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price. If the shareholders of the acquired company receive settlement in any other form, in full or partly, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted according to such provision of clause 13 as an Independent Financial Adviser shall determine to be most appropriate.

14.3
The provisions in this clause 14 have no limitation on the creditor's right of objection to the merger or de-merger (to the extent any such rights will apply in accordance with applicable law).

 
30

 


 
15
Covenants
 
15.1
General

15.1.1
The Issuer has undertaken the covenants in this Clause 15 to the Bond Trustee (on behalf of the Bondholders), as further stated below.

15.1.2
The covenants in this Clause 15 shall remain in force from the date of this Bond Agreement and until such time that no amounts are outstanding under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document, unless the Bond Trustee (or the Bondholders Meeting, as the case may be), has agreed in writing to waive any covenant, and then only to the extent of such waiver, and on the terms and conditions set forth in such waiver.

15.2
Information Covenants

15.2.1
The Issuer shall

 
(a)
without being requested to do so, immediately inform the Bond Trustee of any Event of Default as well as of any circumstances which the Issuer understands or should understand may lead to an Event of Default;

 
(b)
without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of any other event which have, or which the Issuer should understand may have, a Material Adverse Effect;

 
(c)
without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee if the Issuer intends to sell or dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets or operations, or change the nature of its business;

 
(d)
without being requested to do so, the Issuer shall, on a consolidated basis, produce Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Reports and make them available on its website in the English language (alternatively by sending them to the Bond Trustee) as soon as they become available, and not later than 150 days after the end of the financial year for Financial Statements and 60 days after the end of the relevant quarter for Quarterly Financial Reports;

 
(e)
at the request of the Bond Trustee, report the balance of the Issuer's Bonds;

 
(f)
without being requested to do so, send the Bond Trustee copies of any creditors' notifications of the Issuer, including but not limited to mergers, de-mergers and reduction of the Issuer's share capital or equity;

 
(g)
without being requested to do so, send a copy to the Bond Trustee of its notices to the Exchange (if listed) which are of relevance for the Issuer's liabilities pursuant to this Bond Agreement;

 
(h)
without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of changes in the registration of the Bonds in the Securities Register;

 
(i)
within a reasonable time, provide such information about the Issuer's financial condition as the Bond Trustee may reasonably request; and

 
(j)
following the occurrence of a Change of Control Event, immediately after the Issuer becomes aware of it, notify the Bondholders (via the Securities Depository), the Bond Trustee and (if listed) the Exchange thereof. The notice shall specify (i) the applicable Change of Control Conversion Price and early redemption price, (ii) the Bondholders' entitlement to exercise their Conversion Rights or to exercise their right to require redemption of the Bonds, (iii) the Change of Control Conversion Period and (iv) details concerning the Change of Control Event.

 
31

 


15.2.2
The Issuer shall at the request of the Bond Trustee provide the documents and information necessary to maintain the listing and quotation of the Bonds on the Exchange (if listed) and to otherwise enable the Bond Trustee to carry out its rights and duties pursuant to this Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents, as well as applicable laws and regulations.

15.2.3
The Issuer shall in connection with the issue of its Financial Statements under Clause 15.2.1 (d), confirm to the Bond Trustee in writing the Issuer's compliance with the covenants in Clause 15.2. Such confirmation shall be undertaken in a compliance certificate, substantially in the format set out in Attachment 1 hereto, signed by an authorized officer of the Issuer. In the event of non-compliance, the compliance certificate shall describe the non-compliance, the reasons therefore as well as the steps which the Issuer has taken and will take in order to rectify the non-compliance.

15.3
General Covenants

 
(a)
Pari passu ranking
The Issuer's obligations under this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall at all times rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsubordinated creditors save for those whose claims are preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

 
(b)
Mergers
The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no Subsidiary shall, carry out any merger or other business combination or corporate reorganization involving consolidating the assets and obligations of the Issuer or any of the subsidiaries with any other companies or entities if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall notify the Bond Trustee of any such transaction, providing relevant details thereof, as well as, if applicable, its reasons for believing that the proposed transaction would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(c)
De-mergers
The Issuer shall not carry out any de-merger or other corporate reorganization involving splitting the Issuer into two or more separate companies or entities, if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall notify the Bond Trustee of any such transaction, providing relevant details thereof, as well as, if applicable, its reasons for believing that the proposed transaction would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
(d)
Continuation of business, disposal of assets or operations and changes to the nature of the business
During the term of the Bonds, the Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no member of the Group shall, (unless the Bond Trustee or the Bondholders' Meeting (as the case may be) in writing has agreed to otherwise):
 
 
(i)
cease to carry on its business;
 
 
(ii)
sell or dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets or operations; or
 
 
(iii)
change the nature of its business;
 
in a manner which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)         Listing
 
The Issuer shall ensure that the Issuer's shares shall remain listed on New York Stock Exchange or another recognized stock exchange.


 
32

 


15.4
Corporate and operational matters

 
(a)
Transactions with shareholders, directors and affiliated companies
The Issuer shall cause all transactions between any Group Company and (i) any shareholder thereof not part of the Group, (ii) any director or senior member of management in any Group Company, (iii) any company in which any Group Company holds more than 10 per cent of the shares, or (iv) or any company, person or entity controlled by or affiliated with any of the foregoing, to be entered on commercial terms, not less favourable to the Group Company than would have prevailed in arms' length transaction with a third party.

All such transactions shall comply with all provisions of applicable corporate law applicable to such transactions.

 
(b)
Compliance with laws
The Issuer shall (and shall ensure that all Group Companies shall) comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations it or they may be subject to from time to time (including any environmental laws and regulations).

15.5
Negative Pledge

During the term of the Bonds, the Issuer will not, and will ensure that none of its Material Subsidiaries will create, any mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or other security interest, upon the whole or any part of its present or future undertaking, assets or revenues to secure:

(i)         any Relevant Indebtedness, or

(ii)         any guarantee or indemnity in respect of any Relevant Indebtedness,

without at the same time or prior thereto according to the Bonds either (a) the same security as is created to secure any such Relevant Indebtedness or any such guarantee or indemnity for such Relevant Indebtedness or (b) such other security as either (i) the Bond Trustee shall in its absolute discretion deem not materially less beneficial to the interest of the Bondholders or (ii) shall be approved by a Bondholders' Meeting.

In this clause 15.5:

" Excluded Subsidiary " means any Subsidiary:

 
(a)
which is a single-purpose company whose principal assets and business are constituted by the ownership, acquisition, development and/or operation of an asset or a group of similar assets;

 
(b)
none of whose indebtedness for borrowed money in respect of the financing of such ownership, acquisition, development and/or operation of an asset is subject to any recourse whatsoever to any member of the Group (other than the Subsidiary or another Excluded Subsidiary) in respect of the repayment thereof; and

 
(c)
which has been designated as such by the Issuer by written notice to the Trustee signed by an officer of the Issuer, provided that the Issuer may give written notice signed by two directors of the Issuer to the Trustee at any time that any Excluded Subsidiary is no longer an Excluded Subsidiary, whereupon it shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary.

 
33

 


" Project Finance Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for borrowed money to finance the ownership, acquisition, development and/or operation of an asset or a series of similar assets:
 

 
(a)
which is incurred by an Excluded Subsidiary; or
 
 
(b)
in respect of which the person or persons to whom any such indebtedness for borrowed money is or may be owed by the relevant borrower (whether or not a member of the Group) has or have no recourse whatsoever to any member of the Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) for the repayment thereof other than:

 
(i)
recourse to such borrower for amounts limited to the cash flow or net cash flow (other than historic cash flow or historic net cash flow) from such assets; and/or

 
(ii)
recourse to such borrower for the purpose only of enabling amounts to be claimed in respect of such indebtedness for borrowed money in an enforcement of any encumbrance given by such borrower over such asset or the income, cash flow or other proceeds deriving therefrom (or given by any shareholder or the like in the borrower over its shares or the like in the capital of the borrower) to secure such indebtedness for borrowed money, provided that (A) the extent of such recourse to such borrower is limited solely to the amount of any recoveries made on any such enforcement, and (B) such person or persons are not entitled, by virtue of any right or claim arising out of or in connection with such indebtedness for borrowed money, to commence proceedings for the winding up or dissolution of the borrower or to appoint or procure the appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar person or officer in respect of the borrower or any of its assets (save for the assets the subject of such encumbrance); and/or

 
(iii)
recourse to such borrower generally, or directly or indirectly to a member of the Group, under any form of assurance, undertaking or support, which recourse is limited to a claim for damages (other than liquidated damages and damages required to be calculated in a specified way) for breach of an obligation (not being a payment obligation or an obligation to procure payment by another or an indemnity in respect thereof or an obligation to comply or to procure compliance by another with any financial ratios or other tests of financial condition) by the person against whom such recourse is available.

" Relevant Indebtedness " means any indebtedness which is in the form of, or represented or evidenced by, bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or other securities which for the time being are, or are intended to be or capable of being, quoted, listed or dealt in or traded on any stock exchange or over-the-counter or other securities market, but shall in any event not include Project Finance Indebtedness, nor, for the avoidance of doubt, loans (or collateral debt securities relating to such loans) made by banks or other financial institutions, customers or strategic partners.


 
34

 

 
16
Fees and expenses
 
16.1
The Issuer shall cover all its own expenses in connection with this Bond Agreement and fulfilment of its obligations under this Bond Agreement, including preparation of this Bond Agreement, preparation of the Finance Documents and any registration or notifications relating thereto, listing of the Bonds on the Exchange (if applicable), and the registration and administration of the Bonds in the Securities Register.

16.2
The expenses and fees payable to the Bond Trustee shall be paid by the Issuer and are set forth in a separate agreement between the Issuer and the Bond Trustee. Fees and expenses payable to the Bond Trustee which, due to the Issuer's insolvency or similar, are not reimbursed in any other way may be covered by making an equivalent reduction in the payments to the Bondholders.

16.3
The Issuer shall cover all public fees in connection with the Bonds and the Finance Documents. Any public fees levied on the trade of Bonds in the secondary market shall be paid by the Bondholders, unless otherwise provided by law or regulation, and the Issuer is not responsible for reimbursing any such fees.

16.4
In addition to the fee due to the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 16.2 and normal expenses pursuant to Clauses 16.1 and 16.3, the Issuer shall, on demand, cover extraordinary expenses incurred by the Bond Trustee in connection with the Bonds, as determined in a separate agreement between the Issuer and the Bond Trustee.

16.5
The Issuer is responsible for withholding any withholding tax imposed by applicable law on any payments to the Bondholders.

 
17
Events of Default
 
The Bonds may be declared by the Bond Trustee to be in default upon occurrence of any of the following events (which shall be referred to as an " Event of Default ") if:

 
(a)
Non-payment
The Issuer fails to fulfil any payment obligation due under this Bond Agreement or any Finance Document when due, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, it is obvious that such failure will be remedied, and payment in full is made, within 5 – five – Banking Days following the original due date.

 
(b)
Breach of other obligations
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary fails to duly perform any other covenant or obligation pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any of the Finance Documents, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, it is obvious that such failure will be remedied and is remedied within 10 – ten – Banking Days after notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Bond Trustee.

 
(c)
Cross default
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (i) to (iv) below exceeds a total of USD 25 million, or the equivalent thereof in other currencies;

 
(i)
any Financial Indebtedness or guarantee is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period,
 
(ii)
any Financial Indebtedness is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described),
 
(iii)
any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended by a creditor as a result of an event of default (however described), or
 
(iv)
any creditor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 
35

 

 
Provided, however, that the default of any Financial Indebtedness by a Material Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default if (i) the Issuer has no outstanding guarantee liability for such Financial Indebtedness, and (ii) the Issuer is not in default of any financial obligation to such Material Subsidiary.

 
(d)
Misrepresentations
Any representation, warranty or statement (including statements in compliance certificates) made under this Bond Agreement or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made.
 
(e)
Insolvency
If for the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary
 
 
(i)
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation  (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) other than solvent liquidation or reorganisation,

 
(ii)
a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, having a Material Adverse Effect,

 
(iii)
the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer of any of its assets; or

 
(iv)
enforcement of any security over any of its assets.

 
(f)
Creditors' process
 
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary has a substantial proportion of the assets impounded, confiscated, attached or subject to distraint, or is subject to enforcement of any security over any of its assets.

 
(g)
Dissolution, appointment of liquidator or analogous proceedings
The Issuer or any Material Subsidiary is resolved to be dissolved or a liquidator, administrator or the like is appointed or requested to be appointed in respect of the Issuer or any Material Subsidiary.

 
(h)
Impossibility or illegality
It is or becomes impossible or unlawful for any Group Company to fulfil or perform any of the terms of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 
(j)
Material adverse effect
Any event or series of events occurs in relation to any Group Company or the Issuer which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bond Trustee, after consultations with the Issuer, has a Material Adverse Effect.
 
17.2
In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 17.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee can, in order to protect the interests of the Bondholders, declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and expenses to be in default and due for immediate payment.

The Bond Trustee may at its discretion, on behalf of the Bondholders, take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds, and all other amounts outstanding under the Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document.

 
36

 


17.3
In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 17.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee shall declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and costs to be in default and due for payment if:

 
(a)
the Bond Trustee receives a demand in writing with respect to the above from Bondholders representing at least 1/5 of the Outstanding Bonds, and the Bondholders' Meeting has not decided on other solutions, or
 
(b)
the Bondholders' Meeting has decided to declare the Outstanding Bonds in default and due for payment.

In either case the Bond Trustee shall on behalf of the Bondholders take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds. The Bond Trustee can request satisfactory security for any possible liability and anticipated expenses, from those Bondholders who requested that the declaration of default be made pursuant to sub clause (a) above and/or those who voted in favour of the decision pursuant to sub clause (b) above.

17.4
In the event that the Bond Trustee pursuant to the terms of Clause 17.2 or 17.3 declares the Outstanding Bonds to be in default and due for payment, the Bond Trustee shall immediately deliver to the Issuer a notice demanding payment of interest and principal due to the Bondholders under the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and interest on overdue amounts and expenses.

 
18
Bondholders' Meeting
 
18.1
Authority of the Bondholders' Meeting

18.1.1
The Bondholders' Meeting represents the supreme authority of the Bondholders community in all matters relating to the Bonds. If a resolution by or an approval of the Bondholders is required, resolution of such shall be passed at a Bondholders' Meeting. Resolutions passed at Bondholders' Meetings shall be binding upon and prevail for all the Bonds.

18.2
Procedural rules for Bondholders' Meetings

18.2.1
A Bondholders' Meeting shall be held at the request of:

 
(a)
the Issuer,
 
(b)
Bondholders representing at least 1/10 of the Outstanding Bonds,
 
(c)
the Exchange, if the Bonds are listed, or
 
(d)
the Bond Trustee.

18.2.2
The Bondholders' Meeting shall be summoned by the Bond Trustee. A request for a Bondholders' Meeting shall be made in writing to the Bond Trustee, and shall clearly state the matters to be discussed.

18.2.3
If the Bond Trustee has not summoned a Bondholders' Meeting within 10 – ten – Banking Days after having received such a request, then the requesting party may summons the Bondholders' Meeting itself.

18.2.4
Summons to a Bondholders Meeting shall be dispatched no later than 10 – ten – Banking Days prior to the Bondholders' Meeting. The summons and a confirmation of each Bondholder's holdings of Bonds shall be sent to all Bondholders registered in the Securities Register at the time of distribution. The summons shall also be sent to the Exchange for publication.

 
37

 


18.2.5
The summons shall specify the agenda of the Bondholders' Meeting. The Bond Trustee may in the summons also set forth other matters on the agenda than those requested. If amendments to this Bond Agreement have been proposed, the main content of the proposal shall be stated in the summons.

18.2.6
The Bond Trustee may restrict the Issuer to make any changes of Voting Bonds in the period from distribution of the summons until the Bondholders' Meeting, by serving notice to it to such effect.

18.2.7
Matters that have not been reported to the Bondholders in accordance with the procedural rules for summoning of a Bondholders' Meeting may only be adopted with the approval of all Voting Bonds.

18.2.8
The Bondholders' Meeting shall be held on premises designated by the Bond Trustee. The Bondholders' Meeting shall be opened and shall, unless otherwise decided by the Bondholders' Meeting, be chaired by the Bond Trustee. If the Bond Trustee is not present, the Bondholders' Meeting shall be opened by a Bondholder, and be chaired by a representative elected by the Bondholders' Meeting.

18.2.9
Minutes of the Bondholders' Meeting shall be kept. The minutes shall state the numbers of Bondholders represented at the Bondholders' Meeting, the resolutions passed at the meeting, and the result of the voting. The minutes shall be signed by the chairman and at least one other person elected by the Bondholders' Meeting. The minutes shall be deposited with the Bond Trustee and shall be available to the Bondholders.

18.2.10
The Bondholders, the Bond Trustee and – provided the Bonds are listed - representatives of the Exchange, have the right to attend the Bondholders' Meeting. The chairman may grant access to the meeting to other parties, unless the Bondholders' Meeting decides otherwise. Bondholders may attend by a representative holding proxy. Bondholders have the right to be assisted by an advisor. In case of dispute the chairman shall decide who may attend the Bondholders' Meeting and vote for the Bonds.

18.2.11
Representatives of the Issuer have the right to attend the Bondholders' Meeting. The Bondholders' Meeting may resolve that the Issuer's representatives may not participate in particular matters. The Issuer has the right to be present under the voting.

18.3
Resolutions passed at Bondholders' Meetings

18.3.1
At the Bondholders' Meeting each Bondholder may cast one vote for each Voting Bond owned at close of business on the day prior to the date of the Bondholders' Meeting in accordance with the records registered in the Securities Register. Whoever opens the Bondholders' Meeting shall adjudicate any question concerning which Bonds shall count as the Issuer's Bonds. The Issuer's Bonds shall not have any voting rights.

18.3.2
In all matters, the Issuer, the Bond Trustee and any Bondholder have the right to demand vote by ballot. In case of parity of votes, the chairman shall have the deciding vote, regardless of the chairman being a Bondholder or not.

18.3.3
In order to form a quorum, at least half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds must be represented at the meeting, see however Clause 18.4. Even if less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented, the Bondholders' Meeting shall be held and voting completed.

 
38

 


18.3.4
Resolutions shall be passed by simple majority of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders' Meeting, unless otherwise set forth in Clause 18.3.5.

18.3.5
In the following matters, a majority of at least 2/3 of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders' Meeting is required:

 
(a)
amendment of the terms of this Bond Agreement regarding the interest rate, the tenor, redemption price and other terms and conditions affecting the cash flow of the Bonds;
 
(b)
transfer of rights and obligations of this Bond Agreement to another issuer (Issuer), or
 
(c)
change of Bond Trustee.

18.3.6
The Bondholders' Meeting may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

18.3.7
The Bond Trustee shall ensure that resolutions passed at the Bondholders' Meeting are properly implemented.

18.3.8
The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of resolutions passed at the Bondholders' Meeting.

18.4
Repeated Bondholders' Meeting

18.4.1
If the Bondholders' Meeting does not form a quorum pursuant to Clause 18.3.3, a repeated Bondholders' Meeting may be summoned to vote on the same matters. The attendance and the voting result of the first Bondholders' Meeting shall be specified in the summons for the repeated Bondholders' Meeting.

18.4.2
When a matter is tabled for discussion at a repeated Bondholders' Meeting, a valid resolution may be passed even though less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented.
 
19
The Bond Trustee
 
19.1
The role and authority of the Bond Trustee

19.1.1
The Bond Trustee shall monitor the compliance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Bond Agreement and applicable laws and regulations which are relevant to the terms of this Bond Agreement, including supervision of timely and correct payment of principal or interest, inform the Bondholders, the Paying Agent and the Exchange of relevant information which is obtained and received in its capacity as Bond Trustee (however, this shall not restrict the Bond Trustee from discussing matters of confidentiality with the Issuer), arrange Bondholders' Meetings, and make the decisions and implement the measures resolved pursuant to this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee is not obligated to assess the Issuer's financial situation beyond what is directly set forth in this Bond Agreement.

19.1.2
The Bond Trustee may take any step necessary to ensure the rights of the Bondholders in all matters pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee may postpone taking action until such matter has been put forward to the Bondholders' Meeting.

19.1.3
Except as provided for in Clause 19.1.5 the Bond Trustee may reach decisions binding for all Bondholders concerning this Bond Agreement, including amendments to the Bond Agreement and waivers or modifications of certain provisions, which in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the rights or interests of the Bondholders pursuant to this Bond Agreement.

 
39

 


19.1.4
Except as provided for in Clause 19.1.5, the Bond Trustee may reach decisions binding for all Bondholders in circumstances other than those mentioned in Clause 19.1.3 provided prior notification has been made to the Bondholders. Such notice shall contain a proposal of the amendment and the Bond Trustee's evaluation. Further, such notification shall state that the Bond Trustee may not reach a decision binding for all Bondholders in the event that any Bondholder submit a written protest against the proposal within a deadline set by the Bond Trustee. Such deadline may not be less than five (5) Banking Days following the dispatch of such notification.

19.1.5
The Bond Trustee may not reach decisions pursuant to Clauses 19.1.3 or 19.1.4 for matters set forth in Clause 18.3.5 except to rectify obvious incorrectness, vagueness or incompleteness.

19.1.6
The Bond Trustee may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

19.1.7
The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of decisions made by the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 19.1 unless such notice obviously is unnecessary.

19.1.8
The Bondholders' Meeting can decide to replace the Bond Trustee without the Issuer's approval, as provided for in Clause 18.3.5

19.2
Liability and indemnity

19.2.1
The Bond Trustee is liable only for direct losses incurred by Bondholders or the Issuer as a result of negligence or wilful misconduct by the Bond Trustee in performing its functions and duties as set forth in this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee is not liable for the content of information provided to the Bondholders on behalf of the Issuer.

19.2.2
The Issuer is liable for, and shall indemnify the Bond Trustee fully in respect of, all losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of negligence by the Issuer (including its directors, management, officers, employees, agents and representatives) to fulfil its obligations under the terms of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Documents, including losses incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of the Bond Trustee's actions based on misrepresentations made by the Issuer in connection with the establishment and performance of this Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

19.3
Change of Bond Trustee

19.3.1
Change of Bond Trustee shall be carried out pursuant to the procedures set forth in Clause 18. The Bond Trustee shall continue to carry out its duties as bond trustee until such time that a new Bond Trustee is elected.

19.3.2
The fees and expenses of a new bond trustee shall be covered by the Issuer pursuant to the terms set out in Clause 16, but may be recovered wholly or partially from the Bond Trustee if the change is due to a breach of the Bond Trustee duties pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement or other circumstances for which the Bond Trustee is liable.

19.3.3
The Bond Trustee undertakes to co-operate so that the new bond trustee receives without undue delay following the Bondholders' Meeting the documentation and information necessary to perform the functions as set forth under the terms of this Bond Agreement.


 
40

 


 
20
Miscellaneous
 
20.1
The community of Bondholders

20.1.1
By virtue of holding Bonds, which are governed by this Bond Agreement (which pursuant to Clause 2.1.1 is binding upon all Bondholders), a community exists between the Bondholders, implying, inter alia, that

 
(a)
the Bondholders are bound by the terms of this Bond Agreement,
 
 
(b)
the Bond Trustee has power and authority to act on behalf of the Bondholders,
 
 
(c)
the Bond Trustee has, in order to administrate the terms of this Bond Agreement, access to the Securities Register to review ownership of Bonds registered in the Securities Register,
 
 
(d)
this Bond Agreement establishes a community between Bondholders meaning that;
 
 
(i)
the Bonds rank pari passu between each other,
 
(ii)
the Bondholders may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Issuer and may not themselves institute legal proceedings against the Issuer, however not restricting the Bondholders to exercise their individual rights derived from the Bond Agreement.
 
(iii)
the Issuer may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Bondholders,
 
(iv)
the Bondholders may not cancel the Bondholders' community, and that
 
(v)
the individual Bondholder may not resign from the Bondholders' community.

20.2
Limitation of claims

20.2.1
All claims under the Bonds and this Bond Agreement for payment, including interest and principal, shall be subject to the time-bar provisions of the Norwegian Limitation Act of May 18, 1979 No. 18.

20.3
Access to information

20.3.1
The Bond Agreement is available to anyone and copies may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Issuer shall ensure that the Bond Agreement is available in copy form to the general public until all the Bonds have been fully discharged.

20.3.2
The Bond Trustee shall, in order to carry out its functions and obligations under the Bond Agreement, have access to the Securities Register for the purposes of reviewing ownership of the Bonds registered in the Securities Register.

20.4
Amendments

20.4.1
All amendments of this Bond Agreement shall be made in writing, and shall unless otherwise provided for by this Bond Agreement, only be made with the approval of all parties hereto.


 
41

 

20.5
Notices, contact information
 
 
20.5.1
Written notices, warnings, summons etc to the Bondholders made by the Bond Trustee shall be sent via the Securities Register with a copy to the Issuer and the Exchange. Information to the Bondholders may also be published at the web site www.stamdata.no.

20.5.2
The Issuer's written notifications to the Bondholders shall be sent via the Bond Trustee, alternatively through the Securities Register with a copy to the Bond Trustee and the Exchange.

20.5.3
Unless otherwise specifically provided, all notices or other communications under or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee and any Obligor shall be given or made in writing, by letter, or telefax. Any such notice or communication addressed shall be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 
(a)
if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party;
 
(b)
if by telefax, when received.

However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a day which is not a Banking Day in the place of receipt, or after 3:00 p.m. on such a Banking Day, shall only be deemed to be given at 9:00 a.m. on the next Banking Day in that place.

20.5.4
The Issuer and the Bond Trustee shall ensure that the other party is kept informed of changes in postal address, e-mail address, telephone and fax numbers and contact persons

20.6
Dispute resolution and legal venue

20.6.1
This Bond Agreement and all disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and the Issuer, shall be governed by Norwegian law.

All disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and the Issuer, shall be exclusively resolved by the courts of Norway, with the District Court of Oslo as sole legal venue.

*****

This Bond Agreement has been executed in two originals, of which the Issuer and the Bond Trustee retain one each.
 
 
 Issuer  
 Bond Trustee
 
By:
Position:
 
By:
Position:


 
 

SK 23153 0001 1183136

 
42

 

 
 
 




EXHIBIT 8.1

Significant Subsidiaries


Name
Vessel/Activity
Incorporation
Ownership Percentage
       
Rig Finance Ltd.
Soehanah
Bermuda
100%
Rig Finance II Limited
West Prospero
Bermuda
100%
Benmore Shipping Company Limited
Dormant
Cyprus
100%
Newbond Shipping Company Limited
Front Energy
Cyprus
100%
Hudson Bay Marine Company Limited
Onoba (ex Front Force)
Cyprus
100%
Jaymont Shipping Company Limited
Dormant
Cyprus
100%
Front Opalia Inc
Front Opalia
Liberia
100%
Ariake Transport Corporation
Oliva (exAriake)
Liberia
100%
Bonfield Shipping Ltd.
Front Driver
Liberia
100%
Edinburgh Navigation SA
Titan Aries (ex Edinburgh)
Liberia
100%
Front Ardenne Inc.
Front Ardenne
Liberia
100%
Front Baldur Inc.
Everbright
Liberia
100%
Front Brabant Inc.
Front Brabant
Liberia
100%
Front Falcon Corp.
Front Falcon
Liberia
100%
Front Glory Shipping Inc.
Front Glory
Liberia
100%
Front Heimdall Inc
Glorycrown
Liberia
100%
Front Pride Shipping Inc.
Front Pride
Liberia
100%
Front Saga Inc.
Front Page
Liberia
100%
Front Scilla Inc.
Front Scilla
Liberia
100%
Front Serenade Inc.
Front Serenade
Liberia
100%
Front Shadow Inc.
Golden Shadow (sold)
Liberia
100%
Front Splendour Shipping Inc.
Front Splendour
Liberia
100%
Front Stratus Inc.
Ondina (ex Front Stratus)
Liberia
100%
Front Transporter Inc
Dormant
Liberia
100%
Golden Estuary Corporation
Front Comanche
Liberia
100%
Golden Fjord Corporation
Ocana (ex Front Commerce)
Liberia
100%
Golden Narrow Corporation
Golden Victory
Liberia
100%
Golden Seaway Corporation
Front Vanguard
Liberia
100%
Golden Sound Corporation
Front Vista (sold)
Liberia
100%
Golden Tide Corporation
Front Circassia
Liberia
100%
Hitachi Hull # 4983 Corporation
Otina (ex Hakata)
Liberia
100%
Katong Investments Ltd.
Front Breaker
Liberia
100%
Langkawi Shipping Ltd
Dormant
Liberia
100%
Millcroft Maritime SA
Front Champion
Liberia
100%
Sea Ace Corporation
Front Ace
Liberia
100%
Ultimate Shipping Ltd.
Front Century
Liberia
100%
Aspinall Pte Ltd.
Front Viewer
Singapore
100%
Blizana Pte Ltd.
Front Rider
Singapore
100%
Bolzano Pte Ltd.
Mindanao
Singapore
100%
Cirebon Shipping Pte Ltd.
Dormant
Singapore
100%
Fox Maritime Pte Ltd.
Front Sabang (sold)
Singapore
100%
Front Dua Pte Ltd.
Dormant
Singapore
100%
Front Empat Pte Ltd.
Dormant
Singapore
100%
Front Enam Pte Ltd.
Golden River (ex Front Lord) (sold)
Singapore
100%
Front Lapan Pte Ltd.
Front Climber
Singapore
100%
Front Lima Pte Ltd.
Dormant
Singapore
100%
Front Tiga Pte Ltd.
Titan Orion (ex Front Duke)
Singapore
100%
Front Sembilan Pte Ltd.
Front Leader
Singapore
100%
Rettie Pte Ltd.
Front Striver
Singapore
100%

 
 

 


Transcorp Pte Ltd.
Front Guider
Singapore
100%
Front Highness Inc.
Ticen Sun (ex Front Highness) (sold)
Marshall Islands
100%
Front Lady Inc.
Ticen Ocean (ex Front Lady)
Marshall Islands
100%
Ship Finance Management AS
Management company
Norway
100%
Ship Finance Management (UK) Limited
Management company
United Kingdom
100%
SFL Management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
Management company
Singapore
100%
Ship Finance Management (Bermuda) Ltd.
Management company
Bermuda
100%
SFL Holdings LLC
Intermediate holding company
United States
100%
Madeira International Corp.
Intermediate holding company
Liberia
100%
SFL Geo I Limited
Dormant
Bermuda
100%
SFL Geo II Limited
Dormant
Bermuda
100%
SFL Geo III Limited
Dormant
Bermuda
100%
HL Hunter LLC
Horizon Hunter
United States
100%
HL Hawk LLC
Horizon Hawk
United States
100%
HL Eagle LLC
Horizon Eagle
United States
100%
HL Falcon LLC
Horizon Falcon
United States
100%
HL Tiger LLC
Horizon Tiger
United States
100%
SFL Bulk Holding Limited
Intermediate holding company
Bermuda
100%
SFL Capital I Ltd.
Financing
Bermuda
100%
SFL Capital II Ltd.
Financing
Bermuda
100%
SFL Capital III Ltd.
Financing
Cyprus
100%
SFL Capital IV Ltd.
Financing
Cyprus
100%
SFL Avon Inc
SFL Avon
Liberia
100%
SFL Hudson Inc
SFL Hudson
Liberia
100%
SFL Yukon Inc
SFL Yukon
Liberia
100%
SFL Sara Inc
SFL Sara
Liberia
100%
SFL Humber Inc
SFL Humber(NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Kate Inc
SFL Kate(NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Clyde Inc
SFL Clyde(NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Dee Inc
SFL Dee(NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Trent Inc
SFL Trent(NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Medway Inc
SFL Medway(NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Spey Inc
SFL Spey(NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Kent Inc .
SFL Kent (NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Tyne Inc
SFL Tyne (NB)
Liberia
100%
SFL Tamar Inc
Dormant
Liberia
100%
SFL Europa Inc.
SFL Europa
Marshall Islands
100%
SFL Sea Cheetah Limited
Sea Cheetah
Cyprus
100%
SFL Sea Halibut Limited
Sea Halibut
Cyprus
100%
SFL Sea PikeLimited
Sea Pike
Cyprus
100%
SFL Sea Trout Limited
Dormant
Cyprus
100%
SFL Sea Jaguar Limited
Sea Jaguar
Cyprus
100%
SFL Sea Bear Limited
Sea Bear
Cyprus
100%
SFL Sea Leopard Limited
Sea Leopard
Cyprus
100%
SFL Corte Real Limited
CMA CGM Corte Real
Cyprus
100%
Bluelot Shipping Company Limited
CMA CGM Magellan
Cyprus
100%
SFL Chemical tanker Ltd.
Maria Victoria V
Marshall Islands
100%
SFL Chemical tanker II Ltd.
SC Guangzhou
Marshall Islands
100%
SFL Golden Straights Ltd.
Dormant
Bermuda
100%
SFL Golden Island Ltd.
Dormant
Bermuda
100%
SFL Ace I Ltd.
Asian Ace (ex Sea Alfa)
Malta
100%
SFL Ace II Ltd.
Green Ace (ex Sea Beta)
Malta
100%
SFL West Polaris Ltd
West Polaris
Bermuda
100%
SFL Deepwater Ltd
West Hercules & West Taurus
Bermuda
100%





 



 
 



Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS AMENDED

 I, Ole B. Hjertaker, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Ship Finance International Limited;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company's auditors and the audit committee of the company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 25, 2011
 
/s/ Ole B. Hjertaker  
Ole B. Hjertaker
Principal Executive Officer



Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS AMENDED
 
I, Eirik Eide, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Ship Finance International Limited;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))  for the company and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company's auditors and the audit committee of the company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: March 25, 2011
 
/s/ Eirik Eide            
Eirik Eide
Principal Financial Officer


Exhibit 13.1
 
 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Ship Finance International Limited (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on or about the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Ole B. Hjertaker, the Principal Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: March 25, 2011
 
 
/s/ Ole B. Hjertaker    
Ole B. Hjertaker
Principal Executive Officer


Exhibit 13.2
 

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Ship Finance International Limited (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on or about the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Eirik Eide, the Principal Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: March 25, 2011

/s/ Eirik Eide            
Eirik Eide
Principal Financial Officer
 


 
 

Exhibit 15.1
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference into the Registration Statements on Form F-3, File Nos. 333-150125 and 333-158162, as amended, of our reports dated March 25, 2011, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Ship Finance International Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") and the effectiveness of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
 
 
/S/ MSPC
Certified Public Accountants and Advisors
A Professional Corporation
 
New York, New York
March 25, 2011

SK 23153 0001 1183336